
OOWWNNEERR''SS MMAANNUUAALL
OOppeerraattiioonn
MMaaiinntteennaannccee
SSppeecciiffiiccaattiioonnss
All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of pub-
lication. However, HYUNDAI reserves the right to make changes at
any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be
carried out.
This manual applies to all HYUNDAI models and includes descrip-
tions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment.
As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply
to your specific vehicle.

F2
Your HYUNDAI should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect
the performance, safety or durability of your HYUNDAI and may, in addition, violate condi-
tions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in vio-
lation of regulations established by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal
or state agencies.
Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is
possible for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely
affect electronic systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio
manufacturer's instructions or consult your HYUNDAI dealer for precautionary measures or
special instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.
CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI
TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION

F3
This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.
These titles indicate the following:
✽✽
NOTICE
This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.
SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING
This indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury, or death to you
or other persons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the
warning.
WARNING
This indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment
if the caution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.
CAUTION

F4
FOREWORD
Thank you for choosing HYUNDAI.We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discriminating people who
drive HYUNDAI. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each HYUNDAI we build is something of
which we're very proud.
Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new HYUNDAI. It is suggested that you
read it carefully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your new
car.
The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.HYUNDAI dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance
that may be required.
HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA
Note : Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this HYUNDAI, please
leave the manual in the vehicle for their use.Thank you.
Copyright 2015 HYUNDAI Motor America. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored
in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of HYUNDAI
Motor America.
Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that
do not meet HYUNDAI specifications.You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the
specifications listed on Page 8-6 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.
CAUTION

F5
1.What are HYUNDAI Genuine
Parts?
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are the
same parts used by HYUNDAI
Motor Company to manufacture
vehicles. They are designed and
tested for the optimum safety, per-
formance, and reliability to our cus-
tomers.
2.Why should you use genuine
parts?
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are engi-
neered and built to meet rigid man-
ufacturing requirements. Damage
caused by using imitation, counter-
feit or used salvage parts is not
covered under the HYUNDAI New
Vehicle Limited Warranty or any
other HYUNDAI warranty.
In addition, any damage to or fail-
ure of HYUNDAI Genuine Parts
caused by the installation or failure
of an imitation, counterfeit or used
salvage part is not covered by any
HYUNDAI Warranty.
3. How can you tell if you are pur-
chasing HYUNDAI Genuine
Parts?
Look for the HYUNDAI Genuine
Parts Logo on the package (see
below).
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts exported
to the U.S. are packaged with labels
written only in English.
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are only
sold through authorized HYUNDAI
Dealerships.
GUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS

F6
Introduction
We want to help you get the greatest
possible driving pleasure from your
vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can
assist you in many ways. We strong-
ly recommend that you read the
entire manual. In order to minimize
the chance of death or injury, you
must read the WARNING and CAU-
TION sections in this manual.
Illustrations complement the words
in this manual to best explain how to
enjoy your vehicle. By reading your
manual, you will learn about fea-
tures, important safety information,
and driving tips under various road
conditions.
The general layout of the manual is
provided in the Table of Contents. A
good place to start is the index; it has
an alphabetical listing of all informa-
tion in your manual.
Sections: This manual has eight
chapter plus an index.Each chapters
begins with a brief list of contents so
you can tell at a glance if that chap-
ter has the information you want.
You will find various WARNINGs,
CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this
manual.These WARNINGs were pre-
pared to enhance your personal safe-
ty. You should carefully read and fol-
low ALL procedures and recommen-
dations provided in these WARN-
INGS, CAUTIONS and NOTICES.
✽✽
NOTICE
A NOTICE indicates interesting or
helpful information is being provided.
Your new vehicle is designed to
obtain maximum performance with
UNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini-
mize exhaust emissions and spark
plug fouling.
3.8 engine
Your new vehicle is designed to use
only unleaded fuel having an octane
number ((R+M)/2) of 87 (Research
Octane Number 91) or higher.(Do not
use methanol blended fuels.)
5.0 engine
Your new vehicle is designed to use
only unleaded fuel having an octane
number ((R+M)/2) of 87 (Research
Octane Number 91) or higher. For
improved vehicle performance, premi-
um unleaded fuel with an octane
number ((R+M)/2) of 91 (Research
Octane Number 96) or higher is rec-
ommended. (Do not use methanol
blended fuels.)
HHOOWW TTOO UUSSEE TTHHIISS MMAANNUUAALL
A WARNING indicates a situation
in which harm, serious bodily
injury, or death could result if the
warning is ignored.
WARNING
A CAUTION indicates a situation
in which damage to your vehicle
could result if the caution is
ignored.
CAUTION
FFUUEELL RREEQQUUIIRREEMMEENNTTSS

F7
Introduction
Gasoline containing alcohol and
methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and
ethanol (also known as grain alco-
hol), and gasoline or gasohol con-
taining methanol (also known as
wood alcohol) are being marketed
along with or instead of leaded or
unleaded gasoline.
Do not use gasohol containing more
than 10% ethanol, and do not use
gasoline or gasohol containing any
methanol. Either of these fuels may
cause drivability problems and dam-
age to the fuel system, engine con-
trol system and emission control sys-
tem.
Discontinue using gasohol of any
kind if drivability problems occur.
Vehicle damage or drivability prob-
lems may not be covered by the
manufacturer’s warranty if they result
from the use of:
1.Gasohol containing more than
10% ethanol.
2. Gasoline or gasohol containing
methanol.
3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com-
prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15
percent gasoline, and is manufac-
tured exclusively for use in Flexible
Fuel Vehicles. “E85” is not compati-
ble with your vehicle. Use of “E85”
may result in poor engine perform-
ance and damage to your vehicle's
engine and fuel system. HYUNDAI
recommends that customers do not
use fuel with an ethanol content
exceeding 10 percent.
• Do not "top off" after the noz-
zle automatically shuts off
when refueling.
• Tighten the cap until it clicks
one time, otherwise the Check
Engine light will illuminate.
• Always check that the fuel cap
is installed securely to pre-
vent fuel spillage in the event
of an accident.
WARNING
Never add any fuel system
cleaning agents to the fuel tank
other than what has been spec-
ified. (Consult an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for details.)
CAUTION
Your New Vehicle Limited
Warranty does not cover dam-
age to the fuel system or any
performance problems caused
by the use of “E85” fuel.
CAUTION
Never use gasohol which con-
tains methanol. Discontinue
use of any gasohol product
which impairs driveability.
CAUTION

F8
Introduction
Other fuels
Using fuels such as;
- Silicone (Si) contained fuel,
- Ferrocene (Fe) contained fuel,
and
- Other metallic additives con-
tained fuels,
may cause vehicle and engine dam-
age or cause plugging, misfiring,
poor acceleration, engine stalling,
catalyst melting, abnormal corrosion,
life cycle reduction, etc.
Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) may illuminate.
✽✽
NOTICE
Damage to the fuel system or per-
formance problem caused by the use
of these fuels may not be covered by
your New Vehicle Limited
Warranty.
Gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains harmful
manganese-based fuel additives
such as
MMT (
Methylcyclopentadienyl
Manganese Tricarbonyl
)
.
HYUNDAI does not recommend the
use of gasoline containing MMT.
This type of fuel can reduce vehicle
performance and affect your emis-
sion control system.
The malfunction indicator lamp on
the cluster may come on.
Do not use methanol
Fuels containing methanol (wood
alcohol) should not be used in your
vehicle.
This type of fuel can reduce vehicle
performance and damage compo-
nents of the fuel system, engine con-
trol system and emission control sys-
tem.
Fuel Additives
HYUNDAI recommends that you use
good quality gasolines treated with
detergent additives such as TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline, which help pre-
vent deposit formation in the engine.
Your New Vehicle Limited
Warranty may not cover dam-
age to the fuel system and any
performance problems that are
caused by the use of fuels con-
taining methanol.
CAUTION

F9
Introduction
These gasolines will help the engine
run cleaner and enhance performance
of the Emission Control System. For
more information on TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline, please go to the
website (www
.toptiergas.com).
For customers who do not use TOP
Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly,
and have problems starting or the
engine does not run smoothly, addi-
tives that you can buy separately
may be added to the gasoline.If TOP
TIER Detergent Gasoline is not avail-
able, one bottle of additive added to
the fuel tank at every 7,500 miles or
every engine oil change is recom-
mended.Additives are available from
your authorized HYUNDAI dealer
along with information on how to use
them. Do not mix other additives.
Operation in foreign countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle
in another country, be sure to:
• Observe all regulations regarding
registration and insurance.
• Determine that acceptable fuel is
available.
No special break-in period is need-
ed.By following a few simple precau-
tions for the first 600 miles (1,000
km) you may add to the perform-
ance, economy and life of your vehi-
cle.
• Do not race the engine.
• While driving, keep your engine
speed (rpm, or revolutions per
minute) between 2,000 rpm and
4,000 rpm.
• Do not maintain a single speed for
long periods of time, either fast or
slow. Varying engine speed is
needed to properly break-in the
engine.
• Avoid hard stops, except in emer-
gencies, to allow the brakes to seat
properly.
VVEEHHIICCLLEE BBRREEAAKK--IINN PPRROOCCEESSSS
Items contained in motor vehi-
cles or emitted from them are
known to the State of California
to cause cancer and birth
defects or reproductive harm.
These include:
• Gasoline and its vapors
• Engine exhaust
• Used engine oil
• Interior passenger compart-
ment components and materi-
als
• Component parts which are
subject to heat and wear
In addition, battery posts, termi-
nals and related accessories
contain lead, lead compounds
and other chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer and reproductive harm.
CALIFORNIA PROPOSI-
TION 65 WARNING

This vehicle is equipped with an
event data recorder (EDR). The
main purpose of an EDR is to
record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an
air bag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist
in understanding how a vehicle's
systems performed. The EDR is
designed to record data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety sys-
tems for a short period of time,
typically 30 seconds or less. The
EDR in this vehicle is designed to
record such data as:
• How various systems in your
vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/ fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was travel-
ing.
These data can help provide a bet-
ter understanding of the circum-
stances in which crashes and
injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
are recorded by your vehicle only
if a non-trivial crash situation
occurs; no data are recorded by
the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data
(e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded.
However, other parties, such as
law enforcement, could combine
the EDR data with the type of per-
sonally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash investiga-
tion.
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such
as law enforcement, that have the
special equipment, can read the
information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR.
VVEEHHIICCLLEE DDAATTAA CCOOLLLLEECCTTIIOONN AANNDD EEVVEENNTT DDAATTAA RREECCOORRDDEERRSS
F10
Introduction

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
I
Your vehicle at a glance
Safety system of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
Multimedia System
Driving your vehicle
What to do in an emergency
Maintenance
Specifications, Consumer information and
Reporting safety defects
Index
TABLE OF CONTENTS
F11

F12
Exterior overview (I) .............................................1-2
Exterior overview (II) ............................................1-3
Interior overview....................................................1-4
Instrument panel overview (I)..............................1-5
Instrument panel overview (II).............................1-6
Engine compartment .............................................1-7
Important safety precautions...............................2-2
Always wear your seat belt ..........................................2-2
Restrain all children .........................................................2-2
Air bag hazards ................................................................2-2
Driver distraction .............................................................2-2
Control your speed ..........................................................2-3
Keep your vehicle in safe condition ............................2-3
Seats ........................................................................2-4
Safety precautions ..........................................................2-5
Front seats..........................................................................2-6
Rear seats ........................................................................2-11
Headrest ...........................................................................2-14
Seat warmers and coolers............................................2-18
Seat belts ..............................................................2-22
Seat belt safety precautions ......................................2-22
Seat belt warning light .................................................2-23
Seat belt restraint system ...........................................2-25
Pre-Safe Seat belt (PSB) ..............................................2-30
Additional seat belt safety precautions ...................2-31
Care of seat belts ..........................................................2-34
Child restraint system (CRS) ..............................2-35
Selecting a child restraint system (CRS) ..................2-36
Installing a child restraint system (CRS) ...................2-38
Air bag -
advanced supplemental restraint system ......2-46
Where are the air bags? ..............................................2-48
How does the air bags system operate?..................2-51
What to expect after an air bag inflates..................2-56
Occupant classification system (OCS) .......................2-57
Why didn't my air bag go off in a collision? (Air bags
are not designed to inflate in every collision.) .......2-61
SRS care ...........................................................................2-66
Additional safety precautions......................................2-67
Air bag warning labels...................................................2-68
F12
1
Your vehicle at a glance
2
Safety system of your vehicle

F13
Accessing your vehicle .........................................3-4
Smart key ...........................................................................3-4
Smart key precautions.....................................................3-7
Immobilizer System ..........................................................3-9
Door locks.............................................................3-11
Operating door locks from outside the vehicle ......3-11
Power Door Latch...........................................................3-12
Operating door locks from inside the vehicle ........3-12
Auto door lock/unlock features ................................3-14
Child-protector rear door locks..................................3-14
Theft-alarm system.............................................3-15
Driver position memory system.........................3-16
Storing positions into memory ...................................3-16
Resetting the driver's seat memory system ...........3-17
Easy access function .....................................................3-18
Steering wheel......................................................3-19
Electric power steering (EPS)......................................3-19
Tilt steering / Telescope steering...............................3-19
Heated steering wheel...................................................3-20
Horn....................................................................................3-21
Mirrors...................................................................3-22
Inside rearview mirror....................................................3-22
Outside rearview mirror ................................................3-36
Reverse parking aid function.......................................3-39
Windows ................................................................3-40
Power windows................................................................3-41
Panorama sunroof ...............................................3-44
Sunshade...........................................................................3-44
Sliding the sunroof ........................................................3-45
Tilting the sunroof ........................................................3-45
Closing the sunroof ........................................................3-46
Resetting the sunroof....................................................3-47
Exterior features .................................................3-48
Hood ...................................................................................3-48
Trunk ..................................................................................3-49
Smart trunk.......................................................................3-55
Fuel filler door.................................................................3-59
Instrument cluster................................................3-62
Instrument Cluster Control............................................3-63
LCD Display Control........................................................3-63
Gauges ...............................................................................3-64
F13
3
Convenient features of your vehicle

F14
LCD display ...........................................................3-68
LCD Modes........................................................................3-68
Trip Computer Mode.......................................................3-69
Turn By Turn (TBT) Mode ............................................3-70
ASCC/LKAS Mode ...........................................................3-70
A/V Mode..........................................................................3-70
Information Mode ...........................................................3-71
User Settings Mode........................................................3-73
Warning Messages..........................................................3-80
Trip computer .......................................................3-90
Overview............................................................................3-90
Trip A/B .............................................................................3-91
Fuel Economy...................................................................3-92
Digital Speedometer .......................................................3-94
Warning and indicator lights..............................3-95
Warning lights ..................................................................3-95
Indicator Lights..............................................................3-103
Head Up Display (HUD).....................................3-107
Description......................................................................3-107
Head Up Display ON/OFF ...........................................3-108
Head Up Display Information.....................................3-108
Head Up Display Setting .............................................3-109
Light.....................................................................3-110
Exterior lights ................................................................3-110
Smart High Beam ..........................................................3-112
Welcome system ...........................................................3-117
Interior lights..................................................................3-118
Wipers and washers ..........................................3-123
Windshield wipers ........................................................3-123
Windshield washers ....................................................3-125
Driver assist system ..........................................3-126
Rear view camera .........................................................3-126
Parking Guide System..................................................3-127
Parking Assist System .................................................3-128
Defroster.............................................................3-132
Rear window defroster ...............................................3-132
Automatic climate control system...................3-134
Automatic heating and air conditioning..................3-135
Manual heating and air conditioning.......................3-136
System operation..........................................................3-144
Climate control air filter ............................................3-146
Air conditioner refrigerant and compressor
lubricant ..........................................................................3-147
Air Conditioning refrigerant label.............................3-147
Windshield defrosting and defogging ............3-148
Auto defogging system ON/OFF...............................3-150
F14

F15
Climate control additional features.................3-151
Cluster ionizer................................................................3-151
Smart ventilation...........................................................3-151
Rear climate system ON/OFF ....................................3-152
CO2 control auto air conditioner ..............................3-152
Storage compartment........................................3-153
Center console storage ...............................................3-153
Glove box ........................................................................3-154
Sunglass holder .............................................................3-154
Interior features.................................................3-155
Cup holder.......................................................................3-155
Sunvisor...........................................................................3-156
Power outlet...................................................................3-156
Clock.................................................................................3-158
Clothes hanger ..............................................................3-158
Bag hanger.....................................................................3-159
Floor mat anchor(s)......................................................3-159
Rear curtain....................................................................3-160
Side curtain.....................................................................3-161
Luggage net holder ......................................................3-162
Multimedia system.................................................4-2
AUX, USB and iPod
®
port ...............................................4-2
Antenna ...............................................................................4-3
Steering wheel audio control .........................................4-4
Audio / Video / Navigation system (AVN) ..................4-5
Bluetooth
®
Wireless Technology hands-free............4-5
Before driving.........................................................5-4
Before entering the vehicle ...........................................5-4
Before starting...................................................................5-4
Engine Start/Stop button................................................5-6
Automatic transmission.......................................5-11
Automatic transmission operation .............................5-11
Parking...............................................................................5-17
Good driving practices...................................................5-17
All Wheel Drive (AWD)........................................5-19
Using All Wheel Drive (AWD) .......................................5-19
Emergency precautions.................................................5-21
F15
4
Multimedia system
5
Driving your vehicle

F16
Braking system ...................................................5-23
Power brakes ..................................................................5-23
Disc brakes wear indicator ..........................................5-24
Foot parking brake ........................................................5-24
Electric parking brake (EPB)........................................5-26
AUTO HOLD .....................................................................5-31
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ....................................5-35
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)................................5-38
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)...................................5-41
Good braking practices..................................................5-41
Drive mode integrated control system .............5-42
Electronic Control Suspension (ECS)................5-44
ECS malfunction indicator.............................................5-44
Autonomous Emergency Braking (AEB)............5-45
AEB operation..................................................................5-46
To cancel the AEB ..........................................................5-47
Warning light and message ..........................................5-48
Cruise control .......................................................5-50
Cruise control operation................................................5-50
Advanced smart cruise control system ............5-54
To convert to cruise control mode.............................5-55
Smart cruise control speed ..........................................5-55
Cancelled automatically.................................................5-58
Smart cruise control vehicle-to-vehicle distance.....5-60
Sensor to detect distance to the vehicle ahead.....5-62
Limitations of the system .............................................5-64
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS).................5-69
LKAS operation................................................................5-70
LKAS malfunction............................................................5-75
LKAS function change ..................................................5-76
Blind Spot Detection System (BSD) ..................5-78
BSD (Blind Spot Detection) /
LCA (Lane Change Assist).............................................5-79
RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert) ..................................5-82
Special driving conditions...................................5-86
Hazardous driving conditions.......................................5-86
Rocking the vehicle ........................................................5-86
Smooth cornering ...........................................................5-87
Driving at night................................................................5-87
Driving in the rain ...........................................................5-88
Driving in flooded areas................................................5-88
Winter driving.......................................................5-89
Snow or icy conditions ..................................................5-89
Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant .................5-91
Check battery and cables .............................................5-91
Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary.............5-92
Check spark plugs and ignition system.....................5-92
To keep locks from freezing........................................5-92
F16

F17
Use approved window washer anti-freeze in
system................................................................................5-92
Don't let your parking brake freeze..........................5-92
Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath .....5-92
Carry emergency equipment........................................5-93
Don't place foreign objects or materials in the
engine compartment ......................................................5-93
Vehicle load limit..................................................5-93
Tire loading information label......................................5-94
Trailer towing .......................................................5-98
Hazard warning flasher ........................................6-2
In case of an emergency while driving ..............6-2
If the engine stalls while driving...................................6-2
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing ........6-2
If you have a flat tire while driving..............................6-3
If the engine will not start ...................................6-3
If the engine doesn't turn over or turns over
slowly ..................................................................................6-3
If the engine turns over normally but doesn't
start.......................................................................................6-3
Jump starting ..........................................................6-4
Push-starting .....................................................................6-6
If the engine overheats ........................................6-7
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).........6-9
Check tire pressure...........................................................6-9
Tire pressure monitoring system................................6-10
Low tire pressure telltale..............................................6-11
Low tire pressure position and tire pressure
telltale ................................................................................6-11
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
malfunction indicator .....................................................6-12
Changing a tire with TPMS...........................................6-13
If you have a flat tire..........................................6-15
Jack and tools ..................................................................6-15
Changing tires .................................................................6-16
Jack label...........................................................................6-21
Towing ...................................................................6-22
Towing service .................................................................6-22
Removable towing hook ................................................6-23
Emergency towing ..........................................................6-24
F17
6
What to do in an emergency

F18
Engine compartment .............................................7-3
Maintenance services ...........................................7-5
Owner's responsibility ...................................................7-5
Owner maintenance precautions ..................................7-5
Owner maintenance...............................................7-6
Owner maintenance schedule........................................7-7
Scheduled maintenance services.........................7-8
Normal maintenance schedule.......................................7-9
Maintenance under severe usage conditions..........7-22
Explanation of scheduled maintenance
items.......................................................................7-24
Engine oil ..............................................................7-27
Checking the engine oil level.......................................7-27
Checking the engine oil and filter ..............................7-28
Engine coolant......................................................7-29
Checking the engine coolant level..............................7-29
Changing engine coolant...............................................7-31
Brake fluid ............................................................7-32
Checking the brake fluid level .....................................7-32
Washer fluid .........................................................7-34
Checking the washer fluid level ..................................7-34
Parking brake .......................................................7-34
Checking the parking brake .........................................7-34
Air cleaner ............................................................7-35
Filter replacement...........................................................7-35
Climate control air filter .....................................7-36
Filter inspection...............................................................7-36
Wiper blades.........................................................7-38
Blade inspection ..............................................................7-38
Blade replacement ..........................................................7-38
Battery...................................................................7-40
For best battery service................................................7-41
Battery recharging .........................................................7-42
Reset features .................................................................7-44
Tires and wheels..................................................7-45
Tire care............................................................................7-45
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures.............7-46
Check tire inflation pressure........................................7-47
Tire rotation .....................................................................7-48
Wheel alignment and tire balance..............................7-49
Tire replacement .............................................................7-49
Wheel replacement.........................................................7-50
Tire traction......................................................................7-50
Tire maintenance ............................................................7-51
Tire sidewall labeling......................................................7-51
Tire terminology and definitions.................................7-55
All season tires ................................................................7-58
Summer tires ....................................................................7-58
Snow tires .........................................................................7-58
F18
7
Maintenance

F19F19
Radial-ply tires ................................................................7-59
Low aspect ratio tires....................................................7-59
Fuses......................................................................7-61
Instrument panel fuse replacement ...........................7-62
Engine compartment panel fuse replacement.........7-64
Fuse/Relay panel description ......................................7-66
Light bulbs.............................................................7-79
Headlamp, position lamp, turn signal lamp, side
marker and front fog lamp bulb replacement .........7-79
Side repeater lamp replacement .................................7-83
Rear combination light bulb replacement.................7-83
High mounted stop lamp ...............................................7-85
License plate light bulb replacement .........................7-86
Interior light bulb replacement ....................................7-86
Appearance care..................................................7-87
Exterior care ....................................................................7-87
Interior care......................................................................7-92
Emission control system .....................................7-94
California perchlorate notice .............................7-98
Dimensions..............................................................8-2
Engine......................................................................8-2
Bulb wattage...........................................................8-3
Tires and wheels....................................................8-4
Luggage volume .....................................................8-5
Air conditioning system ........................................8-5
Gross vehicle weight .............................................8-5
Recommended lubricants and capacities ...........8-6
Recommended SAE viscosity number .........................8-7
Vehicle identification number (VIN)....................8-8
Vehicle certification label.....................................8-8
Tire specification and pressure label .................8-9
Engine number .......................................................8-9
Refrigerant label....................................................8-9
Consumer information.........................................8-10
Reporting safety defects....................................8-11
8
Specifications, Consumer information and
Reporting safety defects

Your vehicle at a glance
1
Your vehicle at a glance
1
Exterior overview (I) .............................................1-2
Exterior overview (II) ............................................1-3
Interior overview....................................................1-4
Instrument panel overview (I)..............................1-5
Instrument panel overview (II).............................1-6
Engine compartment .............................................1-7

1-2
EEXXTTEERRIIOORR OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW ((II))
Your vehicle at a glance
1. Hood..................................................3-48
2. Headlamp ..........................................7-79
3. Front fog light.....................................7-79
4.Tires and wheels ...............................7-45
5. Outside rearview mirror.....................3-36
6. Panorama sunroof.............................3-44
7. Front windshield wiper blades...........7-39
8.Windows............................................3-40
ODH014001CN
■ Front view
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1-3
Your vehicle at a glance
EEXXTTEERRIIOORR OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW ((IIII))
1
1. Antenna ....................................................4-3
2. Defroster...............................................3-132
3. Fuel filler lid ............................................3-59
4.Towing hook............................................6-23
5. Rear combination lamp ..........................7-83
6. High mounted stop lamp ........................7-85
7. Rearview camera..................................3-126
ODH014002N
■ Rear view
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1-4
Your vehicle at a glance
IINNTTEERRIIOORR OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW
1. Door lock/unlock button ....................3-12
2. Power window switches ....................3-40
3. Power window lock switch ................3-43
4. Central door lock switch....................3-13
5. Outside rearview mirror control
switch ................................................3-37
6. Outside rearview mirror folding
button ................................................3-38
7. Fuel filler lid release button ..............3-59
8. Instrument panel illumination
control switch ....................................3-63
9.Trunk release button..........................3-49
10. Lane keeping assist system button* ..5-69
11. Blind spot detection system button*..5-78
12. Rear curtain button* ......................3-160
13. ESC OFF button..............................5-38
14. Electric parking brake switch* ........5-26
15. Steering wheel ................................3-19
16. Steering wheel tilt/telescope control ..3-19
17. Seat ..................................................2-4
18. Hood release lever ..........................3-48
19. Brake pedal ....................................5-23
20. Accelerator pedal
* : if equipped
ODH014003N
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1-5
Your vehicle at a glance
1
IINNSSTTRRUUMMEENNTT PPAANNEELL OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW ((II))
1. Light control/Turn signals..3-110 / 3-114
2. Steering wheel audio controls* ........4-4
3.
Bluetooth
®
wireless technology
hands-free controls*..........................4-5
4. Instrument cluster ..........................3-62
5. Horn................................................3-21
6. Driver’s front air bag........................2-48
7.Wiper/Washer................................3-123
8. Advanced smart cruise controls*....5-54
9. Engine start/stop button....................5-6
10. Automatic transmission ................5-11
11. Drive mode integrated control
system ..........................................5-42
12. AUTO HOLD ................................5-31
13. Seat warmers and coolers............2-18
14. Heated steering wheel button ......3-20
15. Parking assist system ................3-128
16. Glove box....................................3-154
* : if equipped
ODH014004N
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
• Type A
• Type B

1-6
IINNSSTTRRUUMMEENNTT PPAANNEELL OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW ((IIII))
Your vehicle at a glance
1. Audio remote control buttons................4-4
2.
Bluetooth
®
wireless technology
hands-free button..................................4-5
3. Cruise control button /
Advanced smart cruise control
button...........................................5-50 / 5-54
4. Smart cruise control vehicle-to-vehicle
distance button ...................................5-59
5. Light control /
Turn signals lever .................3-110 / 3-114
6.Wiper and washer control lever........3-123
7. LCD display control.............................3-63
ODH014006N
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1-7
Your vehicle at a glance
1
EENNGGIINNEE CCOOMMPPAARRTTMMEENNTT
1. Engine coolant reservoir...................7-29
2. Radiator cap .....................................7-29
3. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-32
4. Air cleaner.........................................7-35
5. Engine oil dipstick.............................7-27
6. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-28
7.Windshield washer fluid reservoir.....7-34
8. Fuse box...........................................7-61
9. Jumper terminal..................................6-5
ODH013005/ODH013006L
■■
Gasoline Engine (Lambda 3.8)
■■
Gasoline Engine (Tau 5.0)
The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

Safety system of your vehicle
2
Important safety precautions...............................2-2
Always wear your seat belt ..........................................2-2
Restrain all children .........................................................2-2
Air bag hazards ................................................................2-2
Driver distraction .............................................................2-2
Control your speed ..........................................................2-3
Keep your vehicle in safe condition ............................2-3
Seats ........................................................................2-4
Safety precautions ..........................................................2-5
Front seats..........................................................................2-6
Rear seats ........................................................................2-11
Headrest ...........................................................................2-14
Seat warmers and coolers............................................2-18
Seat belts ..............................................................2-22
Seat belt safety precautions ......................................2-22
Seat belt warning light .................................................2-23
Seat belt restraint system ...........................................2-25
Pre-Safe Seat belt (PSB) ..............................................2-30
Additional seat belt safety precautions ...................2-31
Care of seat belts ..........................................................2-34
Child restraint system (CRS) ..............................2-35
Selecting a child restraint system (CRS) ..................2-36
Installing a child restraint system (CRS) ...................2-38
Air bag -
advanced supplemental restraint system ......2-46
Where are the air bags? ..............................................2-48
How does the air bags system operate?..................2-51
What to expect after an air bag inflates..................2-56
Occupant classification system (OCS) .......................2-57
Why didn't my air bag go off in a collision? (Air bags
are not designed to inflate in every collision.) .......2-61
SRS care ...........................................................................2-66
Additional safety precautions......................................2-67
Air bag warning labels...................................................2-68

2-2
You will find many safety precautions
and recommendations throughout
this section, and throughout this man-
ual.The safety precautions in this sec-
tion are among the most important.
Always wear your seat belt
A seat belt is your best protection in
all types of accidents. Air bags are
designed to supplement seat belts,
not replace them. So even though
your vehicle is equipped with air bags,
ALWAYS make sure you and your
passengers wear your seat belts, and
wear them properly.
Restrain all children
All children under age 13 should ride
in your vehicle properly restrained in
a rear seat, not the front seat.Infants
and small children should be
restrained in an appropriate child
restraint. Larger children should use
a booster seat with the lap/shoulder
belt until they can use the seat belt
properly without a booster seat.
Air bag hazards
While air bags can save lives, they
can also cause serious or fatal
injuries to occupants who sit too
close to them, or who are not prop-
erly restrained. Infants, young chil-
dren, and shorter adults are at the
greatest risk of being injured by an
inflating air bag. Follow all instruc-
tions and warnings in this manual.
Driver distraction
Driver distraction presents a serious
and potentially deadly danger, espe-
cially for inexperienced drivers.Safety
should be the first concern when
behind the wheel and drivers need to
be aware of the wide array of potential
distractions, such as drowsiness,
reaching for objects, eating, personal
grooming, other passengers, and
using cellular phones.
Drivers can become distracted when
they take their eyes and attention off
the road or their hands off the wheel
to focus on activities other than driv-
ing.To reduce your risk of distraction
or getting into an accident:
• ALWAYS set up your mobile devices
(i.e., MP3 players, phones, naviga-
tion units, etc.) when your vehicle is
parked or safely stopped.
• ONLY use your mobile device when
allowed by laws and when conditions
permit safe use. NEVER text or
email while driving. Most states have
laws prohibiting drivers from texting.
Some states and cities also prohibit
drivers from using handheld phones.
IIMMPPOORRTTAANNTT SSAAFFEETTYY PPRREECCAAUUTTIIOONNSS
Safety system of your vehicle

2-3
Safety system of your vehicle
• NEVER let the use of a mobile
device distract you from driving.You
have a responsibility to your passen-
gers and others on the road to
always drive safely, with your hands
on the wheel as well as your eyes
and attention on the road.
Control your speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in
crash injuries and deaths. Generally,
the higher the speed, the greater the
risk, but serious injuries can also
occur at lower speeds. Never drive
faster than is safe for current condi-
tions, regardless of the maximum
speed posted.
Keep your vehicle in safe condi-
tion
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical
failure can be extremely hazardous.To
reduce the possibility of such prob-
lems, check your tire pressures and
condition frequently, and perform all
regularly scheduled maintenance.
2

2-4
SSEEAATTSS
Safety system of your vehicle
Driver’s seat
(1) Seat sliding forward or rearward/
Seat tilt/height adjustment
(2) Seat cushion length adjustment
(3) Seatback angle adjustment
(4) Lumbar support adjustment
(5) Seat bolster adjustment*
(6) Driver position memory system*
(7) Headrest adjustment
(8) Seat warmer/Seat warmer and cooler (by air)*
Front passenger’s seat
(9) Seat sliding forward or rearward/
Seat tilt/height adjustment
(10) Seatback angle adjustment
(11) Lumbar support adjustment*
(12) Headrest adjustment
(13) Seat warmer/Seat warmer and cooler (by air)*
Rear seat
(14) Ski through
(15) Armrest
(16) Seat warmer*
(17) Rear curtain control*
(18) Headrest height adjustment
* : if equipped
ODH035001N

Safety precautions
Adjusting the seats so that you are sit-
ting in a safe, comfortable position
plays an important role in driver and
passenger safety together with the
seat belts and air bags in an accident.
Air bags
You can take steps to reduce the risk
of being injured by an inflating air
bag. Sitting too close to an air bag
greatly increases the risk of injury in
the event the air bag inflates.
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) recommends
that drivers allow at least 10 inches
(25 cm) between the center of the
steering wheel and their chest.
Seat belts
Always fasten your seat belt before
starting any trip.
At all times, passengers should sit
upright and be properly restrained.
Infants and small children must be
restrained in appropriate child restraint
systems.Children who have outgrown
a booster seat and adults must be
restrained using the seat belts.
Do not use a cushion that
reduces friction between the seat
and the passenger. The passen-
ger's hips may slide under the
lap portion of the seat belt during
an accident or a sudden stop.
Serious or fatal internal injuries
could result because the seat
belt cannot operate properly.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death from an inflating
air bag, take the following pre-
cautions:
• Adjust the driver’s seat as far to
the rear as possible while main-
taining the ability to maintain
full control of the vehicle.
• Adjust the front passenger seat
as far to the rear as possible.
• Hold the steering wheel by the
rim with hands at the 9 o’clock
and 3 o’clock positions to mini-
mize the risk of injuries to your
hands and arms.
• NEVER place anything or any-
one between the steering wheel
and the air bag.
• Do not allow the front passen-
ger to place feet or legs on the
dashboard to minimize the risk
of leg injuries.
WARNING
2-5
Safety system of your vehicle
2

2-6
Safety system of your vehicle
Front seats
Take the following precautions
when adjusting your seat belt:
• NEVER use one seat belt for
more than one occupant.
• Always position the seatback
upright with the lap portion of
the seat belt snug and low
across the hips.
• NEVER allow children or small
infants to ride in a passenger’s
lap.
• Do not route the seat belt
across your neck,across sharp
edges, or reroute the shoulder
strap away from your body.
• Do not allow the seat belt to
become caught or jammed.
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when adjusting your seat:
• NEVER attempt to adjust the
seat while the vehicle is mov-
ing. The seat could respond
with unexpected movement
and may cause loss of vehicle
control resulting in an acci-
dent.
• Do not place anything under
the front seats. Loose objects
in the driver’s foot area could
interfere with the operation of
the foot pedals, causing an
accident.
• Do not allow anything to inter-
fere with the normal position
and proper locking of the seat-
back.
• Do not place a cigarette lighter
on the floor or seat. When you
operate the seat, gas may exit
out of the lighter causing a fire.
(Continued)
WARNING
To prevent injury:
• Do not adjust your seat while
wearing your seat belt.
Moving the seat cushion for-
ward may cause strong pres-
sure on your abdomen.
• Do not allow your hands or
fingers to get caught in the
seat mechanisms while the
seat is moving.
(Continued)
• Use extreme caution when
picking small objects trapped
under the seats or between the
seat and the center console.
Your hands might be cut or
injured by the sharp edges of
the seat mechanism.
WARNING

2-7
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Power adjustment
The front seat can be adjusted by
using the control switches located on
the outside of the seat cushion.Before
driving, adjust the seat to the proper
position so that you can easily control
the steering wheel, foot pedals and
controls on the instrument panel.
Forward and rearward adjustment
To move the seat forward or rearward:
1. Push the control switch forward or
rearward.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
To prevent damage to the seats:
• Always stop adjusting the
seats when the seat has been
adjusted as far forward or
rearward as possible.
• Do not adjust the seats longer
than necessary when the
engine is turned off. This may
result in unnecessary battery
drain.
• Do not operate two or more
seats at the same time. This
may result in an electrical mal-
function.
CAUTION
NEVER allow children in the
vehicle unattended. The power
seats are operable when the
engine is turned off.
WARNING
ODH033003

2-8
Seat cushion length adjustment
(for driver's seat, if equipped)
To move the front part of cushion for-
ward:
1. Push the front part of control switch
to move the seat cushion to the
desired length.
2. Release the switch once the seat
cushion reaches the desired length.
To move the front part of cushion rear-
ward:
1. Push the rear part of control switch
to move the seat cushion to the
desired length.
2. Release the switch once the seat
cushion reaches the desired length.
Seatback angle
To recline the seatback:
1. Push the control switch forward or
rearward.
2. Release the switch once the seat-
back reaches the desired position.
Safety system of your vehicle
ODH033004 ODH033005

2-9
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Reclining seatback
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be dan-
gerous. Even when buckled up, the
protections of your restraint system
(seat belts and air bags) is greatly
reduced by reclining your seatback.
Seat belts must be snug against your
hips and chest to work properly.
When the seatback is reclined, the
shoulder belt cannot do its job
because it will not be snug against
your chest. Instead, it will be in front
of you.During an accident, you could
be thrown into the seat belt, causing
neck or other injuries.
The more the seatback is reclined,
the greater chance the passenger’s
hips will slide under the lap belt or
the passenger’s neck will strike the
shoulder belt.
Seat cushion height
To change the height of the seat
cushion:
1. Pull the front portion of the control
switch up to raise or push down to
lower the front part of the seat
cushion.Pull the rear portion of the
control switch up to raise or push
down to lower the seat cushion.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
NEVER ride with a reclined seat-
back when the vehicle is moving.
Riding with a reclined seatback
increases your chance of serious
or fatal injuries in the event of a
collision or sudden stop.
Driver and passengers should
ALWAYS sit well back in their
seats, properly belted, and with
the seatbacks upright.
WARNING
ODH033006

2-10
Safety system of your vehicle
Lumbar support
• The lumbar support can be adjust-
ed by pressing the lumbar support
switch.
• Press the front portion of the
switch (1) to increase support or
the rear portion of the switch (2) to
decrease support.
• To move the support position up or
down, press switch (3) or (4).
According to the equipped feature, the
lumbar support does not operate up or
down when the lumbar support is in
the rearmost position.
In this case, to use the system, slight-
ly increase support by pushing the
front portion of the switch (1).
Seat bolster adjustment
(for driver’s seat, if equipped)
To change the height of seat bolster:
1. Pull or push the lever.
2. Release the lever once the bolster
reaches the desired position.
ODH033007
ODH033008

2-11
Safety system of your vehicle
Seatback pocket
The seatback pocket is provided on
the back of the front seatbacks.
Rear seats
2
To prevent the occupant classi-
fication system from malfunc-
tioning:
Do not hang onto the front pas-
senger’s seatback.
WARNING
ODH033084L
ODH033083L
■ Type A
■ Type B
NEVER allow children in the car
unattended. The power seats
are operable when the engine is
turned off.
WARNING
To prevent injury:
• Do not adjust your seat while
wearing your seat belt.
Moving the seat cushion for-
ward may cause strong pres-
sure on your abdomen.
• Do not allow your hands or
fingers to get caught in the
seat mechanisms while the
seat is moving.
WARNING
Do not put heavy or sharp
objects in the seatback pockets.
In an accident they could come
loose from the pocket and
injure occupants.
WARNING

2-12
Armrest
The armrest is located in the center
of the rear seat. Pull the armrest
down from the seatback to use it.
Cup holder
To use the cup holder, open the
cover (1).
Carrying long/narrow cargo
Additional cargo space is provided to
accommodate long/narrow cargo
(skis, poles, etc.) not able to fit prop-
erly in the trunk when closed.
1. Pull (1) the armrest down.
2. Pull the cover down while pushing
the release lever down.
Safety system of your vehicle
ODH034110N
ODH034023NODH034024N

2-13
Safety system of your vehicle
2
• Make sure the engine is off,
the shift lever is in P and the
parking brake is applied
whenever loading or unload-
ing cargo. The Vehicle may
move if the shift lever is inad-
vertently moved to another
position.
• Be careful when loading
cargo through the rear pas-
senger seats to prevent dam-
age to the vehicle interior.
• When cargo is loaded through
the rear passenger seats,
ensure the cargo is properly
secured to prevent it from
moving while driving.
• Unsecured cargo in the pas-
senger compartment can
cause damage to the vehicle
or injury to its occupants.
CAUTION
Cargo
Cargo should always be
secured to prevent it from being
thrown about the vehicle in a
collision and causing injury to
the vehicle occupants. Do not
place objects in the rear seats,
since they cannot be properly
secured and may hit the front
seat occupants in a collision.
WARNING
Cargo loading
Make sure the engine is off, the
automatic transmission is in P
(Park) and the parking brake is
securely applied whenever
loading or unloading cargo.
Failure to take these steps may
allow the vehicle to move if the
shift lever is inadvertently
moved to another position.
WARNING

2-14
Headrest
The vehicle’s front and rear seats
have adjustable headrests.The head-
rests provide comfort for passengers,
but more importantly they are
designed to help protect passengers
from whiplash and other neck and
spinal injuries during an accident,
especially in a rear impact collision.
Safety system of your vehicle
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death in an accident,
take the following precautions
when adjusting your headrests:
• Always properly adjust the
headrests for all passengers
BEFORE starting the vehicle.
• NEVER let anyone ride in a seat
with the headrest removed.
• Adjust the headrests so the
middle of the headrests is at
the same height as the height
of the top of the eyes.
• NEVER adjust the headrest
position of the driver’s seat
when the vehicle is in motion.
• Adjust the headrest as close
to the passenger’s head as
possible. Do not use a seat
cushion that holds the body
away from the seatback.
• Make sure the headrest locks
into position after adjusting it.
WARNING
To prevent damage, NEVER hit
or pull on the headrests.
CAUTION

2-15
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Front seat headrest
The driver’s and front passenger’s
seats are equipped with adjustable
headrests for the passengers safety
and comfort.
Forward and rearward adjustment
The headrest may be adjusted for-
ward to 3 different positions by
pulling the headrest forward to the
desired detent. To adjust the head-
rest to it’s furthest rearwards posi-
tion, pull it fully forward to the farthest
position and release it.
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the headrest:
1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
To lower the headrest:
1. Push and hold the release button
(2) on the headrest support.
2. Lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).
ODH033105L
ODH033009 ODH033010

2-16
Safety system of your vehicle
Removal/Reinstall
To remove the headrest:
1. Recline the seatback (2) with using
the seatback angle switch (1).
2. Raise headrest as far as it can go.
3. Press the headrest release button
(3) while pulling the headrest up
(4).
To reinstall the headrest :
1. Recline the seatback.
2. Put the headrest poles (2) into the
holes while pressing the release
button (1).
3. Adjust the headrest to the appropri-
ate height.
4. Recline the seatback (4) with using
the seatback angle switch (3).
NEVER allow anyone to travel in a
seat with the headrest removed.
WARNING
ODH033011 ODH033012
Always make sure the headrest
locks into position after rein-
stalling and adjusting it properly.
WARNING
OLF034015
If you recline the seatback
towards the front with the head-
rest and seat cushion raised,
the headrest may come in con-
tact with the sunvisor or other
parts of the vehicle.
CAUTION

2-17
Safety system of your vehicle
Rear seat headrests
The rear seats are equipped with
headrests in all the seating positions
for the passenger’s safety and com-
fort.
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the headrest:
1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
To lower the headrest:
1. Push and hold the release button
(2) on the headrest support.
2. Lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).
Folding the center headrest
To fold the center headrest:
1. Fold the center headrest while
pushing the button.
To unfold the center headrest:
1. Lift the center headrest.
2
ODH033021
ODH033102L
ODH033103L
ODH034111

2-18
Seat warmers and coolers
Seat warmers (if equipped)
Seat warmers are provided to warm
the seats during cold weather.
Safety system of your vehicle
The seat warmers can cause a
serious burn, even at low tem-
peratures and especially if used
for long periods of time.
Passengers must be able to feel
if the seat is becoming too warm
so they can turn it off, if needed.
People who cannot detect tem-
perature change or pain to the
skin should use extreme cau-
tion, especially the following
types of passengers:
• Infants, children, elderly or
disabled persons, or hospital
outpatients.
• People with sensitive skin or
who burn easily.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Fatigued individuals.
• Intoxicated individuals.
• People taking medication that
can cause drowsiness or
sleepiness.
WARNING
NEVER place anything on the
seat that insulates against heat
when the seat warmer is in oper-
ation, such as a blanket or seat
cushion. This may cause the
seat warmer to overheat, caus-
ing a burn or damage to the seat.
WARNING
To prevent damage to the seat
warmers and seats:
• Never use a solvent such as
paint thinner, benzene, alco-
hol or gasoline to clean the
seats.
• Do not place heavy or sharp
objects on seats equipped
with seat warmers.
• Do not change the seat cover.
It may damage the seat
warmer or air ventilation sys-
tem.
CAUTION

2-19
Safety system of your vehicle
While the engine is running, push the
switch to warm the seat.
During mild weather or under condi-
tions where the operation of the seat
warmer is not needed, keep the
switches in the OFF position.
• Each time you push the switch, the
temperature setting of the seat is
changed as follows :
• When pressing the switch for more
than 1.5 seconds with the seat
warmer operating, the seat warmer
will turn OFF.
• The seat warmer defaults to the
OFF position whenever the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON posi-
tion.
✽✽
NOTICE
With the seat warmer switch in the
ON position, the heating system in
the seat automatically controls the
seat temperature by designed tem-
perature.
2
OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )
→
ODH034028N
ODH033016
ODH034015N
■ Front ■ Rear
■ Front
• Type A
• Type B

2-20
Seat warmers and coolers (by air)
(if equipped)
The seat warmers and coolers are
provided to warm or cool the front
seats by blowing air through small
vent holes on the surface of the seat
cushions and seatbacks.
When the operation of the seat warm-
ers or cooler are not needed, keep the
switches in the OFF position.
While the engine is running, push the
switch to warm or cool the seat.
• Each time you push the switch, the
air flow changes as follows:
• When pressing the switch for more
than 1.5 seconds with the seat
warmer or cooler operating, the
seat warmer will turn OFF.
• The seat warmers or coolers
defaults to the OFF position when-
ever the Engine Start/Stop button
is turned to the ON position.
✽✽
NOTICE
With the seat warmer or cooler
switch in the ON position, the sys-
tem in the seat automatically con-
trols the seat temperature by
designed temperature.
Safety system of your vehicle
OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )
→
ODH033017
ODH034018N
■ Front
■ Front
• Type A
• Type B

2-21
Safety system of your vehicle
2
(Continued)
• Do not place materials such as
plastic bags or newspapers
under the seats. They may
block the air intake causing
the air vents to not work prop-
erly.
• Do not change the seat cov-
ers. It may damage the seat
warmer or cooler.
• If the air vents do not operate,
restart the vehicle. If there is
no change, we recommend
that you have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
To prevent damage to the seat
warmer, seat cooler and seats:
• Use the seat warmer and cool-
er ONLY when the climate
control system is on. Using
the seat warmer and cooler
for prolonged periods of time
with the climate control sys-
tem off could cause the seat
warmer and cooler to mal-
function.
• Never use a solvent such as
paint thinner, benzene, alco-
hol or gasoline to clean the
seats.
• Avoid spilling liquids on the
surface of the front seats and
seatbacks; this may cause the
air vent holes to become
blocked and not work proper-
ly.
(Continued)
CAUTION

2-22
Safety system of your vehicle
This section describes how to use the
seat belts properly. It also describes
some of the things not to do when
using seat belts.
Seat belt safety precautions
Always fasten your seat belt and
make sure all passengers have fas-
tened their seat belts before starting
any trip. Air bags are designed to
supplement the seat belt as an addi-
tional safety device, but they are not a
substitute. Most states require all
occupants of a vehicle to wear seat
belts.
SSEEAATT BBEELLTTSS
Seat belts must be used by ALL
passengers whenever the vehi-
cle is moving.Take the following
precautions when adjusting and
wearing seat belts:
• ALWAYS properly restrain
children under age 13 in the
rear seats.
• NEVER allow children to ride
in the front passenger seat. If
a child age 13 or older must be
seated in the front seat, move
the seat as far back as possi-
ble and properly restrain them
in the seat.
• NEVER allow an infant or child
to be carried on an occupant’s
lap.
• NEVER ride with the seatback
reclined when the vehicle is
moving.
• Do not allow children to share
a seat or seat belt.
• Do not wear the shoulder belt
under your arm or behind your
back.
(Continued)
WARNING
(Continued)
• Do not use the seat belt if it is
twisted. A twisted seat belt
will not protect you properly
in an accident.
• Do not use a seat belt if the
webbing or hardware is dam-
aged.
• Do not latch the seat belt into
the buckles of other seats.
• NEVER unfasten the seat belt
while driving. This may cause
loss of vehicle control result-
ing in an accident.
• Make sure there is nothing in
the buckle interfering with the
seat belt latch mechanism.
This may prevent the seat belt
from fastening securely.
• No modifications or additions
should be made by the user
which will either prevent the
seat belt adjusting devices
from operating to remove
slack, or prevent the seat belt
assembly from being adjusted
to remove slack.

2-23
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Seat belt warning light
Seat belt warning light
(for driver’s seat)
The driver’s seat belt warning light
and chime will come on according to
the following table when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON posi-
tion.
*
1
:The Warning Pattern repeats 11 times
with an interval of 24 seconds. If the
driver's seat belt is buckled, the light
will stop within 6 seconds and chime
will stop immediately.
*
2
:The light will stop within 6 seconds
and chime will stop immediately.
Damaged seat belts and seat
belt assemblies will not operate
properly. Always replace:
• Frayed, contaminated, or dam-
aged webbing
• Damaged hardware
• The entire seat belt assembly
after it has been worn in an
accident, even if damage to
webbing or assembly is not
apparent
WARNING
OLMB033022
Conditions Warning Pattern
Seat Belt
Vehicle
Speed
Light (Blink) Chime
Unbuckled 6 seconds
Buckled 6 seconds None
Buckled →
Unbuckled
Below 3 mph
(5 km/h)
6 seconds None
3 mph~
6 mph
6 seconds
Above 6 mph
(10 km/h)
6 sec. ON / 24 sec. OFF
(11 times)
Unbuckled
Above 6 mph
(10 km/h)
↓
Below 3 mph
(5 km/h)
6 seconds *
1
↓
Stop *
2

2-24
Seat belt warning
(for front passenger’s seat)
The front passenger's seat belt
warning light will activate to the fol-
lowing table when the Engine Start/
Stop button is in "ON" position.
*
1
: The seat belt warning light will go off if the
vehicle speed decreases below 3 mph (5
km/h). If the vehicle speed increases
above 3 mph (5 km/h), the warning light
will blink again.
• You can find the front passenger's
seat belt warning light on the cen-
ter fascia panel.
• Although the front passenger seat
is not occupied, the seat belt warn-
ing light will blink for 6 seconds.
• The seat belt warning light can
blink when a briefcase or purse is
placed on the front passenger
seat.
Safety system of your vehicle
ODH034109N
Conditions
Warning
Pattern
Seat Belt
Vehicle
Speed
Light-Blink
Unbuckled 6 seconds
Unbuckled
Above 6mph
(10 km/h)
Continuously
Buckled 6 seconds
Buckled →
Unbuckled
Above 6mph
(10 km/h)
Continuously *
1
Below 6mph
(10 km/h)
None
Riding in an improper position
adversely affects the front pas-
senger's seat belt warning sys-
tem. It is important for the driver
to instruct the passenger as to
the proper seating instructions
as contained in this manual.
WARNING

2-25
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Seat belt restraint system
Seat Belt-Driver’s 3-point sys-
tem with emergency locking
retractor
To fasten your seat belt:
Pull the seat belt out of the retractor
and insert the metal tab (1) into the
buckle (2). There will be an audible
"click" when the tab locks into the
buckle.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to
the proper length after the lap belt
portion is adjusted manually so that it
fits snugly around your hips. If you
lean forward in a slow, easy motion,
the belt will extend and move with
you. If there is a sudden stop or
impact, the belt will lock into position.
It will also lock if you try to lean for-
ward too quickly.
✽✽
NOTICE
If you are not able to smoothly pull
enough of the seat belt out from the
retractor, firmly pull the seat belt out
and release it. After release, you will
be able to pull the belt out smoothly.
Height adjustment
You can adjust the height of the
shoulder belt anchor to one of the
four different positions for maximum
comfort and safety.
The shoulder portion should be
adjusted so it lies across your chest
and midway over your shoulder near-
est the door, not over your neck.
To adjust the height of the seat belt
anchor, lower or raise the height
adjuster into an appropriate position.
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up
(1). To lower it, push it down (3) while
pressing the height adjuster button (2).
Release the button to lock the anchor
into position. Try sliding the height
adjuster to make sure that it has
locked into position.
OLMB033087
ODH033086
■ Front seat

2-26
Safety system of your vehicle
When using the rear center seat belt,
the buckle with the “CENTER” mark
must be used.
(Continued)
• Position one arm under the
shoulder belt and the other over
the belt, as shown in the illus-
tration.
• Always position the shoulder
belt anchor into the locked
position at the appropriate
height.
• Never position the shoulder
belt across your neck or face.
OLMB033025
Improperly positioned seat belts
may increase the risk of serious
injury in an accident.Take the fol-
lowing precautions when adjust-
ing the seat belt:
• Position the lap portion of the
seat belt as low as possible
across your hips, not on your
waist, so that it fits snugly.
(Continued)
WARNING
ODH033082

2-27
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Seat Belt – Passenger’s 3-point
system with convertible locking
retractor
This type of seat belt combines the
features of both an emergency lock-
ing retractor seat belt and an auto-
matic locking retractor seat belt.
Convertible retractor type seat belts
are installed in the rear seat positions
to help accommodate the installation
of child restraint systems. Although a
convertible retractor is also installed in
the front passenger seat position,
NEVER place any infant/child
restraint system in the front seat of
the vehicle.
To fasten your seat belt:
Pull the seat belt out of the retractor
and insert the metal tab into the buck-
le. There will be an audible "click"
when the tab locks into the buckle.
When not securing a child restraint,
the seat belt operates in the same way
as the driver's seat belt (Emergency
Locking Retractor Type). It automati-
cally adjusts to the proper length only
after the lap belt portion of the seat
belt is adjusted manually so that it fits
snugly across your hips.
When the seat belt is fully extended
from the retractor to allow the installa-
tion of a child restraint system, the
seat belt operation changes to allow
the belt to retract, but not to extend
(Automatic Locking Retractor Type).
Refer to “Using a Child Restraint
System” in this chapter.
✽✽
NOTICE
Although the seat belt retractor pro-
vides the same level of protection for
seated passengers in either emer-
gency or automatic locking modes,
the emergency locking mode allows
seated passengers to move freely in
their seat while keeping some tension
on the belt. During a collision or sud-
den stop, the retractor automatically
locks the belt to help restrain your
body. To deactivate the automatic
locking mode, allow the unbuckled
seat belt to fully retract.
To release your seat belt:
Press the release button (1) in the
locking buckle.
When it is released, the belt should
automatically draw back into the
retractor. If this does not happen,
check the belt to be sure it is not twist-
ed, then try again.
ODH033057

2-28
Safety system of your vehicle
Pre-tensioner seat belt
(Driver and front passenger)
Retractor pre-tensioner
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's
and front passenger's Pre-Tensioner
Seat Belts. The purpose of the pre-
tensioner is to make sure the seat
belts fit tightly against the occupant's
body in certain frontal collisions. The
pre-tensioner seat belts may be acti-
vated in crashes where the frontal col-
lision is severe enough, together with
the air bags.
If the system senses excessive ten-
sion on the driver’s or passenger's
seat belt when the pre-tensioner acti-
vates, the load limiter inside the pre-
tensioner will release some of the
pressure on the affected seat belt.
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or
if the occupant tries to lean forward
too quickly, the seat belt retractor will
lock into position. In certain frontal
collisions, the pre-tensioner will acti-
vate and pull the seat belt into tighter
contact against the occupant's body.
EFD system
(Driver and front passenger)
The purpose of the EFD (Emergency
Fastening Device) system is to make
sure the lap belt fit tightly against the
occupant's lower body in certain frontal
collisions. The EFD (Emergency
Fastening Device) may be activated in
crashes where the frontal collision is
severe enough.
OLMB033039
Pre-Tensioner Seat Belts
(Retractor pre-tensioner seat belt
and emergency fastening device)
that malfunction may not protect
you properly during an accident.
Take the following precautions:
• Always wear your seat belt and
sit properly in your seat.
• Do not use the seat belt if it is
loose or twisted. A loose or
twisted seat belt will not pro-
tect you properly in an acci-
dent.
• Do not place anything near the
buckle. This may adversely
affect the buckle and cause it
to function improperly.
• Always replace your pre-ten-
sioners after activation or an
accident.
• NEVER inspect, service, repair
or replace the pre-tensioners
yourself.This must be done by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Do not hit the seat belt assem-
blies.
WARNING

2-29
Safety system of your vehicle
2
The Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt System
consists mainly of the following com-
ponents.Their locations are shown in
the illustration above:
1. SRS air bag warning light
2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly
3. SRS control module
4. Emergency fastening device (EFD)
✽✽
NOTICE
The sensor that activates the SRS air
bag is connected with the pre–ten-
sioner seat belts. The SRS air bag
warning light on the instrument panel
will illuminate for approximately 6
seconds after the Engine Start/Stop
button is pressed to the ON position,
and then it should turn off.
If the pre-tensioner is not working
properly, the warning light will illu-
minate even if the SRS air bag is not
malfunctioning. If the warning light
does not illuminate, stays illuminated
or illuminates when the vehicle is
being driven, have an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer inspect the pre-
tensioner seat belts and SRS air bags
as soon as possible.
1LDE3100/Q
Do not touch the pre-tensioner
seat belt (Retractor pre-tension-
er seat belt and emergency fas-
tening device) assemblies for
several minutes after they have
been activated. When the pre-
tensioner seat belt (Retractor
pre-tensioner seat belt and
emergency fastening device)
mechanism deploy during a col-
lision, the pre-tensioner
becomes hot and can burn you.
WARNING
Body work on the front area of
the vehicle may damage the pre-
tensioner seat belt (Retractor
pre-tensioner seat belt and
emergency fastening device)
system. Therefore, we recom-
mend that the system be serv-
iced by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
CAUTION

2-30
Safety system of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
• Both the driver's and front pas-
senger's pre-tensioner seat belts
may be activated in certain frontal
or side collisions or rollovers.
• The pre-tensioners will not be acti-
vated if the seat belts are not worn
at the time of the collision.
• When the pre-tensioner seat belts
are activated, a loud noise may be
heard and fine dust, which may
appear to be smoke, may be visible
in the passenger compartment.
These are normal operating condi-
tions and are not hazardous.
• Although it is non-toxic, the fine
dust may cause skin irritation and
should not be breathed for pro-
longed periods. Wash all exposed
skin areas thoroughly after an
accident in which the pre-tension-
er seat belts were activated.
Pre-Safe Seat belt (PSB)
(if equipped)
The purpose of the Pre-Safe Seat
Belt is to tighten the seat belt when a
collision is sensed, driving emer-
gency braking, or when a loss of
control is sensed.
ODH033059
The pre-safe seat belt is a sup-
plementary system. The pre-
safe seat belt activates only
when the passenger is wearing
his/her seat belt.
If the seat belt is released, the
belt parking function will acti-
vate. For more detailed refer to
the belt parking function.
CAUTION

2-31
Safety system of your vehicle
2
The pre-safe seat belt warning will
turn on if there is a problem with your
pre-safe seat belt.
Have the system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer if :
The warning message comes on
while the vehicle is in motion. if the
PSB warning message disappeared,
the warning indicator (master symbol)
turns on.
In order to maximize the safety of the
passenger, the pre-safe seat belt
system operates as below.
• Full retraction
The seat belt is tightened when:
- Emergency braking situation
occurs
- Losing control of the vehicle
- The vehicle senses the collision
situation by sensor (If equipped)
• Dynamic support
- Slippery frozen road
- The passenger leans to one side
by sudden braking or rapid turning.
• Slack removal
Other functions are tightening a
loose seat belt after vehicle speed
is over 15 km/h (9.3 mph) and
winding a loose seat belt after
unfastening the seat belt.
• Belt parking
When releasing the seat belt, if the
seat belt loosens, the motor will
wind up a loose seat belt to tight.
Additional seat belt safety pre-
cautions
Seat belt use during pregnancy
The seat belt should always be used
during pregnancy. The best way to
protect your unborn child is to protect
yourself by always wearing the seat
belt.
Pregnant women should always wear
a lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the
shoulder belt across your chest, rout-
ed between your breasts and away
from your neck. Place the shoulder
belt across the chest, routed away
from the neck.Place the lap belt below
the belt line so that it fits snugly and as
low as possible across the hips, not
across the abdomen.
ODH043254L
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death to an unborn
child during an accident, preg-
nant women should NEVER
place the lap portion of the seat
belt above or over the area of
the abdomen where the unborn
child is located.
WARNING

2-32
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat belt use and children
Infant and small children
All 50 states have child restraint laws
which require children to travel in
approved child restraint devices,
including booster seats. The age at
which seat belts can be used instead
of child restraints differs among
states, so you should be aware of the
specific requirements in your state,
and where you are travelling. Infant
and child restraints must be properly
placed and installed in a rear seat.
For more information refer to the
“Child Restraint Systems” in this
chapter.
Small children are best protected
from injury in an accident when prop-
erly restrained in the rear seat by a
child restraint system that meets the
requirements of the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards. Before
buying any child restraint system,
make sure that it has a label certify-
ing that it meets Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard 213. The
restraint must be appropriate for your
child's height and weight. Check the
label on the child restraint for this
information. Refer to “Child Restraint
Systems” in this chapter.
ALWAYS properly restrain infants
and small children in a child
restraint appropriate for the
child’s height and weight.
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death to a child and
other passengers, NEVER hold a
child in your lap or arms when
the vehicle is moving.The violent
forces created during an acci-
dent will tear the child from your
arms and throw the child against
the interior of the vehicle.
WARNING

2-33
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Larger children
Children under age 13 and who are
too large for a booster seat must
always occupy the rear seat and use
the available lap/shoulder belts. A
seat belt should lie across the upper
thighs and be snug across the shoul-
der and chest to restrain the child
safely. Check belt fit periodically. A
child's squirming could put the belt
out of position. Always have the
LATCH system inspected by your
authorized HYUNDAI dealer after an
accident. An accident can damage
the LATCH system and may not
properly secure the child restraint.
If a larger child over age 13 must be
seated in the front seat, the child
must be securely restrained by the
available lap/shoulder belt and the
seat should be placed in the rear-
most position.
If the shoulder belt portion slightly
touches the child’s neck or face, try
placing the child closer to the center
of the vehicle.If the shoulder belt still
touches their face or neck, they need
to be returned to an appropriate
booster seat in the rear seat.
Transporting an injured person
A seat belt should be used when an
injured person is being transported.
Consult a physician for specific rec-
ommendations.
One person per belt
Two people (including children) should
never attempt to use a single seat belt.
This could increase the severity of
injuries in case of an accident.
Do not lie down
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be dan-
gerous. Even when buckled up, the
protections of your restraint system
(seat belts and air bags) is greatly
reduced by reclining your seatback.
To reduce the chance of injuries in
the event of an accident and to
achieve the maximum effectiveness
of the restraint system, all passen-
gers should be sitting up and the
front and rear seats should be in an
upright position when the car is mov-
ing. A seat belt cannot provide prop-
er protection if the person is lying
down in the rear seat or if the front or
rear seats are in a reclined position.
• Always make sure children
are wearing their seat belts
and that they are properly
adjusted before driving.
• NEVER allow the shoulder
belt to contact the child’s
neck or face.
• Do not allow more than one
child to use a single seat belt.
WARNING

2-34
Safety system of your vehicle
Care of seat belts
Seat belt systems should never be
disassembled or modified. In addi-
tion, care should be taken to assure
that seat belts and belt hardware are
not damaged by seat hinges, doors
or other abuse.
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected
periodically for wear or damage of
any kind. Any damaged parts should
be replaced as soon as possible by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and
dry.If belts become dirty, they can be
cleaned by using a mild soap solu-
tion and warm water. Bleach, dye,
strong detergents or abrasives
should not be used because they
may damage and weaken the fabric.
When to replace seat belts
The entire seat belt assembly or
assemblies should be replaced if the
vehicle has been involved in an acci-
dent.This should be done even if no
damage is visible. Additional ques-
tions concerning seat belt operation
should be directed to an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• NEVER ride with a reclined
seatback when the vehicle is
moving.
• Riding with a reclined seatback
increases your chance of seri-
ous or fatal injuries in the event
of a collision or sudden stop.
• Drivers and passengers should
always sit well back in their
seats, properly belted, and with
the seatbacks upright.
WARNING

2-35
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Children under age 13 must always
ride in the rear seats and must
always be properly restrained to min-
imize the risk of injury in an accident,
sudden stop or sudden maneuver.
According to accident statistics, chil-
dren are safer when properly
restrained in the rear seats than in
the front seat. Even with air bags,
children can be seriously injured
or killed. Children too large for a
child restraint must use the seat belts
provided.
All 50 states have child restraint laws
which require children to travel in
approved child restraint devices.The
laws governing the age or
height/weight restrictions at which
seat belts can be used instead of
child restraints differs among states,
so you should be aware of the spe-
cific requirements in your state, and
where you are travelling.
Child restraint systems must be
properly placed and installed in the
rear seat. You must use a commer-
cially available child restraint system
that meets the requirements of the
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards (FMVSS).
Child restraint systems are generally
designed to be secured in a vehicle
seat by lap belt portion of a
lap/shoulder belt, or by a LATCH sys-
tem in the rear seats of the vehicle.
CCHHIILLDD RREESSTTRRAAIINNTT SSYYSSTTEEMM ((CCRRSS))
Always properly restrain chil-
dren in the rear seats of the
vehicle.
Children of all ages are safer
when restrained in the rear seat.
A child riding in the front pas-
senger seat can be forcefully
struck by an inflating air bag
resulting in SERIOUS INJURY
or DEATH.
WARNING

2-36
Safety system of your vehicle
Child restraint system (CRS)
Infants and younger children must be
restrained in an appropriate rear-fac-
ing or forward-facing CRS that has
first been properly secured to the
rear seat of the vehicle. Read and
comply with the instructions for
installation and use provided by the
manufacturer of the child restraint.
Selecting a Child Restraint
System (CRS)
When selecting a CRS for your child,
always:
• Make sure the CRS has a label
certifying that it meets applicable
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards (FMVSS 213).
• Select a child restraint based on
your child’s height and weight.The
required label or the instructions
for use typically provide this infor-
mation.
• Select a child restraint that fits the
vehicle seating position where it
will be used.
• Read and comply with the warn-
ings and instructions for installation
and use provided with the child
restraint system.
(Continued)
• Always follow the child
restraint system manufactur-
er’s instructions for installa-
tion and use.
• Always properly restrain your
child in the child restraint.
• Do not use an infant carrier or
a child safety seat that
“hooks” over a seatback, it
may not provide adequate
protection in an accident.
• After an accident, have a
HYUNDAI dealer check the
child restraint system, seat
belts, tether anchors and
lower anchors.
An improperly secured child
restraint can increase the risk
of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH
in an accident. Always take the
following precautions when
using a child restraint system:
• NEVER install a child or infant
restraint in the front passen-
ger’s seat.
• Always properly secure the
child restraint to a rear seat of
the vehicle.
(Continued)
WARNING

2-37
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Child restraint system types
There are three main types of child
restraint systems: rear-facing seats,
forward-facing seats, and booster
seats. They are classified according
to the child’s age, height and weight.
Rear-facing child seats
A rear-facing child seat provides
restraint with the seating surface
against the back of the child.The har-
ness system holds the child in place,
and in an accident, acts to keep the
child positioned in the seat and
reduce the stress to the neck and
spinal cord.
All children under age one must
always ride in a rear-facing infant child
restraint.
Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats typ-
ically have higher height and weight
limits for the rear-facing position,
allowing you to keep your child rear-
facing for a longer period of time.
Continue to use a rear-facing child
seat for as long as your child will fit
within the height and weight limits
allowed by the child seat manufactur-
er. It’s the best way to keep them
safe. Once your child has outgrown
the rear-facing child restraint, your
child is ready for a forward-facing
child restraint with a harness.
OLMB033041
NEVER install a child or infant
restraint in the front passen-
ger’s seat.
Placing a rear-facing child
restraint in the front seat can
result in SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH if the child restraint is
struck by an inflating air bag.
WARNING

2-38
Safety system of your vehicle
Forward-facing child restraints
A forward-facing child seat provides
restraint for the child’s body with a
harness. Keep children in a forward-
facing child seat with a harness until
they reach the top height or weight
limit allowed by your child restraint’s
manufacturer.
Once your child outgrows the forward-
facing child restraint, your child is
ready for a booster seat.
Booster seats
A booster seat is a restraint designed
to improve the fit of the vehicle’s seat
belt system. A booster seat positions
the seat belt so that it fits properly
over the lap of your child. Keep your
child in a booster seat until they are
big enough to sit in the seat without a
booster and still have the seat belt fit
properly.
For a seat belt to fit properly, the lap
belt must lie snugly across the upper
thighs, not the stomach.The shoulder
belt should lie snug across the shoul-
der and chest and not across the neck
or face. Children under age 13 must
always ride in the rear seats and must
always be properly restrained to mini-
mize the risk of injury.
Installing a Child Restraint
System (CRS)
Before installing your child
restraint system always:
• Read and follow the instruc-
tions provided by the manu-
facturer of the child restraint.
• Read and follow the instruc-
tions regarding child restraint
systems in this manual.
Failure to follow all warnings
and instructions could increase
the risk of the SERIOUS INJURY
or DEATH if an accident occurs.
WARNING
If the vehicle headrest prevents
proper installation of a child
seat (as described in the child
seat system manual), the head-
rest of the respective seating
position shall be readjusted or
entirely removed.
WARNING
ODH033062

2-39
Safety system of your vehicle
2
After selecting a proper child seat for
your child, check to make sure it fits
properly in your vehicle. Follow the
instructions provided by the manu-
facturer when installing the child
seat. Note these general steps when
installing the seat to your vehicle:
•
Properly secure the child restraint
to the vehicle.
All child restraints
must be secured to the vehicle with
the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt or
with the LATCH system.
• Make sure the child restraint is
firmly secured. After installing a
child restraint to the vehicle, push
and pull the seat forward and from
side-to-side to verify that it is
securely attached to the seat. A
child restraint secured with a seat
belt should be installed as firmly as
possible. However, some side-to-
side movement can be expected.
• Secure the child in the child
restraint. Make sure the child is
properly strapped in the child
restraint according to the manufac-
turer instructions.
Lower Anchors and Tether for
Children (LATCH) System
The LATCH system holds a child
restraint during driving and in an acci-
dent. This system is designed to
make installation of the child restraint
easier and reduce the possibility of
improperly installing your child
restraint. The LATCH system uses
anchors in the vehicle and attach-
ments on the child restraint. The
LATCH system eliminates the need
to use seat belts to secure the child
restraint to the rear seats.
Lower anchors are metal bars built
into the vehicle. There are two lower
anchors for each LATCH seating
position that will accommodate a
child restraint with lower attachments.
To use the LATCH system in your
vehicle, you must have a child
restraint with LATCH attachments.
The child seat manufacturer will pro-
vide you with instructions on how to
use the child seat with its attachments
for the LATCH lower anchors.
A child restraint in a closed
vehicle can become very hot.To
prevent burns, check the seat-
ing surface and buckles before
placing your child in the child
restraint.
WARNING

2-40
Safety system of your vehicle
LATCH anchors have been provided
in the left and right outboard rear
seating positions. Their locations are
shown in the illustration.There are no
LATCH anchors provided for the cen-
ter rear seating position.
The lower anchor position indicator
symbols are located on the left and
right rear seat backs to identify the
position of the lower anchors in your
vehicle (see arrows in illustration).
The LATCH anchors are located
between the seatback and the seat
cushion of the rear seat left and right
outboard seating positions.
Do not attempt to install a child
restraint system using LATCH
anchors in the rear center seat-
ing position.There are no LATCH
anchors provided for this seat.
Using the outboard seat anchors
can damage the anchors which
may break or fail in a collision
resulting in serious injury or
death.
WARNING
ODH033067
ODH033068
ISOFIX Lower
Anchor Position
Indicator
ISOFIX Lower Anchor

2-41
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Securing a child restraint with
the LATCH anchors system
To install a LATCH-compatible child
restraint in either of the rear outboard
seating positions:
1. Move the seat belt buckle away from
the lower anchors.
2. Move any other objects away from
the anchors that could prevent a
secure connection between the child
restraint and the lower anchors.
3. Place the child restraint on the vehi-
cle seat, then attach the seat to the
lower anchors according to the
instructions provided by the child
restraint manufacturer.
4. Follow the child restraint instructions
for properly adjusting and tightening
the lower attachments on the child
restraint to the lower anchors.
✽✽
NOTICE
The recommended weight for the
LATCH system is under 65 lbs (30
kg).
How to calculate the child restraint
weight :
Child restraint weight =
65 lbs (30 kg) - Child weight
Take the following precautions
when using the LATCH system:
• Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with
your child restraint system.
• To prevent the child from
reaching and taking hold of
unretracted seat belts, buckle
all unused rear seat belts and
retract the seat belt webbing
behind the child. Children can
be strangled if a shoulder belt
becomes wrapped around
their neck and the seat belt
tightens.
• NEVER attach more than one
child restraint to a single
anchor. This could cause the
anchor or attachment to come
loose or break.
• Always have the LATCH sys-
tem inspected by your author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer after an
accident. An accident can
damage the LATCH system
and may not properly secure
the child restraint.
WARNING

2-42
Safety system of your vehicle
Securing a child restraint seat
with “Tether Anchor” system
First secure the child restraint with
the LATCH lower anchors or the seat
belt. If the child restraint manufactur-
er recommends that the top tether
strap be attached, attach and tighten
the top tether strap to the top tether
strap anchor.
Child restraint hook holders are
located on the package tray.
To install the tether anchor:
1. Route the child restraint tether
strap over the child restraint seat-
back. Route the tether strap under
the headrest and between the
headrest posts, or route the tether
strap over the top of the vehicle
seatback. Make sure the strap is
not twisted.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to
the tether anchor, then tighten the
tether strap according to the child
seat manufacturer’s instructions to
firmly secure the child restraint to
the seat.
Take the following precautions
when installing the tether strap:
• Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with
your child restraint system.
• NEVER attach more than one
child restraint to a single teth-
er anchor. This could cause
the anchor or attachment to
come loose or break.
• Do not attach the tether strap
to anything other than the cor-
rect tether anchor. It may not
work properly if attached to
something else.
• Do not use the tether anchors
for adult seat belts or harness-
es, or for attaching other items
or equipment to the vehicle.
WARNING
ODH033066
ODH033065

2-43
Safety system of your vehicle
2
3. Check that the child restraint is
securely attached to the seat by
pushing and pulling the seat for-
ward and from side-to-side.
Securing a child restraint with
a lap belt or lap/shoulder belt
When not using the LATCH system,
all child restraints must be secured to
a vehicle rear seat with the lap part
of a lap/shoulder belt.
Automatic lock mode
Since all passenger seat belts move
freely under normal conditions and
only lock under extreme or emer-
gency conditions (emergency locking
mode), you must manually pull the
seat belt all the way out to shift the
retractor to the “Automatic Locking”
mode to secure a child restraint.
The “Automatic Locking” mode will
help prevent the normal movement
of the child in the vehicle from caus-
ing the seat belt to loosen and com-
promise the child restraint system.To
secure a child restraint system, use
the following procedure.
To install a child restraint system on
the rear seats, do the following:
1. Place the child restraint system on
a rear seat and route the lap/shoul-
der belt around or through the child
restraint, following the restraint
manufacturer’s instructions.
Be sure the seat belt webbing is
not twisted.
✽✽
NOTICE
When using the rear center seat belt,
you should also refer to the “3-point
Rear Center Seat Belt” section in this
chapter.
ALWAYS place a rear-facing
child restraint in the rear seat of
the vehicle.
Placing a rear-facing child
restraint in the front seat can
result in serious injury or death
if the child restraint is struck by
an inflating air bag.
WARNING
OLMB033044

2-44
Safety system of your vehicle
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch
into the buckle. Listen for the dis-
tinct “click” sound.
✽✽
NOTICE
Position the release button so that it
is easy to access in case of an emer-
gency.
3. Pull the shoulder portion of the
seat belt all the way out.When the
shoulder portion of the seat belt is
fully extended, it will shift the
retractor to the “Automatic
Locking” (child restraint) mode.
4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion
of the seat belt to retract and listen
for an audible “clicking”or “ratchet-
ing” sound. This indicates that the
retractor is in the “Automatic
Locking”mode.If no distinct sound
is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.
OLMB033045
OLMB033097 OLMB033098

2-45
Safety system of your vehicle
2
5. Remove as much slack from the
belt as possible by pushing down
on the child restraint system while
feeding the shoulder belt back into
the retractor.
6. Push and pull on the child restraint
system to confirm that the seat
belt is holding it firmly in place.If it
is not, release the seat belt and
repeat steps 2 through 6.
7. Double check that the retractor is
in the “Automatic Locking” mode
by attempting to pull more of the
seat belt out of the retractor. If you
cannot, the retractor is in the
“Automatic Locking” mode.
If your CRS manufacturer instructs or
recommends you to use a tether
anchor with the lap/shoulder belt,
refer to the previous pages for more
information.
✽✽
NOTICE
When the seat belt is allowed to
retract to its fully stowed position, the
retractor will automatically switch
from the “Automatic Locking” mode
to the emergency lock mode for nor-
mal adult usage.
To remove the child restraint, press
the release button on the buckle and
then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of
the restraint and allow the seat belt
to retract fully.
If the retractor is not in the
“Automatic Locking” mode, the
child restraint can move when
your vehicle turns or stops sud-
denly. A child can be seriously
injured or killed if the child
restraint is not properly anchored
in the car, including manually
pulling the seat belt all the way
out to shift the rectractor to the
“Automatic Locking”mode.
WARNING

2-46
Safety system of your vehicle
(1) Driver’s front air bag
(2) Passenger’s front air bag
(3) Side air bag
(4) Curtain air bag
(5) Driver’s knee air bag
AAIIRR BBAAGG -- AADDVVAANNCCEEDD SSUUPPPPLLEEMMEENNTTAALL RREESSTTRRAAIINNTT SSYYSSTTEEMM
ODH033069
The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

2-47
Safety system of your vehicle
2
This vehicle is equipped with an
Advanced Supplemental Air Bag
System for the driver’s seat and front
passenger’s seats.
The front air bags are designed to
supplement the three-point seat
belts. For these air bags to provide
protection, the seat belts must be
worn at all times when driving.
You can be severely injured or killed
in an accident if you are not wearing
a seat belt. Air bags are designed to
supplement seat belts, but do not
replace them. Also, air bags are not
designed to deploy in every collision.
In some accidents, the seat belts are
the only restraint protecting you.
AIR BAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
ALWAYS use seat belts and child restraints - every trip, every time,
everyone! Even with air bags, you can be seriously injured or killed in
a collision if you are improperly belted or not wearing your seat belt
when the air bag inflates.
NEVER place a child in any child restraint or booster seat in the front
passenger seat. An inflating air bag could forcefully strike the infant
or child causing serious or fatal injuries.
ABC - Always Buckle Children under age 13 in the back seat. It is the
safest place for children of any age to ride. If a child age 13 or older
must be seated in the front seat, he or she must be properly belted
and the seat should be moved as far back as possible.
All occupants should sit upright with the seatback in an upright posi-
tion, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs com-
fortably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked
and the engine is turned off. If an occupant is out of position during
an accident, the rapidly deploying air bag may forcefully contact the
occupant causing serious or fatal injuries.
You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily
close to the air bags or lean against the door or center console.
Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still
maintaining control of the vehicle. NHTSA recommends that drivers
allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering
wheel and the chest.
WARNING

2-48
Safety system of your vehicle
Where are the air bags?
Driver’s and passenger’s front
air bags
Your vehicle is equipped with a
Advanced Supplemental Restraint
System (SRS) and lap/shoulder belts
at both the driver and passenger
seating positions.
The SRS consists of air bags which
are located in the center of the steer-
ing wheel and the passenger's side
front panel pad above the glove box.
The air bags are labeled with the let-
ters “AIR BAG”embossed on the pad
covers.
The purpose of the SRS is to provide
the vehicle's driver and front passen-
gers with additional protection than
that offered by the seat belt system
alone. The SRS uses sensors to
gather information about the driver's
seat position, the driver's and front
passenger's seat belt usage and
impact severity.
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death from an inflating
front air bags, take the following
precautions:
• Seat belts must be worn at all
times to help keep occupants
positioned properly.
• Move your seat as far back as
possible from front air bags,
while still maintaining control
of the vehicle.
• Never lean against the door or
center console.
(Continued)
WARNING
ODH033030
ODH033031
ODH033032
■ Driver's knee air bag
■ Driver’s front air bag
■ Passenger’s front air bag

2-50
Safety system of your vehicle
Curtain air bags
Curtain air bags are located along
both sides of the roof rails above the
front and rear doors.
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death from an inflating
side air bag, take the following
precautions:
• Seat belts must be worn at all
times to help keep occupants
positioned properly.
• Do not allow passengers to
lean their heads or bodies onto
doors, put their arms on the
doors, stretch their arms out of
the window, or place objects
between the doors and seats.
• Hold the steering wheel at the 9
o’clock and 3 o’clock positions,
to minimize the risk of injuries
to your hands and arms.
• Do not use any accessory
seat covers.This could reduce
or prevent the effectiveness
of the system.
• Do not place any objects over
the air bag or between the air
bag and yourself.
(Continued)
WARNING
(Continued)
• Do not place any objects
between the door and the
seat. They may become dan-
gerous projectiles if the side
air bag inflates.
• Do not install any accessories
on the side or near the side air
bags.
• Do not cause impact to the
doors when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON
position or this may cause the
side air bags to inflate.
• If the seat or seat cover is
damaged, have the vehicle
checked and repaired by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
ODH033087
ODH033089

2-51
Safety system of your vehicle
2
They are designed to help protect the
heads of the front seat occupants
and the rear outboard seat occupants
in certain side impact collisions.
The curtain air bags are designed to
deploy only during certain side
impact collisions, depending on the
crash severity, angle, speed and
impact.
The curtain air bags do not only
deploy on the side of the impact but
also on the opposite side.
For vehicles equipped with a rollover
sensor the side and curtain air bags
on both sides of the vehicle may
deploy if a rollover or possible
rollover is detected.
The curtain air bags are not designed
to deploy in all side impact or rollover
situations.
How does the air bags system
operate?
The SRS consists of the following
components:
1. Driver's front air bag module
2. Passenger's front air bag module
3. Side air bag modules
4. Curtain air bag modules
5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies
6. Air bag warning light
7. SRS control module (SRSCM)/
Rollover sensor
8. Front impact sensors
9. Side impact sensors
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death from an inflating
curtain air bags, take the follow-
ing precautions:
• All seat occupants must wear
seat belts at all times to help
keep occupants positioned
properly.
• Properly secure child restraints
as far away from the door as
possible.
• Do not allow passengers to
lean their heads or bodies
onto doors, put their arms on
the doors, stretch their arms
out of the window, or place
objects between the doors
and seats.
• Do not open or repair the side
curtain air bags.
WARNING
ODH033104L/Q

2-52
Safety system of your vehicle
10. Driver’s knee air bag module
11. Driver’s and front passenger’s
seat belt buckle sensors
12. Emergency fastening device
13. Occupant classification system
The SRSCM continually monitors all
SRS components while the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON posi-
tion to determine if a crash impact is
severe enough to require air bag
deployment or pre-tensioner seat
belt deployment.
SRS warning light
The SRS (Supplement Restraint
System) air bag warning light on the
instrument panel displays the air bag
symbol depicted in the illustration.The
system checks the air bag electrical
system for malfunctions.The light indi-
cates that there is a potential problem
with your air bag system, which could
include your side and curtain air bags
used for rollover protection.
If your SRS malfunctions, the air
bag may not inflate properly dur-
ing an accident increasing the
risk of serious injury or death.
If any of the following condi-
tions occur, your SRS is mal-
functioning:
• The light does not turn on for
approximately six seconds
when the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON position.
• The light stays on after illumi-
nating for approximately six
seconds.
• The light comes on while the
vehicle is in motion.
• The light blinks when the
engine is running.
Have an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer inspect the SRS as soon
as possible if any of these con-
ditions occur.
WARNING

2-53
Safety system of your vehicle
2
During a moderate to severe frontal
collision, sensors will detect the vehi-
cle’s rapid deceleration. If the rate of
deceleration is high enough, the con-
trol unit will inflate the front air bags.
The front air bags help protect the
driver and front passenger by
responding to frontal impacts in
which seat belts alone cannot provide
adequate restraint. When needed,
the side air bags help provide protec-
tion in the event of a side impact or
rollover by supporting the side upper
body area.
• Air bags are activated (able to
inflate if necessary) only when the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ON position.
• Air bags inflate in the event of a
severe frontal or side collision to
help protect the occupants from
serious physical injury.
• There is no single speed at which
the air bags will inflate. Generally,
air bags are designed to inflate
based upon the severity of a colli-
sion and its direction. These two
factors determine whether the sen-
sors produce an electronic deploy-
ment/inflation signal.
• Air bag deployment depends on a
number of factors including vehicle
speed, angles of impact and the
density and stiffness of the vehicles
or objects which your vehicle
impacts during a collision. The
determining factors are not limited
to those mentioned above.
• The front air bags will completely
inflate and deflate in an instant. It is
virtually impossible for you to see
the air bags inflate during an acci-
dent. It is much more likely that you
will simply see the deflated air bags
hanging out of their storage com-
partments after the collision.
• In addition to inflating in serious
side collisions, vehicles equipped
with a rollover sensor, side and
curtain air bags will inflate if the
sensing system detects a rollover.
When a rollover is detected, side
and curtain air bags will remain
inflated longer to help provide pro-
tection from ejection, especially
when used in conjunction with the
seat belts.
• To help provide protection, the air
bags must inflate rapidly.The speed
of air bag inflation is a consequence
of extremely short time in which to
inflate the air bag between the
occupant and the vehicle structures
before the occupant impacts those
structures. This speed of inflation
reduces the risk of serious or life-
threatening injuries and is thus a
necessary part of air bag design.
However, the rapid air bag inflation
can also cause injuries which can
include facial abrasions, bruises
and broken bones because the
inflation speed also causes the air
bags to expand with a great deal of
force.
• There are even circumstances
under which contact with the air
bag can cause fatal injuries, espe-
cially if the occupant is positioned
excessively close to the air bag.

2-54
Safety system of your vehicle
You can take steps to reduce the risk
of being injured by an inflating air
bag. The greatest risk is sitting too
close to the air bag.An air bag needs
about 10 inches (25 cm) of space to
inflate. NHTSA recommends that
drivers allow at least 10 inches
(25 cm) between the center of the
steering wheel and the chest.
When the SRSCM detects a suffi-
ciently severe impact to the front of
the vehicle, it will automatically
deploy the front air bags.
OLMB033054
■ Driver’s front air bag (1)
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death from an inflating
air bag, take the following pre-
cautions:
• NEVER place a child restraint
in the front passenger seat.
Always properly restrain chil-
dren under age 13 in the rear
seats of the vehicle.
• Adjust the front passenger’s
and driver’s seats as far to the
rear as possible while allow-
ing you to maintain full con-
trol of the vehicle.
• Hold the steering wheel with
hands at the 9 o’clock and 3
o’clock positions.
• Never place anything or any-
one between the air bag and
the seat occupant.
• Do not allow the front passen-
ger to place their feet or legs
on the dashboard.
WARNING

2-55
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Upon deployment, tear seams mold-
ed directly into the pad covers will
separate under pressure from the
expansion of the air bags. Further
opening of the covers allows full
inflation of the air bags.
A fully inflated air bag, in combina-
tion with a properly worn seat belt,
slows the driver's or the passenger's
forward motion, reducing the risk of
head and chest injury.
After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately starts deflating, enabling
the driver to maintain forward visibili-
ty and the ability to steer or operate
other controls.
OLMB033055
■ Driver’s front air bag (2)
OLMB033056
■ Driver’s front air bag (3)
OLMB033057
■ Passenger’s front air bag
To prevent objects from becom-
ing dangerous projectiles when
the passenger's air bag inflates:
• Do not install or place any
objects (drink holder, CD
holder, stickers, etc.) on the
front passenger's panel above
the glove box where the pas-
senger's air bag is located.
• Do not install a container of
liquid air freshener near the
instrument cluster or on the
instrument panel surface.
WARNING

2-56
Safety system of your vehicle
What to expect after an air bag
inflates
After a frontal or side air bag inflates,
it will deflate very quickly. Air bag
inflation will not prevent the driver
from seeing out of the windshield or
being able to steer. Curtain air bags
may remain partially inflated for
some time after they deploy.
Noise and smoke from inflating
air bag
When the air bags inflate, they make
a loud noise and they leave smoke
and powder in the air inside of the
vehicle.This is normal and is a result
of the ignition of the air bag inflator.
After the air bag inflates, you may
feel substantial discomfort in breath-
ing because of the contact of your
chest with both the seat belt and the
air bag, as well as from breathing the
smoke and powder.The powder may
aggravate asthma for some people.If
you experience breathing problems
after an air bag deployment, seek
medical attention immediately.
Though the smoke and powder are
nontoxic, they may cause irritation to
the skin, eyes, nose, throat, etc. If
this is the case, wash and rinse with
cold water immediately and seek
medical attention if the symptoms
persist.
After an air bag inflates, take
the following precautions:
• Open your windows and
doors as soon as possible
after impact to reduce pro-
longed exposure to the smoke
and powder released by the
inflating air bag.
• Do not touch the air bag stor-
age area’s internal compo-
nents immediately after an air
bag has inflated. The parts
that come into contact with an
inflating air bag may be very
hot.
(Continued)
WARNING
(Continued)
• Always wash exposed skin
areas thoroughly with luke-
warm water and mild soap.
• Always have an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer replace the air
bag immediately after deploy-
ment. Air bags are designed to
be used only once.

2-57
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Occupant Classification
System (OCS)
Your vehicle is equipped with an
Occupant Classification System
(OCS) in the front passenger's seat.
The OCS is designed to detect the
presence of a properly-seated front
passenger and determine if the pas-
senger's front air bag should be
enabled (may inflate) or not. The dri-
ver's front air bag is not affected or
controlled by the OCS.
Main components of the
Occupant Classification System
• A detection device located within
the front passenger seat cushion.
• Electronic system to determine
whether the passenger air bag
systems should be activated or
deactivated.
• An indicator light located on the
instrument panel which illuminates
the words "PASS AIR BAG OFF"
indicating the front passenger air
bag system is deactivated.
• The instrument panel air bag indi-
cator light is interconnected with
the OCS.
Front passenger seat adult occu-
pants who are properly seated and
wearing the seat belt properly,
should not cause the passenger air
bag to be automatically turned OFF.
However, if the occupant does not sit
in the seat properly (for example, by
not sitting upright, by sitting on the
edge of the seat, or by otherwise
being out of position), this could
cause the sensor to turn the air bag
OFF.
You will find the "PASS AIR BAG
OFF" indicator on the center facia
panel.This system detects the condi-
tions 1-4 in the following table and
activates or deactivates the front
passenger air bag based on these
conditions.
Always be sure that you and all vehi-
cle occupants are seated properly
and wearing the seat belt properly for
the most effective protection by the
air bag and the seat belt.
ODH034108N

2-59
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Riding in an improper position or placing weight on the front passenger's seat when it is unoccupied by a
passenger adversely affects the OCS.To reduce the risk of serious injury or death:
WARNING
OVQ036013NB
OLMB033100
OLMB033101
OLMB033103
OLMB033102
OLMB033104
• NEVER put a heavy load or
an active electronic device
in the front seat or seat-
back pocket, or hang any
items on the front passen-
ger seat.
• NEVER place your feet on
the front passenger seat-
back.
• NEVER sit with your hips
shifted towards the front
of the seat.
• NEVER ride with the seat-
back reclined when the
vehicle is moving.
• NEVER place your feet or
legs on the dashboard.
• NEVER lean on the door or
center console or sit on
one side of the front pas-
senger seat.

2-60
Safety system of your vehicle
Proper seated position for OCS
If the “PASS AIR BAG OFF” indicator
is on when an adult is seated in the
front passenger seat, press the
Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF
position and ask the passenger to sit
properly (sitting upright with the seat
back in an upright position, centered
on the seat cushion with their seat
belt on, legs comfortably extended
and their feet on the floor). Restart
the engine and have the person
remain in that position.This will allow
the system to detect the person and
to enable the passenger air bag. If
the "PASS AIR BAG OFF" indicator
is still on, ask the passenger to move
to the rear seat.
✽✽
NOTICE
The "PASS AIR BAG OFF" indica-
tor illuminates for approximately 4
seconds after the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON position or after
the engine is started. If the front
passenger seat is occupied, the OCS
will then classify the front passenger
after several more seconds.
Do Not Install a Child Restraint
in the Front Passenger’s Seat
Even though your vehicle is equipped
with the OCS, never install a child
restraint in the front passenger’s seat.
An inflating air bag can forcefully
strike a child or child restraint result-
ing in serious or fatal injury.
B990A01O
Never allow an adult passenger
to ride in the front passenger
seat when the “PASS AIR BAG
OFF” indicator is illuminated.
During a collision, the air bag
will not inflate if the indicator is
illuminated. Have your passen-
ger move to the rear seat.
WARNING
1JBH3051

2-61
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Why Didn’t My Air Bag Go Off
in a Collision? (Air bags are
not designed to inflate in
every collision.)
There are certain types of accidents
in which the air bag would not be
expected to provide additional protec-
tion.These include rear impacts, sec-
ond or third collisions in multiple
impact accidents, as well as low
speed impacts.Damage to the vehicle
indicates a collision energy absorp-
tion, and is not an indicator of whether
or not an air bag should have inflated.
Air bag collision sensors
• NEVER place a rear-facing or
front-facing child restraint in
the front passenger’s seat of
the vehicle.
• An inflating frontal air bag
could forcefully strike a child
resulting in serious injury or
death.
• Always properly restrain chil-
dren in an appropriate child
restraint in the rear seat of the
vehicle.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of an air bag
deploying unexpectedly and
causing serious injury or death:
• Do not hit or allow any objects
to impact the locations where
air bags or sensors are
installed.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Do not perform maintenance
on or around the air bag sen-
sors.If the location or angle of
the sensors is altered, the air
bags may deploy when they
should not or may not deploy
when they should.
• Do not install bumper guards
or replace the bumper with a
non-genuine HYUNDAI parts.
This may adversely affect the
collision and air bag deploy-
ment performance.
• Press the Engine Start/Stop
button to the OFF or ACC
position when the vehicle is
being towed to prevent inad-
vertent air bag deployment.
• Have all air bag repairs con-
ducted by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING

2-62
Safety system of your vehicle
(1) SRS control module/
Rollover sensor
(2) Front impact sensor
(3) Side impact sensor (front)
(4) Side impact sensor (rear)
ODH034035CN/ODH033036/ODH034037CN/ODH033038/ODH033039

2-63
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Air bag inflation conditions
Front air bag
Front air bags are designed to inflate
in a frontal collision depending on
the intensity, speed, or angles of
impact of the front collision.
Side impact and curtain air bags
Side impact and curtain air bags are
designed to inflate when an impact is
detected by side collision sensors
depending on the strength, speed, or
angles of impact resulting from a
side impact collision.
Although the driver’s and front pas-
senger’s air bags are designed to
inflate only in frontal collisions, they
also may inflate in other types of col-
lisions if the front impact sensors
detect a sufficient impact. Side
impact and curtain air bags are
designed to inflate only in side
impact collisions or rollover situa-
tions, but they may inflate in other
collisions if the side impact sensors
detect a sufficient impact.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved
roads, the air bags may deploy.Drive
carefully on unimproved roads or on
surfaces not designed for vehicle
traffic to prevent unintended air bag
deployment.
ODH033072
ODH033090
ODH033071

2-64
Safety system of your vehicle
Air bag non-inflation conditions
In certain low-speed collisions the air
bags may not deploy. The air bags
are designed not to deploy in such
cases because they may not provide
benefits beyond the protection of the
seat belts.
Front air bags are not designed to
inflate in rear collisions, because
occupants are moved backward by
the force of the impact. In this case,
inflated air bags would not provide
any additional benefit.
Front air bags may not inflate in side
impact collisions, because occupants
move in the direction of the collision,
and thus in side impacts, front air bag
deployment would not provide addi-
tional occupant protection.
However, side impact and curtain air
bags may inflate depending on the
intensity, vehicle speed and angles
of impact.
ODH033075ODH033074
ODH033073

2-65
Safety system of your vehicle
2
In an angled collision, the force of
impact may direct the occupants in a
direction where the air bags would
not be able to provide any additional
benefit, and thus the sensors may
not deploy any air bags.
Just before impact, drivers often
brake heavily. Such heavy braking
lowers the front portion of the vehicle
causing it to “ride” under a vehicle
with a higher ground clearance. Air
bags may not inflate in this "under-
ride" situation because deceleration
forces that are detected by sensors
may be significantly reduced by such
“underride” collisions.
Front air bags may not inflate in
rollover accidents because air bag
deployment could not provide protec-
tion to the occupants.
However, side impact and curtain air
bags may inflate when the vehicle is
rolled over by a side impact collision,
if the vehicle is equipped with side air
bags and curtain air bags.
Also, if the vehicle is equipped with a
rollover sensor, side impact and cur-
tain air bags may inflate in a rollover.
ODH033076 ODH033077 OBH038062

2-66
Safety system of your vehicle
Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle
collides with objects such as utility
poles or trees, where the point of
impact is concentrated and the colli-
sion energy is absorbed by the vehi-
cle structure.
SRS care
The SRS is virtually maintenance-
free and there are no parts you can
safely service by yourself. If the SRS
air bag warning light does not illumi-
nate when the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton is in the ON position, or continu-
ously remains on, have your vehicle
immediately inspected by an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer.
Any work on the SRS system, such
as removing, installing, repairing, or
any work on the steering wheel, the
front passenger's panel, front seats
and roof rails must be performed by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Improper handling of the SRS system
may result in serious personal injury.
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death, take the follow-
ing precautions:
• Do not attempt to modify or
disconnect the SRS compo-
nents or wiring, including the
addition of any kind of badges
to the pad covers or modifica-
tions to the body structure.
• Do not place objects over or
near the air bag modules on
the steering wheel, instrument
panel, or the front passen-
ger's panel above the glove
box.
• Clean the air bag pad covers
with a soft cloth moistened
with plain water. Solvents or
cleaners could adversely
affect the air bag covers and
proper deployment of the sys-
tem.
• We recommend that inflated
air bags be replaced by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
(Continued)
WARNING
ODH033078

2-67
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Additional safety precautions
Passengers should not move out of
or change seats while the vehicle is
moving. A passenger who is not
wearing a seat belt during a crash or
emergency stop can be thrown
against the inside of the vehicle,
against other occupants, or be ejected
from the vehicle.
Do not use any accessories on seat
belts. Devices claiming to improve
occupant comfort or reposition the
seat belt can reduce the protection
provided by the seat belt and increase
the chance of serious injury in a crash
Do not modify the front seats.
Modification of the front seats could
interfere with the operation of the sup-
plemental restraint system sensing
components or side air bags.
Do not place items under the front
seats. Placing items under the front
seats could interfere with the opera-
tion of the supplemental restraint sys-
tem sensing components and wiring
harnesses.
Do not cause impact to the doors.
Impact to the doors when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position
may cause the air bags to inflate.
Modifications to accommodate
disabilities. If you require modifica-
tion to your vehicle to accommodate
a disability, contact the HYUNDAI
Customer Connect Center at 1-877-
378-8727.
Adding equipment to or modify-
ing your air bag equipped vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by changing
your vehicle's frame, bumper system,
front end or side sheet metal or ride
height, this may affect the operation of
your vehicle's air bag system.
(Continued)
• If components of the air bag
system must be discarded, or if
the vehicle must be scrapped,
certain safety precautions
must be observed. Consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
the necessary information.
Failure to follow these precau-
tions could increase the risk of
personal injury.

Air bag warning labels
ODH034107A/ODH034041N/ODH034042
Air bag warning labels, required by the U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), are attached to
alert the driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system. Be sure to read all of the information about the
air bags that are installed on your vehicle in this Owners Manual.
Safety system of your vehicle
2-68

Convenient features of your vehicle
Accessing your vehicle .........................................3-4
Smart key ...........................................................................3-4
Smart key precautions.....................................................3-7
Immobilizer System ..........................................................3-9
Door locks.............................................................3-11
Operating door locks from outside the vehicle ......3-11
Power Door Latch...........................................................3-12
Operating door locks from inside the vehicle ........3-12
Auto door lock/unlock features ................................3-14
Child-protector rear door locks..................................3-14
Theft-alarm system.............................................3-15
Driver position memory system.........................3-16
Storing positions into memory ...................................3-16
Resetting the driver's seat memory system ...........3-17
Easy access function .....................................................3-18
Steering wheel......................................................3-19
Electric power steering (EPS)......................................3-19
Tilt steering / Telescope steering...............................3-19
Heated steering wheel...................................................3-20
Horn....................................................................................3-21
Mirrors...................................................................3-22
Inside rearview mirror....................................................3-22
Outside rearview mirror ................................................3-36
Reverse parking aid function.......................................3-39
Windows ................................................................3-40
Power windows................................................................3-41
Panorama sunroof ...............................................3-44
Sunshade...........................................................................3-44
Sliding the sunroof ........................................................3-45
Tilting the sunroof ........................................................3-45
Closing the sunroof ........................................................3-46
Resetting the sunroof....................................................3-47
Exterior features .................................................3-48
Hood ...................................................................................3-48
Trunk ..................................................................................3-49
Smart trunk.......................................................................3-55
Fuel filler door.................................................................3-59
Instrument cluster................................................3-62
Instrument Cluster Control............................................3-63
LCD Display Control........................................................3-63
Gauges ...............................................................................3-64
3

LCD display ...........................................................3-68
LCD Modes........................................................................3-68
Trip Computer Mode.......................................................3-69
Turn By Turn (TBT) Mode ............................................3-70
ASCC/LKAS Mode ...........................................................3-70
A/V Mode..........................................................................3-70
Information Mode ...........................................................3-71
User Settings Mode........................................................3-73
Warning Messages..........................................................3-80
Trip computer .......................................................3-90
Overview............................................................................3-90
Trip A/B .............................................................................3-91
Fuel Economy...................................................................3-92
Digital Speedometer .......................................................3-94
Warning and indicator lights..............................3-95
Warning lights ..................................................................3-95
Indicator Lights..............................................................3-103
Head Up Display (HUD).....................................3-107
Description......................................................................3-107
Head Up Display ON/OFF ...........................................3-108
Head Up Display Information.....................................3-108
Head Up Display Setting .............................................3-109
Light.....................................................................3-110
Exterior lights ................................................................3-110
Smart High Beam ..........................................................3-112
Welcome system ...........................................................3-117
Interior lights..................................................................3-118
Wipers and washers ..........................................3-123
Windshield wipers ........................................................3-123
Windshield washers ....................................................3-125
Driver assist system ..........................................3-126
Rear view camera .........................................................3-126
Parking Guide System..................................................3-127
Parking Assist System .................................................3-128
Defroster.............................................................3-132
Rear window defroster ...............................................3-132
Automatic climate control system...................3-134
Automatic heating and air conditioning..................3-135
Manual heating and air conditioning.......................3-136
System operation..........................................................3-144
Climate control air filter ............................................3-146
Air conditioner refrigerant and compressor
lubricant ..........................................................................3-147
Air Conditioning refrigerant label.............................3-147
Windshield defrosting and defogging ............3-148
Auto defogging system ON/OFF...............................3-150
3

Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Climate control additional features.................3-151
Cluster ionizer................................................................3-151
Smart ventilation...........................................................3-151
Rear climate system ON/OFF ....................................3-152
CO2 control auto air conditioner ..............................3-152
Storage compartment........................................3-153
Center console storage ...............................................3-153
Glove box ........................................................................3-154
Sunglass holder .............................................................3-154
Interior features.................................................3-155
Cup holder.......................................................................3-155
Sunvisor...........................................................................3-156
Power outlet...................................................................3-156
Clock.................................................................................3-158
Clothes hanger ..............................................................3-158
Bag hanger.....................................................................3-159
Floor mat anchor(s)......................................................3-159
Rear curtain....................................................................3-160
Side curtain.....................................................................3-161
Luggage net holder ......................................................3-162
3

3-4
Convenient features of your vehicle
Smart key
1. Door Lock
2. Door Unlock
3.Trunk Unlock
4. Panic
Your HYUNDAI uses a Smart Key,
which you can use to lock or unlock
a door (and trunk) and even start the
engine.
Locking
To lock :
1. Close all doors, engine hood and
trunk.
2. Either press the door handle but-
ton or press the Door Lock button
(1) on the smart key.
3.The hazard warning lights will
blink and the chime will sound
once. Also, the outside rearview
mirror will fold, if the outside
rearview mirror folding switch is in
the AUTO position.
4. Make sure the doors are locked by
checking the position of the door
lock button inside the vehicle.
✽✽
NOTICE
The door handle button will only
operate when the smart key is with-
in 28~40 inches (0.7~1 m) from the
outside door handle.
Even though you press the outside
door handle button, the doors will not
lock and the chime will sound for
three seconds if any of the following
occur:
• The Smart Key is in the vehicle.
• The Engine Start/Stop button is in
ACC or ON position.
• Any door except the trunk is open.
AACCCCEESSSSIINNGG YYOOUURR VVEEHHIICCLLEE
ODH043002ODH043024
Do not leave the Smart Key in
your vehicle with unsupervised
children. Unattended children
could press the Engine Start/
Stop button and may operate
power windows or other con-
trols, or even make the vehicle
move, which could result in
serious injury or death.
WARNING

3-5
Convenient features of your vehicle
Unlocking
To unlock:
1.Carry the Smart Key.
2. Either press the driver’s outside
door handle button or press the
Door Unlock button (2) on the
smart key.
3.The driver’s door will unlock. The
hazard warning lights will blink two
times. Also, the outside rearview
mirror will unfold, if the outside
rearview mirror folding switch is in
the AUTO position.
If you press the driver's outside
door handle button or Door Unlock
button on the smart key again with-
in four seconds, then all the doors
will unlock.
✽✽
NOTICE
• The door handle button will only
operate when the smart key is with-
in 28~40 inches (0.7~1 m) from the
outside door handle and other peo-
ple can also open the doors.
• If you press the front passenger's
outside door handle, while carrying
the Smart Key, all doors will unlock.
• After unlocking the doors, the
doors will lock automatically after
30 seconds unless a door is opened.
• You can change the system to the
Central Door Unlock mode (unlock
all the doors when you press the
unlock button one time). To change
between Two Stage Unlock mode
and Central Door Unlock mode,
perform the following:
Press the lock button and unlock
button on the smart key at the
same time for 5 seconds or more.
The hazard warning lights will
blink four times.
Trunk opening
To open:
1. Carry the smart key.
2. Either press the trunk handle but-
ton or press and hold the Trunk
Unlock button (3) on the smart key
for more than one second.
3.The hazard warning lights will
blink two times.
Once the trunk is opened and then
closed, the trunk will lock automati-
cally.
✽✽
NOTICE
The trunk handle button will only
operate when the smart key is with-
in 28 inches (0.7 m) from the trunk
handle.
Panic button
Press the Panic button (4) and hold
for more than one second. The horn
sounds and hazard warning lights
blink for about 30 seconds.To cancel
the panic mode, press any button on
the Smart Key.
3
ODH043002

3-6
Start-up
You can start the engine without
inserting the key.
For more information, refer to the
Engine Start/Stop button in chap-
ter 5.
Mechanical key
If the Smart Key does not operate
normally, you can lock or unlock the
door by using the mechanical key.
Press and hold the release button (1)
and remove the mechanical key (2).
Insert the mechanical key into the
key hole on the door.
To reinstall the mechanical key, put
the key into the hole and push it until
a click sound is heard.
Loss of a smart key
A maximum of three Smart Keys
including Card Type Smart Keys can
be registered to a single vehicle. If
you happen to lose your smart key, it
is recommended that you should
immediately take the vehicle and
remaining keys to your authorized
HYUNDAI dealer or tow the vehicle,
if necessary.
Convenient features of your vehicle
To prevent damaging the smart
key:
• Keep the smart key away from
water or any liquid and fire. If
the inside of the smart key
gets damp (due to drinks or
moisture), or is heated, inter-
nal circuit may malfunction,
excluding the car from the
warranty.
• Avoid dropping or throwing
the smart key.
• Protect the smart key from
extreme temperatures.
CAUTION
ODH043006

3-7
Convenient features of your vehicle
Smart key precautions
The smart key will not work if any of
the following occur:
• The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station
or an airport which can interfere
with normal operation of the trans-
mitter.
• The smart key is near a mobile two
way radio system or a cellular
phone.
• Another vehicle’s smart key is being
operated close to your vehicle.
When the smart key does not work
correctly, open and close the door
with the mechanical key. If you have
a problem with the smart key, contact
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If the smart key is in close proximity
to your mobile phone, the signal
could be blocked by your mobile
phones normal operational signals.
This is especially important when the
phone is active such as making and
receiving calls, text messaging,
and/or sending/receiving emails.
Avoid placing the smart key and your
mobile phone in the same pants or
jacket pocket and always try to main-
tain an adequate distance between
the two devices.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harm-
ful interference, and
2.This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including inter-
ference that may cause undesired
operation.
✽✽
NOTICE
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the device.
3
Keep the smart key away from
electromagnetic materials that
blocks electromagnetic waves
to the key surface.
CAUTION

3-8
Restrictions in Handling Keys
When leaving keys with parking lot
and valet attendants, the following
procedures will ensure your vehicle’s
trunk and glove box compartment
can only be opened with the
mechanical key.
To lock:
1. Remove the mechanical key from
the Smart Key.
2. Unlock the glove box by using the
mechanical key, then open it.
3. Set the Trunk Lid Control button to
the LOCK position (button pressed).
4. Close and lock the glove box using
the mechanical key.
5. Leave the Smart Key with the
attendant and keep the mechani-
cal key with you.
The Smart Key can only be used to
start the engine and operate door
locks.
To unlock:
1.Open the glove box with the
mechanical key.
2. Set the Trunk Lid Control button to
the UNLOCK position (button not
pressed).
In this position the trunk lid will open
with the Trunk Lid button or the
Smart Key.
Convenient features of your vehicle
ODH043007

3-9
Convenient features of your vehicle
Battery replacement
If the Smart Key is not working prop-
erly, try replacing the battery with a
new one.
Battery Type: CR2032
To replace the battery:
1. Pry open the rear cover of the
smart key.
2. Remove the old battery and insert
the new battery.
3. Reinstall the rear cover of the
smart key.
If you suspect your smart key might
have sustained some damage, or
you feel your smart key is not work-
ing correctly, contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to
the environment and human
health. Dispose the battery
according to your local
law(s) and regulation(s).
Immobilizer System
The immobilizer system protects your
vehicle from theft. If an improperly
coded key (or other device) is used,
the engine’s fuel system is disabled.
When the Engine Start/Stop button is
in the ON position, the immobilizer sys-
tem indicator should come on briefly,
then go off. If the indicator starts to
blink, the system does not recognize
the coding of the Smart Key.
Press the Engine Start/Stop button
to the OFF position, then press the
Engine Start/Stop button to the ON
position again.
The system may not recognize your
Smart Key’s coding if another immo-
bilizer key or other metal object (i.e.,
key chain) is near the Smart Key.The
engine may not start because the
metal may interrupt the transponder
signal from transmitting normally.
If the system repeatedly does not
recognize the coding of the key, con-
tact your HYUNDAI dealer.
3
ODH043004

3-10
Convenient features of your vehicle
Do not attempt to alter this system or
add other devices to it. Electrical
problems could result that may make
your vehicle inoperable.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harm-
ful interference, and
2.This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including inter-
ference that may cause undesired
operation.
✽✽
NOTICE
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the device.
In order to prevent theft of your
vehicle, do not leave spare keys
anywhere in your vehicle. Your
immobilizer password is a cus-
tomer unique password and
should be kept confidential.
WARNING
The transponder in your key is
an important part of the immo-
bilizer system. It is designed to
give years of trouble-free serv-
ice, however you should avoid
exposure to moisture, static
electricity and rough handling.
Immobilizer system malfunc-
tion could occur.
CAUTION

3-11
Convenient features of your vehicle
Operating door locks from
outside the vehicle
Mechanical key
First, remove the cover (1~2), and
then turn the key toward the rear of
the vehicle to unlock and toward the
front of the vehicle to lock (3).
If you lock the driver's door with a
mechanical key, all vehicle doors will
lock. If you unlock the driver's door
with a mechanical key, the driver's
door will unlock.
Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
handle.
When closing the door, push the
door by hand. Make sure that doors
are closed securely.
Smart key
To lock the doors, press the button on
the outside door handle while carry-
ing the smart key with you or press
the door lock button on the smart key.
DDOOOORR LLOOCCKKSS
3
ODH043008
ODH043002
OHG040010
Door
Unlock
Door
Lock

3-12
Press the button on the driver's out-
side door handle while carrying the
smart key with you or press the
unlock button on the smart key, the
driver's door will unlock. If you press
the button on the front passenger's
outside door, all doors will unlock.
Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
handle.
When closing the door, push the
door by hand. Make sure that doors
are closed securely.
✽✽
NOTICE
• In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not
work properly due to freezing con-
ditions.
• If the door is locked/unlocked
multiple times in rapid succession
with either the vehicle key or door
lock switch, the system may stop
operating temporarily in order to
protect the circuit and prevent
damage to system components.
Power Door Latch (if equipped)
If a door isn’t closed completely but
is closed to the first detent position,
the door will close automatically.
Operating door locks from
inside the vehicle
With the door lock button
• To unlock a door, push the door
lock button (1) to the “Unlock” posi-
tion. The red mark (2) on the door
lock button will be visible.
• To lock a door, push the door lock
button (1) to the “Lock” position. If
the door is locked properly, the red
mark (2) on the door lock button
will not be visible.
• To open a door, pull the door han-
dle (3) outward.
Convenient features of your vehicle
To reduce the risk of injury:
• Before closing the door,check
there are no obstructions in
the path of the door.
• Keep your fingers away from
the edge of the door or they
may become trapped when the
power door latch operates.
CAUTION
ODH043009
ODH043010
Unlock
Lock

3-13
Convenient features of your vehicle
• If the inner door handle of the dri-
ver’s (or front passenger’s) door is
pulled when the door lock button is
in the lock position, the button is
unlocked and door opens.
• Doors cannot be locked if the
smart key is in the vehicle and any
door is open.
✽✽
NOTICE
If a power door lock ever fails to
function while you are in the vehicle
try one or more of the following
techniques to exit:
Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and
manual) while simultaneously
pulling on the door handle.
Operate the other door locks and
handles, front and rear.
Lower a front window and use the
mechanical key to unlock the door
from outside.
With the central door lock
switch
When pressing the ( ) switch (1), all
vehicle doors will lock.
When pressing the ( ) switch (2), all
vehicle doors will unlock.
If the smart key is in the vehicle and
any door is opened, the doors will
not lock even though the lock button
(1) of the central door lock switch is
pressed.
3
ODH043011/ODH043012
■ Driver’s door ■ Passenger’s door
The doors should always be
fully closed and locked while
the vehicle is in motion. If the
doors are unlocked, the risk of
being thrown from the vehicle in
a crash is increased.
WARNING
Do not leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle. An
enclosed vehicle can become
extremely hot, causing death or
serious injury to unattended
children or animals who cannot
escape the vehicle. Children
might operate features of the
vehicle that could injure them,
or they could encounter other
harm, possibly from someone
gaining entry to the vehicle.
WARNING

3-14
Auto door lock/unlock features
Impact sensing door unlock
system
All doors will be automatically
unlocked when an impact causes the
air bags to deploy.
Speed sensing door lock system
All doors will be automatically locked
when vehicle speed exceeds 9 mph
(15 km/h).
All of the doors will be automatically
unlocked after the engine is turned
off.
Shift lever auto door lock
All doors will be automatically locked
when shifting the shift lever out of P
(Park) with the engine running.
You can activate or deactivate the
Auto Door Lock/Unlock features from
the User Settings Mode on the LCD
display.
For more details, refer to "LCD
Display" in this chapter.
Child-protector rear door locks
The child safety lock is provided to
help prevent children seated in the
rear from accidentally opening the
rear doors.The rear door safety locks
should be used whenever children
are in the vehicle.
The child safety lock is located on
the edge of each rear door.When the
child safety lock is in the lock (1)
position, the rear door will not open if
the inner door handle (2) is pulled.
Convenient features of your vehicle
ODH043013
Always secure your vehicle.
Leaving your vehicle unlocked
increases the potential risk to
you or others from someone
hiding in your vehicle.
To secure your vehicle, while
depressing the brake, move the
shift lever to the P (Park) posi-
tion, engage the parking brake,
and press the Engine Start/Stop
button to the OFF position,close
all windows, lock all doors, and
always take the Smart Key with
you.
WARNING
Opening a door when something
is approaching may cause dam-
age or injury. Be careful when
opening doors and watch for
vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles
or pedestrians approaching the
vehicle in the path of the door.
WARNING

3-15
Convenient features of your vehicle
To lock the child safety lock, insert a
screwdriver into the hole and turn it
to the lock position.
To allow a rear door to be opened
from inside the vehicle, unlock the
child safety lock.
This system helps to protect your
vehicle and valuables. The horn will
sound and the hazard warning lights
will blink continuously if any of the
following occurs:
- A door is opened without using the
smart key.
- The trunk is opened without using
the smart key.
- The engine hood is opened.
The alarm continues for 30 seconds,
then the system resets. To turn off
the alarm, unlock the doors with the
smart key.
The Theft Alarm System automati-
cally sets 30 seconds after you lock
the doors and the trunk. For the sys-
tem to activate, you must lock the
doors and the trunk from outside the
vehicle with the smart key or by
pressing the button on the outside of
the door handles with the smart key
in your possession.
The hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound once to indi-
cate the system is armed.
Once the security system is set,
opening any door, the trunk, or the
hood without using the smart key will
cause the alarm to activate.
The Theft Alarm System will not set if
the hood, the trunk, or any door is
not fully closed. If the system will not
set, check the hood, the trunk, or the
doors are fully closed.
Do not attempt to alter this system or
add other devices to it.
✽✽
NOTICE
• Do not lock the doors until all pas-
sengers have left the vehicle. If the
remaining passenger leaves the
vehicle when the system is armed,
the alarm will be activated.
• If the vehicle is not disarmed with
the smart key, open the doors by
using the mechanical key and
start the engine.
• When the system is disarmed but a
door or trunk is not opened within
30 seconds, the system will be
rearmed.
3
If children accidently open the
rear doors while the vehicle is
in motion, they could fall out of
the vehicle.The rear door safety
locks should always be used
whenever children are in the
vehicle.
WARNING
TTHHEEFFTT--AALLAARRMM SSYYSSTTEEMM

3-16
Convenient features of your vehicle
The Driver Position Memory System
is provided to store and recall the fol-
lowing memory settings with a sim-
ple button operation.
- Driver's seat position
- Outside rearview mirror position
- Steering wheel position
- Instrument panel illumination intensity
- Head Up Display (HUD) position
and brightness
✽✽
NOTICE
• If the battery is disconnected, the
position memory will be lost and
the driving positions must be
stored in the system again.
• If the Driver Position Memory
System does not operate normally,
have the system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Storing positions into memory
1. Check that the shift lever is in P
(Park) while the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON position.
2. Adjust the driver's seat position, out-
side rearview mirror position, steer-
ing wheel position, instrument panel
illumination intensity and head-up
display height/brightness to posi-
tions comfortable for the driver.
3. Press the SET button.The system
will beep once and notify you
"Press button to save settings"on
the LCD display.
4. Press one of the memory buttons
(1 or 2) within 5 seconds.The sys-
tem will beep twice when the mem-
ory has been successfully stored.
5.
"Driver 1 (or 2) settings saved" will
appear on the LCD display.
DDRRIIVVEERR PPOOSSIITTIIOONN MMEEMMOORRYY SSYYSSTTEEMM ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
ODH043041
Never attempt to operate the driv-
er position memory system while
the vehicle is moving.
This could result in loss of con-
trol, and an accident causing
death, serious injury, or property
damage.
WARNING
ODH043156L/ODH043157L

3-17
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Recalling positions from memory
1. Check that the shift lever is in P
(Park) while the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON position.
2. Press the desired memory button
(1 or 2). The system will beep
once, and then the driver's seat
position, outside rearview mirror
position, steering wheel position,
instrument panel illumination
intensity and head-up display
height/brightness will automatical-
ly adjust to the stored positions.
3.
"Driver 1(or 2) settings is applied" will
appear on the LCD display.
✽✽
NOTICE
• While recalling the "1" memory
position, pressing the SET or 1
button temporarily stops the
adjustment of the recalled memo-
ry position. Pressing the 2 button
recalls the "2" memory position.
• While recalling the "2" memory
position, pressing the SET or 2
button temporarily stops the
adjustment of the recalled memo-
ry position. Pressing the 1 button
recalls the "1" memory position.
• While recalling the stored posi-
tions, pressing one of the control
buttons for the driver's seat, out-
side rearview mirror, steering
wheel, instrument panel illumina-
tion or head-up display will cause
the movement of that component
to stop and move in the direction
that the control button is pressed.
Resetting the driver's seat
memory system
Take the following procedures to
reset the driver's seat memory sys-
tem, when it does not operate prop-
erly.
ODH043158L/ODH043159L
ODH035906

3-18
To reset the driver's seat memo-
ry system
1. Press the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton to the ON position, set the
gear in P (Park), and open the dri-
ver's door.
2. Operate the control switch/lever to
set the driver's seat and seatback
to the foremost position.
3. Simultaneously press the SET
button and push forward the con-
trol lever over 2 seconds.
While resetting the driver's seat
memory system
1. It starts with the alarming sounds.
2. The driver's seat and seatback is
adjusted to the rearward position
with the alarming sounds.
3. The driver's seat and seatback is
re-adjusted to the default position
(central position) with the alarming
sounds.
However, in the following cases, the
resetting procedure and the alarming
sounds may stop.
- The memory button is pressed.
- The control switch/lever is operat-
ed.
- The gear is shifted out of P (Park).
- The driving speed exceeds 3 km/h.
- The driver's door is closed.
After the resetting procedure, set the
driver's seat memory system for your
comfort.
Easy access function
When exiting the vehicle, the steering
wheel will move away from the driver
and the seat will move rearward
when the engine is turned off.
When entering the vehicle, the steer-
ing wheel will move toward the driver
and the seat will move forward when
the Engine Start/Stop button is
pressed to the ACC position.
You can activate or deactivate the
Easy Access Function from the User
Settings Mode on the LCD display.
For more details, refer to "LCD
Display" in this chapter.
Convenient features of your vehicle
• Reattempt to do the resetting
procedure again, when the
resetting procedure or the
alarming sound incompletely
stops.
• Make sure that there is no
obstacle around the driver's
seat in advance of resetting
the driver's seat memory sys-
tem.
CAUTION

3-19
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
SSTTEEEERRIINNGG WWHHEEEELL
Electric power steering (EPS)
The system assists you with steering
the vehicle.If the engine is turned off
or if the power steering system
becomes inoperative, you may still
steer the vehicle, but it will require
increased steering effort.
Should you notice any change in the
effort required to steer during normal
vehicle operation, we recommend
that the system be checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
The following symptoms may occur
during normal vehicle operation:
• The steering effort may be high
immediately after placing the
Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position.
This happens as the system per-
forms the EPS system diagnostics.
When the diagnostics is complet-
ed, the steering wheel will return
to its normal condition.
• A click noise may be heard from
the EPS relay after the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON or
OFF position.
• Motor noise may be heard when
the vehicle is at stop or at a low
driving speed.
• When you operate the steering
wheel in low temperature, abnor-
mal noise may occur. If tempera-
ture rises, the noise will disappear.
This is a normal condition.
Tilt steering / Telescope steering
Adjust the steering wheel so it points
toward your chest, not toward your
face. Make sure you can see the
instrument panel warning lights and
gauges. After adjusting, push the
steering wheel both up and down to
be certain it is locked in position.
Always adjust the position of the
steering wheel before driving.
If the Electric Power Steering
System does not operate nor-
mally, the warning light ( ) will
illuminate on the instrument
cluster. The steering wheel will
require increase effort. Take
your vehicle to an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer and have the
system checked as soon as
possible.
CAUTION
NEVER adjust the steering
wheel while driving. This may
cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
WARNING

3-20
Convenient features of your vehicle
Manual type
To change the steering wheel angle
and height:
1. Pull down the lock-release lever (1).
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the
desired angle (2) and height (3).
3. Pull up the lock-release lever to
lock the steering wheel in place.
Electric type
To change the steering wheel angle
and height:
• Move the switch (1) up and down
to adjust the angle (2).
• Move the switch forward or rear-
ward to adjust the height (3).
Heated steering wheel
(if equipped)
ODH044361N
Do not adjust the steering
wheel longer than necessary
when the engine is turned off.
This may result in unnecessary
battery drain.
CAUTION
ODH043043
ODH044044N
ODH044127N
■ Type A
■ Type B

3-21
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
When the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position, press the heat-
ed steering wheel button to warm the
steering wheel. The indicator on the
button will illuminate and notify you
on the LCD display.
To turn the heated steering wheel off,
press the button again.The indicator
on the button will turn off and notify
you on the LCD display.
✽✽
NOTICE
The heated steering wheel will turn
off automatically approximately 30
minutes.
Horn
To sound the horn, press the area
indicated by the horn symbol on your
steering wheel (see illustration). The
horn will operate only when this area
is pressed.
ODH043224L/ODH043226L
■ LCD display
Do not install any cover or acces-
sory on the steering wheel. This
cover or accessory could cause
damage to the heated steering
wheel system.
CAUTION
Do not strike the horn severely to
operate it, or hit it with your fist.
Do not press on the horn with a
sharp-pointed object.
CAUTION
ODH043045

3-22
Convenient features of your vehicle
MMIIRRRROORRSS
Inside rearview mirror
Before you start driving, adjust the
rearview mirror to the center on the
view through the rear window.
Electric chromic mirror (ECM)
with HomeLink
®
system,
compass and Blue Link
®
(for U.S.A)
Your vehicle may be equipped with a
Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror
with a Z-Nav™ Electronic Compass
Display and an Integrated HomeLink
®
Wireless Control System. During
nighttime driving, this feature will
automatically detect and reduce
rearview mirror glare while the com-
pass indicates the direction the vehi-
cle is pointed. The HomeLink
®
Universal Transceiver allows you to
activate your garage door(s), electric
gate, home lighting, etc.
Make sure your line of sight is
not obstructed. Do not place
objects in the rear seat, cargo
area, or behind the rear head-
rests which could interfere with
your vision through the rear
window.
WARNING
NEVER adjust the mirror while
driving. This may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
WARNING
To prevent serious injury during
an accident or deployment of
the air bag, do not modify the
rearview mirror and do not
install a wide mirror.
WARNING
When cleaning the mirror, use a
paper towel or similar material
dampened with glass cleaner.
Do not spray glass cleaner
directly on the mirror as that
may cause the liquid cleaner to
enter the mirror housing.
CAUTION

3-23
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
(1) Telematics button
(2) Telematics button
(3) Telematics button
(4) Compass control button &
Dimming ON/OFF button
(5) Status indicator LED
(6) Channel 1 button
(7) Channel 2 button
(8) Channel 3 button
(9) Compass display
(10) Rear light sensor
Automatic-Dimming Night Vision
Safety™ (NVS
®
) Mirror
(if equipped)
For more information regarding
NVS
®
mirrors and other applica-
tions, please refer to the Gentex
website:
www.gentex.com
Your mirror will automatically dim upon
detecting glare from the vehicles trav-
eling behind you. The auto-dimming
function can be controlled by pressing
the Dimming ON/OFF button:
1. Pressing and holding the button
for 3 seconds turns the auto-dim-
ming function OFF which is indi-
cated by the green Status
Indicator LED turning off.
2. Pressing and holding the button
for 3 seconds again turns the
auto-dimming function ON which
is indicated by the green Status
Indicator LED turning on.
The mirror defaults to the ON posi-
tion each time the vehicle is started.
Z-Nav™ Compass Display
The NVS™ Mirror in your vehicle is
also equipped with a Z-Nav™
Compass that shows the vehicle
Compass heading in the Display
Window using the 8 basic cardinal
headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).
ODH044046N
The NVS
®
Mirror automatically
reduces glare by monitoring
light levels in the front and the
rear of the vehicle. Any object
that obstructs either light sen-
sor will degrade the automatic
dimming control feature.
CAUTION

3-24
Convenient features of your vehicle
Compass function
The Compass can be turned ON and
OFF and will remember the last state
when the ignition is cycled. To turn
the display feature ON/OFF:
1. Press and release the button
within 1 second to turn the display
feature OFF.
2. Press and release the button
again within 1 second to turn the
display back ON.
Additional options can be set with
press and hold sequences of the
button and are detailed below.
There is a difference between mag-
netic north and true north. To com-
pensate for this difference you will
need to adjust the Zone setting based
on where you live.
B520C05NF

3-25
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
To adjust the Zone setting:
1.Determine the desired Zone
Number based upon your current
location on the Zone Map.
2. Press and hold the button for 6
seconds, the current Zone
Number will appear on the display.
3. Pressing and holding the button
again will cause the numbers to
increment (Note: they will repeat
…13, 14, 15, 1, 2, …). Releasing
the button when the desired Zone
Number appears on the display
will set the new Zone.
4.Within about 5 seconds the com-
pass will start displaying a com-
pass heading again.
There are some conditions that can
cause changes to the vehicle mag-
nets, such as installing a ski rack or
a CB antenna. Body repair work on
the vehicle can also cause changes
to the vehicle's magnetic field. In
these situations, the compass will
need to be re-calibrated to quickly
correct these changes.
If you need to recalibrate the com-
pass:
1. Press and hold the button for
more than 9 seconds. When the
compass memory is cleared a "C"
will appear in the display.
2. Drive the vehicle in 2 complete cir-
cles at less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
Integrated HomeLink
®
Wireless
Control System
The HomeLink
®
Wireless Control
System can replace up to three
hand-held radio-frequency (RF)
transmitters with a single built-in
device. This innovative feature will
learn the radio frequency codes of
most current transmitters to operate
devices such as gate operators,
garage door openers, entry door
locks, security systems, even home
lighting. Both standard and rolling
code-equipped transmitters can be
programmed by following the out-
lined procedures.
Additional HomeLink
®
information
can be found at: www.homelink.com
or by calling 1-800-355-3515.
Retain the original transmitter of the
RF device you are programming for
use in other vehicles as well as for
future HomeLink
®
programming. It is
also suggested that upon the sale of
the vehicle, the programmed
HomeLink
®
buttons be erased for
security purposes.

3-26
Convenient features of your vehicle
Programming HomeLink
®
Please note the following:
• When programming a garage door
opener, it is advised to park the
vehicle outside of the garage.
• It is recommended that a new bat-
tery be placed in the hand-held
transmitter of the device being pro-
grammed to HomeLink
®
for quicker
training and accurate transmission
of the radio-frequency signal.
• Some vehicles may require the
ignition switch to be placed in the
ACC (or "Accessories") position for
programming and/or operation of
HomeLink
®
.
• In the event that there are still pro-
gramming difficulties or questions
after following the programming
steps listed below, contact
HomeLink
®
at: www.homelink.com
or by calling 1-800-355-3515.
Programming
To train most devices, follow these
instructions:
1. For first-time programming, press
and hold the two outside buttons
(
,
), HomeLink
®
Channel 1
and Channel 3, until the indicator
light begins to flash (after 10 sec-
onds). Release both buttons. Do
not hold the buttons for longer
than 20 seconds.
ODH044413N
Flashing
Before programming HomeLink
®
to a garage door opener or gate
operator, make sure people and
objects are out of the way of the
device to prevent potential harm
or damage. Do not use the
HomeLink
®
with any garage door
opener that lacks the safety stop
and reverse features required by
U.S. federal safety standards
(this includes any garage door
opener model manufactured
before April 1, 1982). A garage
door that cannot detect an object
- signaling the door to stop and
reverse - does not meet current
U.S. federal safety standards.
Using a garage door opener
without these features increases
the risk of serious injury or
death.
WARNING

3-27
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
2. Position the end of your hand-held
transmitter 1-3 inches (2-8 cm)
away from the HomeLink
®
button
you wish to program while keeping
the indicator light in view.
3. Simultaneously press and hold
both the HomeLink
®
and hand-
held transmitter buttons until the
HomeLink
®
indicator light changes
from a slow to a rapid blinking
light. Now you may release both
the HomeLink
®
and hand-held
transmitter buttons.
✽✽
NOTICE
Some devices may require you to
replace this Programming step 3
with procedures noted in the "Gate
Operator/Canadian Programming"
chapter. If the HomeLink
®
indicator
light does not change to a rapidly
blinking light after performing these
steps, contact HomeLink
®
at
www.homelink.com.
4. Firmly press, hold for 5 seconds and
release the programmed
HomeLink
®
button up to two sepa-
rate times to activate the door. If the
door does not activate, press and
hold the just-trained HomeLink
®
but-
ton and observe the indicator light.
• If the indicator light stays on con-
stantly, programming is complete
and your device should activate
when the HomeLink
®
button is
pressed and released.
• If the indicator light blinks rapidly
for 2 seconds and then turns to a
constant light, continue with
"Programming" steps 5-7 to com-
plete the programming of a rolling
code equipped device (most com-
monly a garage door opener).
5. At the garage door opener receiv-
er (motor-head unit) in the garage,
locate the "learn" or "smart" but-
ton. This can usually be found
where the hanging antenna wire is
attached to the motor-head unit.
6.Firmly press and release the
"learn" or "smart" button. (The
name and color of the button vary
by manufacturer). There are 30
seconds to initiate step 7.
7. Return to the vehicle and firmly
press, hold for 2 seconds and
release the programmed
HomeLink
®
button. Repeat the
"press/hold/release" sequence a
second time, and, depending on
the brand of the garage door
opener (or other rolling code
equipped device), repeat this
sequence a third time to complete
the programming process.
HomeLink
®
should now activate your
rolling code equipped device.
ODH044414N
Flashing

3-28
Convenient features of your vehicle
Gate operator & Canadian program-
ming
During programming, your handheld
transmitter may automatically stop
transmitting. Continue to press the
Integrated HomeLink
®
Wireless
Control System button (note steps 2
through 3 in the Programming portion
of this document) while you press
and re-press ("cycle") your handheld
transmitter every two seconds until
the frequency signal has been
learned. The indicator light will flash
slowly and then rapidly after several
seconds upon successful training.
Operating HomeLink
®
To operate, simply press and release
the programmed HomeLink
®
button.
Activation will now occur for the
trained device (i.e. garage door
opener, gate operator, security sys-
tem, entry door lock, home/office
lighting, etc.). For convenience, the
hand-held transmitter of the device
may also be used at any time.
Reprogramming a single HomeLink
®
button
To program a device to HomeLink
®
using a HomeLink
®
button previously
trained, follow these steps:
1.Press and hold the desired
HomeLink
®
button. DO NOT
release the button.
2.The indicator light will begin to flash
after 20 seconds.Without releasing
the HomeLink
®
button, proceed
with "Programming" step 2.
For questions or comments, contact
HomeLink
®
at www.homelink.com
or
1-800-355-3515.
Erasing HomeLink
®
buttons
Individual buttons cannot be erased.
However, to erase all three pro-
grammed buttons:
1.Press and hold the two outer
HomeLink
®
buttons until the indi-
cator light begins to flash after 10
seconds.
2. Release both buttons. Do not hold
for longer than 20 seconds.
The Integrated HomeLink
®
Wireless
Control System is now in the training
(learn) mode and can be pro-
grammed at any time following the
appropriate steps in the
Programming chapters above.
NVS
®
is a registered trademark and
Z-Nav™ is a trademark of the
Gentex Corporation, Zeeland,
Michigan. HomeLink
®
is a registered
trademark owned by Johnson
Controls, Incorporated, Milwaukee,
Wisconsin.

3-29
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
FCC ID: NZLTLMHL4
IC: 4112A-TLMHL4
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harm-
ful interference, and
2.This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including inter-
ference that may cause undesired
operation.
Blue Link
®
center (if equipped)
For more details, please refer to the
Multimedia System Manual or DIS
Navigation System Manual that was
supplied with your vehicle.
Electric chromic mirror (ECM)
with compass and HomeLink
®
system (for Canada)
Your vehicle may be equipped with a
Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror
with a Z-Nav™ Electronic Compass
Display and an Integrated HomeLink
®
Wireless Control System.
During nighttime driving, this feature
will automatically detect and reduce
rearview mirror glare while the com-
pass indicates the direction the vehi-
cle is pointed. The HomeLink
®
Universal Transceiver allows you to
activate your garage door(s), electric
gate, home lighting, etc.
The transceiver has been tested
and complies with FCC and
Industry Canada rules. Changes
or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsi-
ble for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate
the device.
CAUTION
ODH044046N

3-30
Convenient features of your vehicle
(1) Channel 1 button
(2) Channel 2 button
(3) Status indicator LED
(4) Channel 3 button
(5) Rear light sensor
(6) Dimming ON/OFF button
(7) Compass control button
(8) Compass display
Automatic-Dimming Night Vision
Safety™ (NVS
®
) Mirror
(if equipped)
For more information regarding
NVS
®
mirrors and other applica-
tions, please refer to the Gentex
website:
www.gentex.com
The auto-dimming function can be
controlled by pressing the ON/OFF
button:
1. Pressing the button turns the auto-
dimming function OFF which is
indicated by the green Status
Indicator LED turning off.
2. Pressing the button again turns
the auto-dimming function ON
which is indicated by the green
Status Indicator LED turning on.
The mirror defaults to the ON posi-
tion each time the vehicle is started.
Z-Nav™ Compass Display
The NVS™ Mirror in your vehicle is
also equipped with a Z-Nav™
Compass that shows the vehicle
Compass heading in the Display
Window using the 8 basic cardinal
headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).
The NVS
®
Mirror automatically
reduces glare by monitoring
light levels in the front and the
rear of the vehicle. Any object
that obstructs either light sen-
sor will degrade the automatic
dimming control feature.
CAUTION
ODH044412N

3-31
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Compass function
The Compass can be turned ON and
OFF and will remember the last state
when the ignition is cycled. To turn
the display feature ON/OFF:
1. Press and release the button to
turn the display feature OFF.
2. Press and release the button
again to turn the display back ON.
Additional options can be set with
press and hold sequences of the but-
ton and are detailed below.
There is a difference between mag-
netic north and true north. To com-
pensate for this difference you will
need to adjust the Zone setting
based on where you live.
B520C05NF

3-32
Convenient features of your vehicle
To adjust the Zone setting:
1.Determine the desired Zone
Number based upon your current
location on the Zone Map.
2. Press and hold the button for
more than 3 but less than 6 sec-
onds, the current Zone Number
will appear on the display.
3. Pressing and holding the button
again will cause the numbers to
increment (Note: they will repeat
…13, 14, 15, 1, 2, …). Releasing
the button when the desired Zone
Number appears on the display
will set the new Zone.
4.Within about 5 seconds the com-
pass will start displaying a com-
pass heading again.
There are some conditions that can
cause changes to the vehicle mag-
nets, such as installing a ski rack or
a CB antenna. Body repair work on
the vehicle can also cause changes
to the vehicle's magnetic field. In
these situations, the compass will
need to be re-calibrated to quickly
correct these changes.
If you need to recalibrate the com-
pass:
1. Press and hold the button for
more than 6 seconds. When the
compass memory is cleared a "C"
will appear in the display.
2. Drive the vehicle in 2 complete cir-
cles at less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
Integrated HomeLink
®
Wireless
Control System
The HomeLink
®
Wireless Control
System can replace up to three hand-
held radio-frequency (RF) transmit-
ters with a single built-in device. This
innovative feature will learn the radio
frequency codes of most current
transmitters to operate devices such
as gate operators, garage door open-
ers, entry door locks, security sys-
tems, even home lighting. Both stan-
dard and rolling code-equipped trans-
mitters can be programmed by fol-
lowing the outlined procedures.
Additional HomeLink
®
information
can be found at: www.homelink.com
or by calling 1-800-355-3515.
Retain the original transmitter of the
RF device you are programming for
use in other vehicles as well as for
future HomeLink
®
programming. It is
also suggested that upon the sale of
the vehicle, the programmed
HomeLink
®
buttons be erased for
security purposes.

3-33
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Programming HomeLink
®
Please note the following:
• When programming a garage door
opener, it is advised to park the
vehicle outside of the garage.
• It is recommended that a new bat-
tery be placed in the hand-held
transmitter of the device being pro-
grammed to HomeLink
®
for quicker
training and accurate transmission
of the radio-frequency signal.
• Some vehicles may require the
ignition switch to be placed in the
ACC (or "Accessories") position for
programming and/or operation of
HomeLink
®
.
• In the event that there are still pro-
gramming difficulties or questions
after following the programming
steps listed below, contact
HomeLink
®
at: www.homelink.com
or by calling 1-800-355-3515.
Rolling code programming
Rolling code devices which are
"code-protected" and manufactured
after 1996 may be determined by the
following:
• Reference the device owner's
manual for verification.
• The handheld transmitter appears
to program the HomeLink
®
Universal Transceiver but does not
activate the device.
• Press and hold the trained
HomeLink button. The device has
the rolling code feature if the indi-
cator light flashes rapidly and then
turns solid after 2 seconds.
Before programming HomeLink
®
to a garage door opener or gate
operator, make sure people and
objects are out of the way of the
device to prevent potential harm
or damage. Do not use the
HomeLink
®
with any garage door
opener that lacks the safety stop
and reverse features required by
U.S.federal safety standards (this
includes any garage door opener
model manufactured before April
1, 1982). A garage door that can-
not detect an object - signaling
the door to stop and reverse -
does not meet current U.S. feder-
al safety standards. Using a
garage door opener without
these features increases the risk
of serious injury or death.
WARNING

3-34
Convenient features of your vehicle
To train rolling code devices, follow
these instructions:
1. At the garage door opener receiv-
er (motor-head unit) in the garage,
locate the "learn" or "smart" but-
ton. This can usually be found
where the hanging antenna wire is
attached to the motor-head unit.
Exact location and color of the but-
ton may vary by garage door
opener brand. If there is difficulty
locating the training button, refer-
ence the device owner's manual or
please visit our Web site at
www.homelink.com.
2.Firmly press and release the
"learn" or "smart" button (which
activates the "training light"). You
will have 30 seconds to initiate
step 3.
3. Return to the vehicle and firmly
press, hold for two seconds and
then release the desired
HomeLink
®
button. Repeat the
"press/hold/release" sequence a
second time to complete the pro-
gramming. (Some devices may
require you to repeat this
sequence a third time to complete
the programming.)
4. Press and hold the just-trained
HomeLink
®
button and observe
the red Status Indicator LED.If the
indicator light stays on constantly,
programming is complete and
your device should activate.
5.To program the remaining two
HomeLink
®
buttons, follow either
steps 1 through 4 above for other
Rolling Code devices or steps 2
through 5 in Standard Programming
for standard devices.
Standard programming
To train most devices, follow these
instructions:
1. For first-time programming, press
and hold the two outside buttons,
HomeLink
®
Channel 1 and
Channel 3 Buttons, until the indi-
cator light begins to flash (after 20
seconds). Release both buttons.
Do not hold the buttons for longer
than 30 seconds.
2. Position the end of your hand-held
transmitter 1-3 inches (2-8 cm)
away from the HomeLink
®
buttons
while keeping the indicator light in
view.
3. Simultaneously press and hold
both the HomeLink
®
and hand-
held transmitter button. DO NOT
release the buttons until step 4
has been completed.
4.While continuing to hold the but-
tons the red Indicator Status LED
will flash slowly and then rapidly
after HomeLink
®
successfully
trains to the frequency signal from
the hand-held transmitter.Release
both buttons.

3-35
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
5. Press and hold the just-trained
HomeLink
®
button and observe
the red Status Indicator LED.If the
indicator light stays on constantly,
programming is complete and
your device should activate when
the HomeLink
®
button is pressed
and released.
6.To program the remaining two
HomeLink
®
buttons, follow steps 2
through 5.
Gate operator & Canadian program-
ming
During programming, your handheld
transmitter may automatically stop
transmitting. Continue to press the
Integrated HomeLink
®
Wireless
Control System button (note
steps 2 through 4 in the Standard
Programming portion of this docu-
ment) while you press and re-press
("cycle") your handheld transmitter
every two seconds until the frequen-
cy signal has been learned.The indi-
cator light will flash slowly and then
rapidly after several seconds upon
successful training.
Operating HomeLink
®
To operate, simply press and release
the programmed HomeLink
®
button.
Activation will now occur for the
trained device (i.e. garage door
opener, gate operator, security sys-
tem, entry door lock, home/office
lighting, etc.). For convenience, the
hand-held transmitter of the device
may also be used at any time.
Reprogramming a single
HomeLink
®
button
To program a new device to a previ-
ously trained HomeLink
®
button, fol-
low these steps:
1.Press and hold the desired
HomeLink
®
button. Do NOT
release until step 4 has been com-
pleted.
2.When the indicator light begins to
flash slowly (after 20 seconds),
position the handheld transmitter 1
to 3 inches away from the
HomeLink
®
surface.
3.Press and hold the handheld
transmitter button.The HomeLink
®
indicator light will flash, first slowly
and then rapidly.
4.When the indicator light begins to
flash rapidly, release both buttons.
5. Press and hold the just-trained
HomeLink
®
button and observe
the red Status Indicator LED.If the
indicator light stays on constantly,
programming is complete and
your new device should activate.

3-36
Convenient features of your vehicle
Erasing HomeLink
®
buttons
Individual buttons cannot be erased.
However, to erase all three pro-
grammed buttons:
1.Press and hold the two outer
HomeLink
®
buttons until the indi-
cator light begins to flash-after 20
seconds.
2. Release both buttons. Do not hold
for longer than 30 seconds.
The Integrated HomeLink
®
Wireless
Control System is now in the training
(learn) mode and can be pro-
grammed at any time following the
appropriate steps in the Programming
chapters above.
NVS
®
is a registered trademark and
Z-Nav™ is a trademark of the Gentex
Corporation, Zeeland, Michigan.
HomeLink
®
is a registered trademark
owned by Johnson Controls,
Incorporated, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.
FCC ID: NZLZTVHL3
IC: 4112A-ZTVHL3
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harm-
ful interference, and
2.This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including inter-
ference that may cause undesired
operation.
Outside rearview mirror
Be sure to adjust mirror angles
before driving.
Your vehicle is equipped with both
left-hand and right-hand outside
rearview mirrors. The mirrors can be
adjusted remotely with the remote
switch.The mirror heads can be fold-
ed to prevent damage during an
automatic car wash or when passing
through a narrow street.
The right outside rearview mirror is
convex. Objects seen in the mirror
are closer than they appear.
The transceiver has been tested
and complies with FCC and
Industry Canada rules. Changes
or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsi-
ble for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate
the device.
WARNING
ODH043047

3-37
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Use your interior rearview mirror or
direct observation to determine the
actual distance of following vehicles
when changing lanes.
Adjusting the rearview mirrors:
1. Press either the L (driver's side) or
R (passenger's side) button (1) to
select the rearview mirror you
would like to adjust.
2. Use the mirror adjustment control
(2) to position the selected mirror
up, down, left or right.
3. After adjustment, press the L or R
button (1) again to prevent inad-
vertent adjustment.
Do not adjust or fold the outside
rearview mirrors while driving.
This may cause loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
WARNING
• Do not scrape ice off the mir-
ror face; this may damage the
surface of the glass.
• If the mirror is jammed with
ice, do not adjust the mirror by
force. Use an approved spray
de-icer (not radiator antifreeze)
spray, or a sponge or soft cloth
with very warm water, or move
the vehicle to a warm place
and allow the ice to melt.
CAUTION
ODH043048

3-38
Convenient features of your vehicle
Folding/Unfolding the outside
rearview mirror
The outside rearview mirror can be
folded or unfolded by pressing the
switch when:
Left (1) :The mirror will unfold.
Right (2) :The mirror will fold.
Center (AUTO) :
The mirror will fold or unfold auto-
matically as follows:
- The door is locked or unlocked by
the smart key.
- The door is locked or unlocked by the
button on the outside door handle.
The mirror will unfold when you
approach the vehicle (all doors
closed and locked) with a smart key
in possession. (if equipped)
• The mirrors stop moving
when they reach the maxi-
mum adjusting angles, but the
motor continues to operate
while the switch is pressed.
Do not press the switch
longer than necessary, the
motor may be damaged.
• Do not attempt to adjust the
outside rearview mirror by
hand or the motor may be
damaged.
CAUTION
ODH043049
The electric type outside
rearview mirror operates even
though the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the OFF position.
However, to prevent unneces-
sary battery discharge, do not
adjust the mirrors longer than
necessary while the engine is
not running.
CAUTION
Do not fold the electric type out-
side rearview mirror by hand. It
could cause motor failure.
CAUTION

3-39
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Reverse parking aid function
(if equipped)
When you move the shift lever to the
R (Reverse) position, the outside
rearview mirror(s) will rotate down-
wards to aid with driving in reverse.
The position of the outside rearview
mirror switch (1) determines whether
or not the mirrors will move:
Left/Right :When either the L (Left) or
R (Right) switch is select-
ed, both outside rearview
mirrors will move.
Neutral : When neither switch is select-
ed, the outside rearview mir-
rors will not move.
The outside rearview mirrors will
automatically revert to their original
positions if any of the following occur:
• The Engine Start/Stop button is
pressed to either the OFF position
or the ACC position.
• The shift lever is moved to any
position except R (Reverse).
• The remote control outside rearview
mirror switch is not selected.
ODH043042

3-40
Convenient features of your vehicle
(1) Driver’s door power window
switch
(2) Front passenger’s door power
window switch
(3) Rear door (left) power window
switch
(4) Rear door (right) power window
switch
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window
(7) Power window lock switch
WWIINNDDOOWWSS
ODH043026

3-41
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Power windows
The Engine Start/Stop button must
be in the ON position to be able to
raise or lower the windows. Each
door has a Power Window switch to
control that door's window. The driv-
er has a Power Window Lock switch
which can block the operation of pas-
senger windows.The power windows
will operate for approximately 30
seconds after the Engine Start/Stop
button is placed in the ACC or OFF
position. However, if the front doors
are opened, the Power Windows
cannot be operated even within the
30 second period.
✽✽
NOTICE
• In cold and wet climates, power
windows may not work properly
due to freezing conditions.
• While driving with the rear win-
dows down or with the sunroof (if
equipped) opened (or partially
opened), your vehicle may demon-
strate a wind buffeting or pulsation
noise. This noise is normal and can
be reduced or eliminated by taking
the following actions. If the noise
occurs with one or both of the rear
windows down, partially lower
both front windows approximately
one inch. If you experience the
noise with the sunroof open, slight-
ly close the sunroof.
Window opening and closing
To open:
Press the window switch down to the
first detent position (5). Release the
switch when you want the window to
stop.
To close:
Pull the window switch up to the first
detent position (5). Release the win-
dow switch when you want the win-
dow to stop.
To avoid serious injury or death,
do not extend your head, arms
or body outside the windows
while driving.
WARNING
ODH043027

3-42
Convenient features of your vehicle
Auto up/down window
Pressing or pulling up the power win-
dow switch momentarily to the sec-
ond detent position (6) completely
lowers or lifts the window even when
the switch is released. To stop the
window at the desired position while
the window is in operation, pull up or
press down and release the switch.
To reset the power windows
If the power windows do not operate
normally, the automatic power win-
dow system must be reset as follows:
1. Place the Engine Start/Stop button
to the ON position.
2. Close the window and continue
pulling up on the power window
switch for at least one second.
If the power windows do not operate
properly after resetting, have the
system checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Automatic reverse
If a window senses any obstacle while
it is closing automatically, it will stop
and lower approximately 12 inches (30
cm) to allow the object to be cleared.
If the window detects the resistance
while the power window switch is
pulled up continuously, the window
will stop upward movement then
lower approximately 1 inch (2.5 cm).
If the power window switch is pulled
up continuously again within 5 sec-
onds after the window is lowered by
the automatic window reversal fea-
ture, the automatic window reversal
will not operate.
✽✽
NOTICE
The automatic reverse feature is
only active when the “Auto Up” fea-
ture is used by fully pulling up the
switch to the second detent.
ODH043136
Make sure body parts or other
objects are safely out of the way
before closing the windows to
avoid injuries or vehicle damage.
Objects less than 0.16 inch (4
mm) in diameter caught
between the window glass and
the upper window channel may
not be detected by the automat-
ic reverse window and the win-
dow will not stop and reverse
direction.
WARNING

3-43
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Power window lock switch
The driver can disable the power
window switches on the rear passen-
gers' doors by pressing the power
window lock switch.The indicator will
be illuminated.
When the power window lock switch
is pressed:
• The driver's master control can
operate all the power windows.
• The front passenger's control can
operate the front passenger's
power window.
• The rear passenger's control can-
not operate the rear passengers'
power window.
ODH043028
• To prevent possible damage
to the power window system,
do not open or close two win-
dows or more at the same
time. This will also ensure the
longevity of the fuse.
• Never try to operate the main
switch on the driver's door and
the individual door window
switch in opposite directions
at the same time. If this is
done, the window will stop and
cannot be opened or closed.
CAUTION
Do not allow children to play
with the power windows. Keep
the driver’s door power window
lock switch in the LOCK posi-
tion. Serious injury or death can
result from unintentional win-
dow operation by a child.
WARNING

3-44
Convenient features of your vehicle
The Engine Start/Stop button must
be in the ON position before you can
open or close the sunroof.
✽✽
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, the sunroof
may not work properly due to freez-
ing conditions.
Sunshade
• To open the sunshade, press the
sunshade control switch (1).
• To close the sunshade, press the
sunshade control switch (2). If you
press the switch when the sunroof
glass is opened, the sunroof glass
will close then the sunshade will
close.
To stop the sliding at any point, press
the sunshade control switch momen-
tarily.
PPAANNOORRAAMMAA SSUUNNRROOOOFF ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
ODH043034
To prevent damage to the sun-
roof and the motor, do not con-
tinue to press the sunroof con-
trol lever after the sunroof is in
the fully open, closed or tilt
position(s).
CAUTION
Never adjust the sunroof or sun-
shade while driving. This could
result in loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
WARNING
ODH043035

3-45
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Sliding the sunroof
When the sunshade is closed
If you pull the sunroof control lever
backward, the sunshade will slide all
the way open then the sunroof glass
will slide all the way open.To stop the
sunroof movement at any point, pull
or push the sunroof control lever
momentarily.
When the sunshade is opened
If you pull the sunroof control lever
backward, the sunroof glass will slide
all the way open. To stop the sunroof
movement at any point, pull or push
the sunroof control lever momentarily.
✽✽
NOTICE
Only the front glass of the panora-
ma sunroof opens and closes.
Tilting the sunroof
When the sunshade is closed
If you push the sunroof control lever
upward, the sunshade will slide all
the way open then the sunroof glass
will tilt.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, pull or push the sunroof control
lever momentarily.
When the sunshade is opened
If you push the sunroof control lever
upward, the sunroof glass will tilt.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, pull or push the sunroof control
lever momentarily.
ODH043036 ODH043037

3-46
Convenient features of your vehicle
Closing the sunroof
Press the sunshade CLOSE button.
The sunroof glass will close then the
sunshade will close.To stop the sun-
roof movement at any point, press
the sunshade control switch momen-
tarily.
Automatic reverse
If the sunroof senses any obstacle
while it is closing automatically, it will
reverse direction then stop to allow
the object to be cleared.
ODH043038 ODH043039
• Make sure heads, other body
parts or other objects are
safely out of the way before
closing the sunroof to avoid
injuries or vehicle damage.
Objects less than 0.16 inch (4
mm) in diameter caught
between the sunroof glass
and the front glass channel
may not be detected by the
automatic reverse glass and
the glass will not stop and
reverse direction.
• To avoid serious injury or
death, do not extend your
head, arms or body outside
the sunroof while driving.
• A panorama sunroof is made
of glass, therefore it may break
in an accident. If you do not
have your seat belt on, you
may stick out of the broken
glass and get injured or killed.
For all passengers safety, have
an appropriate protection on
(ex. seat belt, CRS, etc.).
WARNING

3-47
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
✽✽
NOTICE
After the vehicle is washed or in a
rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any
water that is on the sunroof before
operating it.
Resetting the sunroof
Sunroof needs to be reset if (in the
followings)
- Battery is discharged or discon-
nected or the related fuse has been
replaced or disconnected.
- The one-touch sliding function of
the sunroof does not normally oper-
ate.
1.Turn the engine on and close the
sunroof glass and sunshade com-
pletely.
2. Release the control lever.
3. Push the sunroof control lever for-
ward in the direction of close
(about 10 seconds) until the sun-
shade slides open and the sunroof
glass tilts.Then, release the lever.
4. Push the sunroof control lever for-
ward in the direction of close until
the sunroof operates as follows:
Glass Tilt Close → Glass Slide Open
→ Glass Slide Close
Then, release the control lever.
When this is complete, the sunroof
system is reset.
For more details, contact an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
If you do not reset the sunroof, it
may not work properly.
• Periodically remove any dirt
that may accumulate on the
sunroof guide rail or between
the sunroof and roof panel.
• Do not try to open the sunroof
when the temperature is
below freezing or when the
sunroof is covered with snow
or ice, the motor could be
damaged.
CAUTION
ODH043040

3-48
Convenient features of your vehicle
Hood
Opening the hood
1. Park the vehicle and set the park-
ing brake.
2. Pull the release lever to unlatch
the hood. The hood should pop
open slightly.
3. Raise the hood slightly, push the
secondary latch up (1) inside of
the hood center and lift the hood
(2). After it has been raised about
halfway, it will raise completely by
itself.
Closing the hood
1. Before closing the hood, check the
following:
• All filler caps in engine compart-
ment must be correctly installed.
• Gloves, rags or any other com-
bustible material must be removed
from the engine compartment.
2. Lower the hood halfway and push
down to securely lock in place.
Then double check to be sure the
hood is secure.
EEXXTTEERRIIOORR FFEEAATTUURREESS
ODH043029
ODH044030CN
• Before closing the hood,
ensure all obstructions are
removed from around hood
opening.
• Always double check to be
sure that the hood is firmly
latched before driving away. If
it is not latched, the hood
could open while the vehicle
is being driven, causing a
total loss of visibility, which
might result in an accident.
• Do not move the vehicle with
the hood in the raised posi-
tion, as vision is obstructed,
which might result in an acci-
dent, and the hood could fall
or be damaged.
WARNING

3-49
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Trunk
Non-Powered Trunk (if equipped)
To open:
1. Make sure the shift lever is in P
(Park).
2.Then do one of the following :
- Press the Smart Key Trunk
Unlock button for more than one
second.
- Press the button on the trunk
itself with the Smart Key in your
possession.
- Use the mechanical key.
- Use the trunk release button.
3. Lift the trunk lid up.
To close:
Lower the trunk lid and press down
until it locks.
✽✽
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, trunk lock
and trunk mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
Always keep the trunk lid com-
pletely closed while the vehicle is
in motion. If it is left open or ajar,
poisonous exhaust gases con-
taining carbon monoxide (CO)
may enter the vehicle and seri-
ous illness or death may result.
WARNING
Make sure there are no people
or objects around the trunk
before opening or closing the
Power Trunk.Wait until the trunk
is open fully and stopped
before loading or unloading
cargo from the vehicle.
WARNING
To prevent damage to the trunk
lift cylinders and the attached
hardware, always close the
trunk before driving.
CAUTION
ODH043014L
ODH043128
■ Inside
■ Outside

3-50
Convenient features of your vehicle
Power Trunk (if equipped)
(1) Power Trunk Main Control button
(2) Power Trunk Open button
(3) Power Trunk Close button
(4) Power Trunk Lock button
To open:
1. Make sure the shift lever is in P
(Park).
2.Then do one of the following:
- Press the Smart Key Trunk Unlock
button for more than one second.
- Press the Open button (2) on the
trunk.You need the Smart Key in
your possession, when all doors
are locked.
- Press the Power Trunk Main
Control button (1).
ODH043016L
ODH043015
ODH043017
ODH043018

3-51
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
To close:
Do one of the following:
- Press the Power Trunk Main
Control button (1) until the Power
Trunk is closed securely.
- Press the Close button (3) on the
trunk.
- Press the Lock button (4) on the
trunk while carrying the Smart Key
with all the vehicle’s doors closed.
All doors will lock and arm the theft
alarm system.
If you push a button or switch while
the trunk is opening or closing, it
could stop moving. Press any button
to operate the Power Trunk again.
✽✽
NOTICE
The Power Trunk Lock button will
not work if you press the button
when:
- Any door is open.
- The Engine Start/Stop button is
not in the OFF position.
- The Smart Key is in the vehicle.
Never leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle.
Children or animals might oper-
ate the power trunk that could
result in injury to themselves or
others, or damage to the vehicle.
WARNING
Always keep the trunk lid com-
pletely closed while the vehicle is
in motion. If it is left open or ajar,
poisonous exhaust gases con-
taining carbon monoxide (CO)
may enter the vehicle and seri-
ous illness or death may result.
WARNING
Make sure there are no people
or objects around the trunk
before opening or closing the
Power Trunk.Wait until the trunk
is open fully and stopped
before loading or unloading
cargo from the vehicle.
WARNING

3-52
Convenient features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, trunk lock
and trunk mechanisms may not
work properly due to freezing condi-
tions.
Power Trunk Non-Opening or
Closing Conditions:
• The Power Trunk will not open or
close automatically, when the vehi-
cle is moving more than 1.8 mph (3
km/h).
• The Power Trunk can be operated
when the engine is not running.
However, the Power Trunk operation
consumes large amounts of vehicle
electric power. To prevent the bat-
tery from draining, do not operate it
excessively (e.g., more than
approximately 10 times repeatedly.)
• Do not modify or repair any part of
the Power Trunk by yourself. This
must be done by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• Before jacking up the vehicle to
change a tire or repair the vehicle,
open the Power Trunk. Do not oper-
ate the Power Trunk when the vehi-
cle is raised or this could cause the
Power Trunk to operate improperly.
• If there are obstacles such as snow
on the Power Trunk, it may not open
automatically. After removing the
obstacle, try to open it again.
Automatic stop and reverse
If, during power opening or closing,
the trunk is blocked by an object or
part of someone’s body, the power
trunk will detect the resistance and it
will stop movement or move to the
full open position to allow the object
to be cleared.
However, if the resistance is weak
such as from an object that is thin or
soft, or the trunk is near the latched
position, the automatic stop and
reversal may not detect the resist-
ance and the closing operation will
continue. Also, if the Power Trunk is
forced by a strong impact, the auto-
matic stop and reversal may operate.
• Do not close or open the Power
Trunk manually. This may
cause damage to the Power
Trunk.If it is necessary to close
or open the Power Trunk manu-
ally when the battery is drained
or disconnected, do not apply
excessive force.
• Do not leave the Power Trunk
open for a long period of time.
This may drain the battery.
• To prevent damage to the
trunk lift cylinders and the
attached hardware, always
close the trunk before driving.
CAUTION
ODH043019

3-53
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
If the automatic stop and reverse fea-
ture operates more than twice during
one opening or closing operation, the
Power Trunk may stop at that posi-
tion. If this occurs, close the trunk
manually and operate the trunk auto-
matically again.
To reset the power trunk
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, or if the related fuse
has been replaced or disconnected,
reset the Power Trunk as follows:
1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)
position.
2. Close the trunk manually.
If the Power Trunk doesn't work prop-
erly after performing the above pro-
cedure, have the system checked by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Trunk lid control button
When the trunk lid control button is
UNLOCK (button not pressed), the
power trunk can be controlled with
the power trunk main control button,
power trunk open, close button, and
the smart key.
When this trunk lid control button is
LOCK (button pressed), the power
trunk can be controlled using the
mechanical key of the smart key only.
To prevent serious injury and
damage take the following pre-
cautions when operating the
power trunk:
- Keep all faces, hands, arms,
body parts and other objects
away from the path of the
power trunk.
- Do not intentionally place any
body parts or objects in the
path of the power trunk to
make sure the automatic stop
and reversal operates.
- Do not allow children to play
with the power trunk.
WARNING
ODH043007

3-54
Convenient features of your vehicle
Even though the trunk lid control but-
ton is LOCK (button pressed), the
trunk will still be propelled upward by
mechanical force if the trunk is man-
ually opened more than 10 degrees
beyond the fully closed position. In
addition, if the trunk is manually
closed to the secondary latch posi-
tion, the trunk will be electrically
moved to the fully latched position.
Emergency trunk safety release
Your vehicle is equipped with an
Emergency Trunk Safety Release
lever located inside the trunk. When
someone is inadvertently locked in
the trunk, the trunk can be opened by
moving the lever in the direction of the
arrow and pushing the trunk open.
• Always keep the Trunk Lid
Control Button in the LOCK
(button pressed) position when
not in use. Serious injury or
death can result from uninten-
tional operation by a child.
• Make sure heads, other body
parts or other obstacles are
safely out of the way before
operating the power trunk.
WARNING
Close the trunk, and keep the
trunk lid control button in the
LOCK (button pressed) position
before washing the vehicle in an
automatic car wash.
CAUTION
ODH043020

3-55
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Smart trunk (if equipped)
On a vehicle equipped with a smart
key, the trunk can be opened with
no-touch activation using the Smart
Trunk system.
• You and your passengers
must be aware of the location
of the Emergency Trunk
Safety Release lever in this
vehicle and how to open the
trunk in case you are acciden-
tally locked in the trunk.
• NEVER allow anyone to occu-
py the trunk of the vehicle at
any time. If the trunk is par-
tially or totally latched and the
person is unable to get out,
serious injury or death could
occur due to lack of ventila-
tion, exhaust fumes and rapid
heat build-up, or because of
exposure to cold weather con-
ditions. The trunk is also a
highly dangerous location in
the event of a crash because it
is not a protected occupant
space but is a part of the vehi-
cle’s crush zone.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Your vehicle should be kept
locked and the Smart Key
should be kept out of the reach
of children. Parents should
teach their children about the
dangers of playing in trunks.
• Use the release lever for
emergencies only.
WARNING
ODH043022

3-56
Convenient features of your vehicle
How to use the Smart Trunk
The trunk can be opened with no-
touch activation satisfying all the
conditions below.
• After 15 seconds when all doors
are closed and locked
• Positioned in the detecting area for
more than 3 seconds.
✽✽
NOTICE
• The Smart Trunk does not operate
when:
- The smart key is detected within
15 seconds after the doors are
closed and locked, and is contin-
uously detected.
- The smart key is detected within
15 seconds after the doors are
closed and locked, and within 60
inches (1.5 m) from the front
door handles. (for vehicles
equipped with Welcome Light)
- A door is not locked or closed.
- The smart key is in the vehicle.
1. Setting
To activate the Smart Trunk, go to
User Settings Mode and select
Smart Trunk on the LCD display.
For more details, refer to "LCD
Display" in this chapter.
2. Detect and Alert
If you are positioned in the detecting
area (20~40 inches (50 ~100 cm)
behind the vehicle) carrying a smart
key, the hazard warning lights will blink
and chime will sound for about 3 sec-
onds to alert you the smart key has
been detected and the trunk will open.
✽✽
NOTICE
Do not approach the detecting area
if you do not want the trunk to open.
If you have unintentionally entered
the detecting area and the hazard
warning lights and chime starts to
operate, leave the detecting area
with the smart key. The trunk will
stay closed.
ODH043290L ODH043021N

3-57
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
3. Automatic opening
The hazard warning lights will blink
and chime will sound 2 times and
then the trunk will slowly open.
How to deactivate the Smart
Trunk function using the smart
key
1. Door lock
2. Door unlock
3.Trunk open
4. Panic
If you press any button of the smart
key during the Detect and Alert
stage, the Smart Trunk function will
be deactivated.
Make sure to be aware of how to
deactivate the Smart Trunk function
for emergency situations.
ODH043023L
• Make sure you close the trunk
before driving your vehicle.
• Make sure there are no people
or objects around the trunk
before opening or closing the
trunk.
• Make sure objects in the trunk
do not come out when open-
ing the trunk on a slope. It
may cause serious injury.
• Make sure to deactivate the
Smart Trunk when washing
your vehicle. Otherwise, the
trunk may open inadvertently.
• The key should be kept out of
reach of children. Children
may inadvertently open the
Smart Trunk while playing
around the rear area of the
vehicle.
WARNING
ODH043024

3-58
Convenient features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
• If you press the door unlock but-
ton (2), the Smart Trunk function
will be deactivated temporarily.
But, if you do not open any door
for 30 seconds, the smart trunk
function will be activated again.
• If you press the trunk open button
(3) for more than 1 second, the
trunk opens.
• If you press the door lock button
(1) or trunk open button (3) when
the Smart Trunk function is not in
the Detect and Alert stage, the
smart trunk function will not be
deactivated.
• In case you have deactivated the
Smart Trunk function by pressing
the smart key button and opened a
door, the smart trunk function can
be activated again by closing and
locking all doors.
Detecting area
• The Smart Trunk operates with a
welcome alert if the smart key is
detected within 20~40 inches
(50~100 cm) from the trunk.
• The alert stops at once if the smart
key is positioned outside the
detecting area during the Detect
and Alert stage.
✽✽
NOTICE
• The Smart Trunk function will not
work if any of the following occurs:
- The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio sta-
tion or an airport which can
interfere with normal operation
of the transmitter.
- The smart key is near a mobile
two way radio system or a cellu-
lar phone.
- Another vehicle's smart key is
being operated close to your
vehicle.
• The detecting range may decrease
or increase when :
- One side of the tire is raised to
replace a tire or to inspect the
vehicle.
- The vehicle is slantingly parked
on a slope or unpaved road, etc.
ODH043025N

3-59
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Fuel filler door
Opening the fuel filler door
The fuel filler door must be opened
from inside the vehicle by pushing
the fuel filler door opener button.
1.Turn the engine off.
2. Push the fuel filler door opener
button.
3. Pull the fuel filler door (1) out to
fully open.
4.To remove the fuel tank cap (2),
turn it counterclockwise. You may
hear a hissing noise as the pres-
sure inside the tank equalizes.
5. Place the cap on the fuel filler door.
✽✽
NOTICE
If the fuel filler door does not open
because ice has formed around it, tap
lightly or push on the door to break
the ice and release the door. Do not
pry on the door. If necessary, spray
around the door with an approved
de-icer fluid (do not use radiator
anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to a
warm place and allow the ice to melt.
Closing the fuel filler door
1.To install the fuel tank cap, turn it
clockwise until it “clicks” one time.
2. Close the fuel filler door until it is
latched securely.
ODH043032
ODH043031
Gasoline is highly flammable
and explosive. Failure to follow
these guidelines may result in
SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:
• Read and follow all warnings
posted at the gas station.
• Before refueling, note the
location of the Emergency
Gasoline Shut-Off, if available,
at the gas station.
• Before touching the fuel noz-
zle, you should eliminate the
potential build-up of static
electricity by touching a metal
part of the vehicle, a safe dis-
tance away from the fuel filler
neck, nozzle, or other gas
source, with your bare hand.
(Continued)
WARNING

3-60
Convenient features of your vehicle
(Continued)
• Do not use cellular phones
while refueling. Electric cur-
rent and/or electronic interfer-
ence from cellular phones can
potentially ignite fuel vapors
and cause a fire.
• Do not get back into a vehicle
once you have begun refuel-
ing. You can generate a build-
up of static electricity by touch-
ing, rubbing or sliding against
any item or fabric capable of
producing static electricity.
Static electricity discharge can
ignite fuel vapors causing a
fire. If you must re-enter the
vehicle, you should once again
eliminate potentially danger-
ous static electricity discharge
by touching a metal part of the
vehicle,away from the fuel filler
neck, nozzle or other gasoline
source, with your bare hand.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• When using an approved
portable fuel container, be
sure to place the container on
the ground prior to refueling.
Static electricity discharge
from the container can ignite
fuel vapors causing a fire.
Once refueling has begun,
contact between your bare
hand and the vehicle should
be maintained until the filling
is complete.
• Use only approved portable
plastic fuel containers designed
to carry and store gasoline.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• When refueling, always move
the shift lever to the P (Park)
position, set the parking
brake, and press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF
position. Sparks produced by
electrical components related
to the engine can ignite fuel
vapors causing a fire.
• Do not use matches or a
lighter and do not smoke or
leave a lit cigarette in your
vehicle while at a gas station,
especially during refueling.
• Do not over-fill or top-off your
vehicle tank, which can cause
gasoline spillage.
(Continued)

3-61
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
✽✽
NOTICE
• Make sure to refuel your
vehicle according to the "Fuel
Requirements" suggested in the
Introduction chapter.
• Do not spill fuel on the exterior
surfaces of the vehicle. Any type of
fuel spilled on painted surfaces
may damage the paint.
Emergency fuel filler door release
If the fuel filler door does not open
using the remote fuel filler door
release button, you can open it man-
ually. Pull the handle of the release
located on the left side of the lug-
gage compartment outward slightly.
If the fuel filler cap requires
replacement, use only a gen-
uine HYUNDAI cap or the equiv-
alent specified for your vehicle.
An incorrect fuel filler cap can
result in a serious malfunction
of the fuel system or emission
control system.
CAUTION
(Continued)
• If a fire breaks out during refu-
eling, leave the vicinity of the
vehicle, and immediately con-
tact the manager of the gas
station and then contact the
local fire department. Follow
any safety instructions they
provide.
• If pressurized fuel sprays out,
it can cover your clothes or
skin and thus subject you to
the risk of fire and burns.
Always remove the fuel cap
carefully and slowly. If the cap
is venting fuel or if you hear a
hissing sound, wait until the
condition stops before com-
pletely removing the cap.
• Always check that the fuel cap
is installed securely to pre-
vent fuel spillage in the event
of an accident.
ODH043033

3-62
Convenient features of your vehicle
IINNSSTTRRUUMMEENNTT CCLLUUSSTTEERR
1.Tachometer
2. Speedometer
3. Engine coolant temperature gauge
4. Fuel gauge
5.Warning and indicator lights
6. LCD display (including Trip computer)
ODH043051N/ODH043052N
■■
Type A
For more details, refer to the "Gauges"
in this chapter.
■■
Type B
The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

3-63
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Instrument Cluster Control
Adjusting Instrument Cluster
Illumination
When the Engine Start Stop button is
in the ON position, press the illumina-
tion control button to adjust the instru-
ment panel illumination intensity and
AVN monitor illumination intensity.
When the vehicle’s parking lights or
headlights are on, the interior switch
illumination intensity is adjusted
additionally by pressing the control
button.
• The brightness of the instrument
panel illumination is displayed.
• If the brightness reaches to the
maximum or minimum level, an
alarm will sound.
LCD Display Control
The LCD display modes can be
changed by using the control buttons
on the steering wheel.
ODH043053
ODH043228L

3-64
Convenient features of your vehicle
(1) : MODE button for changing
modes
(2) ▲, ▼ : MOVE switch for chang-
ing items
(3) OK : SELECT/RESET button for
setting or resetting the
selected item
(4) : BACK button for moving to
upper level menu (if equipped)
For more information on LCD
modes, refer to "LCD Display" in
the next pages of this chapter.
Gauges
Speedometer
The speedometer indicates the
speed of the vehicle and is calibrated
in miles per hour (mph) and/or kilo-
meters per hour (km/h).
Tachometer
The tachometer indicates the
approximate number of engine revo-
lutions per minute (rpm).
Use the tachometer to select the cor-
rect shift points and to prevent lug-
ging and/or over-revving the engine.
ODH043064
■ Type A
■ Type B
ODH043054N
Do not operate the engine with-
in the tachometer's RED ZONE.
This may cause severe engine
damage.
CAUTION
ODH043055

3-65
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge
This gauge indicates the tempera-
ture of the engine coolant when the
engine is running.
Fuel Gauge
This gauge indicates the approxi-
mate amount of fuel remaining in the
fuel tank.
ODH043056
If the gauge pointer moves
beyond the normal range area
toward the "H" position, it indi-
cates overheating that may
damage the engine.
Do not continue driving with an
overheated engine. If your vehi-
cle overheats, refer to "If the
Engine Overheats" in chapter 6.
CAUTION
Never remove the radiator cap
when the engine is hot. The
engine coolant is under pres-
sure and could severely burn.
Wait until the engine is cool
before adding coolant to the
reservoir.
WARNING
ODH043057

3-66
Convenient features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
• The fuel tank capacity is given in
chapter 8.
• The fuel gauge is supplemented by
a low fuel warning light, which
will illuminate when the fuel tank
is nearly empty.
• On inclines or curves, the fuel
gauge pointer may fluctuate or the
low fuel warning light may come
on earlier than usual due to the
movement of fuel in the tank.
Odometer
The odometer indicates the total dis-
tance that the vehicle has been driv-
en and should be used to determine
when periodic maintenance should
be performed.
- Odometer range : 0 ~ 999999 miles
or kilometers.
Avoid driving with an extremely
low fuel level. Running out of
fuel could cause the engine to
misfire, damaging the catalytic
converter.
CAUTION
Running out of fuel can expose
vehicle occupants to danger.
You must stop and obtain addi-
tional fuel as soon as possible
after the warning light comes
on or when the gauge indicator
comes close to the "E (Empty)"
level.
WARNING
ODH043060N
■ Type A
■ Type B

3-67
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Outside Temperature Gauge
This gauge indicates the current out-
side air temperatures by 1°F (1°C).
- Temperature range : -40°F ~ 140°F
(-40°C ~ 60°C)
The outside temperature on the dis-
play may not change immediately
like a general thermometer to pre-
vent the driver from being inattentive.
The temperature unit (from °C to °F
or from °F to °C) can be changed as
below procedures.
And, the temperature unit of the clus-
ter and AVN monitor is changed at
the same time.
- User Settings Mode in the Cluster :
You can change the temperature
unit in the “Other Features -
Temperature unit” .
- Automatic climate control system :
While pressing the OFF button,
press the AUTO button for 3 sec-
onds or more.
Automatic Transmission Shift
Indicator
This indicator displays which auto-
matic transmission shift lever is
selected.
•Park :P
• Reverse : R
• Neutral : N
•Drive :D
• Sports Mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8
ODH043058N
■ Type A
■ Type B
ODH043059N
■ Type A
■ Type B

3-68
Convenient features of your vehicle
LCD Modes
LLCCDD DDIISSPPLLAAYY
Modes Symbol Explanation
Trip Computer
This mode displays driving information like the tripmeter, fuel economy, and so on.
For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.
Turn By Turn (TBT)
(if equipped)
This mode displays the state of the navigation.
ASCC/LKAS
(if equipped)
This mode displays the state of the Advanced Smart Cruise Control (ASCC)
and Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS).
For more details, refer to "Advanced Smart Cruise Control (ASCC)" and
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) in chapter 5.
A/V This mode displays the state of the A/V system.
Information
This mode informs of the tire pressure information, service interval (mileage or days)
and warning messages related to the advanced smart cruise control system,
pre-safe seat belt, and so on.
User Settings On this mode, you can change settings of the doors, lamps, and so on.
For more information on controlling the LCD modes, refer to "LCD Display Control" in the previous pages of
this chapter.
or

3-69
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Cannot edit settings while driv-
ing
This warning message illuminates if
you try to select the other User
Settings item except Head-up dis-
play item when driving.
For safety, change the User Settings
after parking the vehicle and moving
the shift lever to P (Park) position.
Quick guide (Help)
If you press and hold the OK button
in the User Settings Mode, explana-
tion about the selected item is dis-
played in the cluster.
Trip Computer Mode
This mode displays driving informa-
tion like the tripmeter, fuel economy,
and so on.
For more details, refer to "Trip
Computer" in this chapter.
ODH043267L
ODH045283N ODH043306N

3-70
Convenient features of your vehicle
Turn By Turn (TBT) Mode
(if equipped)
This mode displays the state of the
navigation.
ASCC/LKAS Mode (if equipped)
This mode displays the state of the
Advanced Smart Cruise Control
(ASCC) and Lane Keeping Assist
System (LKAS).
For more details, refer to
"Advanced Smart Cruise Control
(ASCC)" and "Lane Keeping
Assist System (LKAS)" in chapter
5.
A/V Mode
This mode displays the state of the
A/V system.
ODH043274N
ODH053081N
ODH044415L

3-71
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Information Mode
Tire pressure information
This mode informs of tire pressure
information.
Service Interval
Service in
It calculates and displays when you
need a scheduled maintenance
service (mileage or days).
If the remaining mileage or time
reaches 900 miles (1,500 km) or 30
days, "Service in" message is dis-
played for several seconds each time
you set the Engine Start/Stop button
to the ON position.
For the setting of the service inter-
val, refer to "User Settings Mode"
of the LCD display.
Service required
If you do not have your vehicle serv-
iced according to the already
inputted service interval, "Service
required" message is displayed for
several seconds each time you set
the Engine Start/Stop button to the
ON position.
To reset the service interval to the
mileage and days you inputted before:
- Press the OK button for more than
1 second
ODH063029L
ODH043277N
ODH043406N

3-72
Convenient features of your vehicle
Service in OFF
If the service interval is not set,
"Service in OFF" message is dis-
played on the LCD display.
✽✽
NOTICE
If any of the following conditions
occurs, the mileage and days may be
incorrect.
- The battery cable is disconnected.
- The fuse switch is turned off.
- The battery is discharged.
Warning Message
If one of followings occurs, warning
messages will be displayed on the
information mode for several seconds.
- Malfunction of below systems
• Blind Spot Detection (BSD)
• Presafe Seat Belt (PSB)
• Electronic Control Suspension
(ECS)
• Active Hood System
• Advanced Smart Cruise Control
(ASCC)
• Haptic Steering Wheel
• Lane Keeping Assist System
(LKAS)
• Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)
• Autonomous Emergency Braking
- Low washer fluid
- Low fuel etc.
ODH043405L

3-73
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Items Explanation
Head-Up Display (HUD)
• On : Activate the Head Up Display.
• Off : Deactivate the Head Up Display.
Display Height Adjust the height of the HUD image on the windshield glass.
Brightness Adjust the intensity of the HUD illumination.
Content Select
Activate or deactivate each contents of the HUD.
• Turn by Turn
• Traffic Information
• Smart Cruise control
• Lane Keep Assist System
• Blind Spot Detection
Speed Size Choose the speedometer font size of the HUD. (Large, Medium, Small)
Speed Color Choose the speedometer font color of the HUD. (White, Orange, Green)
User Settings Mode
On this mode, you can change setting of the Head Up display, the instrument cluster, doors, lamps, and so on.
Head Up Display (if equipped)

3-74
Convenient features of your vehicle
Driving Assist
Items Explanation
LKAS
(Lane Keeping Assist System)
• Pre-departure mode : To activate the pre-departure mode of LKAS function
• Post-departure mode :To activate the post-departure mode of LKAS function
For more details, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)" in chapter 5.
AEB (Autonomous
Emergency Braking)
To activate or deactivate the AEB system.
For more details, refer to "Autonomous Emergency Braking (AEB)" in chapter 5.
RCTA
(Rear Cross Traffic Alert)
To activate or deactivate the RCTA system.
For more details, refer to "Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)" in chapter 5.

3-75
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Door/Trunk
Items Explanation
Automatically Lock
• Disable:The auto door lock operation will be deactivated.
• Enable on Speed: All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 9.3mph
(15km/h).
• Enable on Shift: All doors will be automatically locked if the automatic transmission shift lever is
shifted from the P (Park) position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) posi-
tion.
Automatically Unlock
• Disable:The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.
• Vehicle Off: All doors will be automatically unlocked when the Engine Start/Stop button is set to
the OFF position.
• Driver Door Unlock: All doors will be automatically unlocked if the driver's door is unlocked.
• On Shift to P: All doors will be automatically unlocked if the automatic transmission shift lever is
shifted to the P (Park) position.
Lock/Unlock Sound To activate or deactivate the lock sound when locking doors.
Smart Trunk
To activate or deactivate the Smart Trunk system.
For more details, refer to "Smart Trunk" in this chapter.
Two Press Unlock
• OFF :The two press unlock function will be deactivated.Therefore, all doors will unlock if the door
is unlocked.
• ON :The driver’s door will unlock if the door is unlocked.When the door is unlocked again within
4 seconds, all doors will unlock.

3-76
Convenient features of your vehicle
Lights
Items Explanation
One Touch Turn Signal
• Off:The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated.
• 3, 5, 7 Flashing :The lane change signals will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when the turn signal lever is
moved slightly.
For more details, refer to "Light" in this chapter.
Ambient Light
• Off :The ambient light of interior will turn off.
• Auto :The ambient light of interior will turn automatically on or off.
• On :The ambient light of interior will turn on.
Head Lamp Delay
• On:The head lamp delay function will be activated.
• Off:The headlamp delay function will be deactivated.
For more details, refer to "Light" in this chapter.
Welcome Light
• On:The welcome light function will be activated.
• Off:The welcome light function will be deactivated.
For more details, refer to "Welcome System" in this chapter.

3-77
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Sound
Items Explanation
Park Assist System vol. • Adjust the Park Assist System volume. (Level 1~3)
BSD (Blind Spot Detection)
Sound
• Off :The BSD sound function will be deactivated.
• On :The BSD sound function will be activated.
Welcome Sound
• Off :The welcome sound function will be deactivated.
• On :The welcome sound function will be activated.

3-78
Convenient features of your vehicle
Seat/Steering
Items Explanation
Seat Easy Access
• Off:The seat easy access function will be deactivated.
• Normal/Extended:
- When you turn off the engine, the driver’s seat will automatically move rearward short (Normal) or
long (Extended) for you to enter or exit the vehicle more comfortably.
- If you change the Engine Start/Stop button from OFF position to the ACC, ON, or START position,
the driver’s seat will return to the original position.
For more details, refer to "Driver Position Memory System" in this chapter.
Steering Easy Access
• On:The steering wheel will automatically move forward or rearward for the driver to enter or exit
the vehicle comfortably.
• Off:The steering easy access function will be deactivated.
For more details, refer to "Driver Position Memory System" in this chapter.
Steering Position
• Off :The steering position function will be deactivated.
• On :The steering position function will be activated.
Items Explanation
Service Interval
On this mode, you can activate the service interval function with mileage (km or mi.) and period
(months).
• Off :The service interval function will be deactivated.
• On :You can set the service interval (mileage and months).
Service Interval

3-79
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Other Features
Items Explanation
Fuel Economy Auto Reset
• Off :
The average fuel economy will not reset automatically whenever refueling.
• On (Auto Reset) :
The average fuel economy will reset automatically when refueling.
For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.
Traffic Information
• Off:The traffic information will not be displayed on the LCD display.
• On:The LCD display will show traffic information.
Wiper/Lights Display
• Off:The wiper/lights information will not be displayed on the LCD display.
• On:The LCD display will shortly show the selected wiper/lights information.
Fuel Economy Unit Choose the fuel economy unit. (US gallon, UK gallon)
Temperature Unit Choose the temperature unit. (°C,°F)
Tire Pressure Unit Choose the tire pressure unit. (psi, kPa, Bar)

3-80
Convenient features of your vehicle
Warning Messages
(if equipped)
Shift to "P" or "N" to start engine
• This warning message illuminates
if you try to start the engine with
the shift lever not in the P (Park) or
N (Neutral) position.
✽✽
NOTICE
You can start the engine with the
shift lever in the N (Neutral) position.
But, for your safety, we recommend
that you start the engine with the
shift lever in the P (Park) position.
Shift to "P" position
• This message illuminates if you try
to turn off the engine without the
shift lever in P (Park) position.
• At this time, the Engine Start/Stop
button turns to the ACC position (If
you press the Engine Start/Stop
button once more, it will turn to the
ON position).
Press START button again
• This message illuminates if you
can not operate the Engine
Start/Stop button when there is a
problem with the Engine Start/Stop
button system.
• It means that you could start the
engine by pressing the Engine
Start/Stop button once more.
• If this warning illuminates each
time you press the Engine
Start/Stop button, have your vehi-
cle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
ODH043210L
ODH043214L
ODH043212L

3-81
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Press brake pedal to start engine
• This warning message illuminates
if the Engine Start/Stop button
changes to the ACC position twice
by pressing the button repeatedly
without depressing the brake pedal.
• It means that you should depress
the brake pedal to start the engine.
Press START button with smart
key
• This warning message illuminates
if you press the Engine Start/Stop
button while the warning message
“Key not detected” is illuminating.
• At this time, the immobilizer indica-
tor light blinks.
Low Key Battery
• This warning message illuminates
if the battery of the smart key is
discharged when the Engine
Start/Stop button changes to the
OFF position.
ODH043208L
ODH043204L
ODH043206L

3-82
Convenient features of your vehicle
Key not detected
• This warning message illuminates
if the smart key is not detected
when you press the Engine
Start/Stop button.
Key not in vehicle
• This warning message illuminates
if the smart key is not in the vehicle
when you press the Engine
Start/Stop button.
• It means that you should always
have the smart key with you.
Align steering wheel
• This warning message illuminates
if you start the engine when the
steering wheel is turned to more
than 90 degrees to the left or right.
• It means that you should turn the
steering wheel and make the angle
of the steering wheel be less than
30 degrees.
ODH043200LODH043202L ODH043240L/ODH043238L

3-83
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Steering wheel aligning is com-
pleted
• If the steering wheel aligning is
completed after “Align steering
wheel” warning message is dis-
played, this message is displayed
for 2 seconds.
Heated Steering Wheel On
• This warning message illuminates
if you turn on the heated steering
wheel.
For more details, refer to "Heated
Steering Wheel" in this chapter.
Heated Steering Wheel Off
• This warning message illuminates
if you turn off the heated steering
wheel.
For more details, refer to "Heated
Steering Wheel" in this chapter.
ODH043244L
ODH043224L ODH043226L

3-84
Convenient features of your vehicle
Door / Hood / Trunk Open
• It means that any door, hood, or
trunk is open.
Sunroof Open
• This warning message illuminates
if you turn off the engine when the
sunroof is open.
Window Open
• This warning message illuminates
if you turn off the engine when any
window is open.
ODH043218 ODH043220L ODH043222L

3-85
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse
• This warning message illuminates
if the brake switch fuse is discon-
nected.
• It means that you should replace
the fuse with a new one. If that is
not possible, you can start the
engine by pressing the Engine
Start/Stop button for 10 seconds in
the ACC position.
Turn on "FUSE SWITCH"
• This warning message illuminates
if the fuse switch under the steer-
ing wheel is OFF.
• It means that you should turn the
fuse switch on.
For more details, refer to "Fuses"
in chapter 7.
Low Tire Pressure
• This warning message illuminates
if the tire pressure is low with the
Engine Start/Stop button in ON
position.
For more details, refer to "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)" in chapter 6.
ODH043216L ODH043234L ODH043232L

3-86
Convenient features of your vehicle
Low Washer Fluid
• This warning message illuminates
on the service reminder mode if
the washer fluid level in the reser-
voir is nearly empty.
• It means that you should refill the
washer fluid.
Check BSD System (if equipped)
• This warning message illuminates
if there is a malfunction with the
Blind Spot Detection (BSD) sys-
tem. And the BSD system will be
automatically deactivated. In this
case, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Blind
Spot Detection (BSD) System" in
chapter 5.
Check PSB
• This warning message illuminates
if there is a malfunction with the
Pre-safe Seat Belt (PSB) system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Seat
Belt" in chapter 2.
ODH043246L ODH043254LODH053127L

3-87
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Check ECS
• This warning message illuminates
if there is a malfunction with the
Electronic Control Suspension
(ECS) system. In this case, have
your vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to
"Electronic Control Suspension
(ECS)" in chapter 5.
✽✽
NOTICE - ECS Warning
Message
When there is a malfunction with
the Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), the Electronic Control
Suspension (ECS) warning message
may illuminate as well as the
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Indicator Light.
Check SCC radar
If the sensor or cover is dirty or
obscured with foreign matter such as
snow, the message will appear.
Clean the sensor or cover by using a
soft cloth.
For more details, refer to
"Advanced Smart Cruise Control
System" in chapter 5.
ODH043242L
ODH053151L

3-88
Convenient features of your vehicle
Check SCC System
• This warning message illuminates
if there is a malfunction with the
advanced smart cruise control sys-
tem.In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to
"Advanced Smart Cruise Control
System" in chapter 5.
Check Active Air Flap System
• This warning message illuminates if
any of following conditions occurs.
- There is a malfunction with the
active air flap system.
- A foreign substance is stuck in
the air flap.
- The air flap is frozen.
✽✽
NOTICE
The warning message "Check
Active Air Flap System" may not be
displayed immediately in colder cli-
mates.
Check Active Hood System
• This warning message illuminates
if the active hood system has a
malfunction.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
ODH043236L ODH043248LODH043250L

3-89
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Check AEB system
• This warning message illuminates
if the sensor or cover is dirty or
obscured with foreign matter such
as snow.Clean the sensor or cover
by using a soft cloth.
• This warning message illuminates
if there is a malfunction with the
Autonomous Emergency Braking
(AEB) system. In this case, have
your vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to
"Autonomous Emergency Braking
(AEB) System" in chapter 5.
Low Fuel
• This warning message illuminates
if the fuel tank is nearly empty.
- When the low fuel level warning
light is illuminates.
- When the trip computer displays
“--- mile (or km)” as distance to
empty.
Add fuel as soon as possible.
Engine has overheated
• This warning message illuminates
when the engine coolant tempera-
ture is above 248°F (120°C). This
means that the engine is overheat-
ed and may be damaged.
If your vehicle is overheated, refer
to "Overheating" in chapter 6.
ODH043256L ODH043258LODH043252L

3-90
Convenient features of your vehicle
Overview
Description
The trip computer is a microcomput-
er-controlled driver information sys-
tem that displays information related
to driving.
✽✽
NOTICE
Some driving information stored in
the trip computer (for example
Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the
battery is disconnected.
Trip Modes
To change the trip mode, rotate the
MOVE switch “▲ , ▼” on the steering
wheel.
For more details, refer to "LCD
Display Control" in this chapter
TTRRIIPP CCOOMMPPUUTTEERR
• Tripmeter [A]
• Average Vehicle Speed [A]
• Elapsed Time [A]
TRIP A
• Tripmeter [B]
• Average Vehicle Speed [B]
• Elapsed Time [B]
TRIP B
• Distance To Empty
• Average Fuel Economy
• Instant Fuel Economy
FUEL ECONOMY
Digital Speedometer

3-91
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Trip A/B
✽✽
NOTICE
If you reset one of the tripmeter,
elapsed time, and average vehicle
speed, they will be reset all together.
Tripmeter (1)
• The tripmeter is the total driving
distance since the last tripmeter
reset.
- Distance range:
0.0 ~ 9999.9 mi. or km
• To reset the tripmeter, press the
OK button on the steering wheel
for more than 1 second when the
tripmeter is displayed.
Average Vehicle Speed (2)
• The average vehicle speed is cal-
culated by the total driving dis-
tance and driving time since the
last average vehicle speed reset.
- Speed range:0 ~ 999 MPH or km/h
• To reset the average vehicle
speed, press the OK button on the
steering wheel for more than 1
second when the average vehicle
speed is displayed.
✽✽
NOTICE
• The average vehicle speed is not
displayed if the driving distance
has been less than 0.19 miles (300
meters) since the Engine Start/Stop
button was turned to ON.
• Even if the vehicle is not in
motion, the average vehicle speed
keeps calculating while the engine
is running.
ODH043306N

3-92
Convenient features of your vehicle
Elapsed Time (3)
• The elapsed time is the total driv-
ing time since the last elapsed time
reset.
- Time range (hh:mm):00:00 ~ 99:59
• To reset the elapsed time, press the
OK button on the steering wheel for
more than 1 second when the
elapsed time is displayed.
✽✽
NOTICE
Even if the vehicle is not in motion,
the elapsed time keeps calculating
while the engine is running.
Fuel Economy
Distance To Empty (1)
• The distance to empty is the esti-
mated distance the vehicle can be
driven with the remaining fuel.
- Distance range: 1 ~ 999 mi. or
1 ~ 999 km
• If the estimated distance is below
1 mi. (1 km), the trip computer will
display “---” as distance to empty.
✽✽
NOTICE
• If the vehicle is not on level ground
or the battery power has been
interrupted, the distance to empty
function may not operate correctly.
• The distance to empty may differ
from the actual driving distance as
it is an estimate of the available
driving distance.
• The trip computer may not regis-
ter additional fuel if less than 1.6
gallons (6 liters) of fuel are added
to the vehicle.
• The fuel economy and distance to
empty may vary significantly based
on driving conditions, driving
habits, and condition of the vehicle.
ODH043271N

3-93
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Average Fuel Economy (2)
• The average fuel economy is calcu-
lated by the total driving distance
and fuel consumption since the last
average fuel economy reset.
- Fuel economy range:
0.0 ~ 99.9 MPG or L/100km
• The average fuel economy can be
reset both manually and automati-
cally.
Manual reset
To clear the average fuel economy
manually, press the OK button on the
steering wheel for more than 1 sec-
ond when the average fuel economy
is displayed.
For more details on the OK button,
refer to the "LCD Display Control"
in this chapter.
Automatic reset
To make the average fuel economy
be reset automatically whenever refu-
eling, select the "Auto Reset" mode in
User Setting menu of the LCD display
(Refer to "LCD Display").
Under "Auto Reset" mode, the aver-
age fuel economy will be cleared to
zero (---) when the vehicle speed
exceeds 1 km/h after refueling more
than 1.6 gallons (6 liters).
✽✽
NOTICE
The average fuel economy is not dis-
played for more accurate calculation
if the vehicle does not drive more
than 0.19 miles (300 meters) since
the Engine Start/Stop button is
turned to ON.
Instant Fuel Economy (3)
• This mode displays the instant fuel
economy during the last few sec-
onds when the vehicle speed is
more than 6.2 MPH (10 km/h).
- Fuel economy range:
0 ~ 50 MPG or 0 ~ 30 L/100km

3-94
Convenient features of your vehicle
Digital Speedometer
This message shows the speed of
the vehicle (km/h, MPH).
One time driving information
mode
This display shows trip distance (1),
average fuel economy (2) and the
vehicle can be driven with the
remaining fuel (3).
This information is displayed for a
few seconds when you turn off the
engine and then goes off automati-
cally.The information provided is cal-
culated according to each trip.
If the estimated distance is below
1mi. (1km), the distance to empty (3)
will display as "---" and a refuel mes-
sage will appear (4).
✽✽
NOTICE
If “Window Open or Sunroof Open”
warning message are displayed in
the cluster, this display may not be
displayed in the cluster.
ODH043308L
ODH043310N

3-95
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Warning lights
✽✽
NOTICE
Make sure that all warning lights
are OFF after starting the engine. If
any light is still ON, this indicates a
situation that needs attention.
Supplemental Restraint
System Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the Engine
Start/Stop button to the ON posi-
tion.
- It illuminates for approximately 6
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the SRS.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Seat Belt Warning Light
This warning light informs the driver
that the seat belt is not fastened.
For more details, refer to the "Seat
Belts" in chapter 2.
WWAARRNNIINNGG AANNDD IINNDDIICCAATTOORR LLIIGGHHTTSS

3-96
Convenient features of your vehicle
Parking Brake & Brake
Fluid Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds.
- It remains on if the parking brake
is applied.
• When the parking brake is applied.
• When the brake fluid level in the
reservoir is low.
- If the warning light illuminates
with the parking brake released, it
indicates the brake fluid level in
reservoir is low.
If the brake fluid level in the reser-
voir is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. With the engine stopped, check the
brake fluid level immediately and
add fluid as required (For more
details, refer to "Brake Fluid" in
chapter 7). Then check all brake
components for fluid leaks. If any
leak on the brake system is still
found, the warning light remains on,
or the brakes do not operate prop-
erly, do not drive the vehicle. In this
case, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Dual-diagonal braking system
Your vehicle is equipped with dual-
diagonal braking systems. This
means you still have braking on two
wheels even if one of the dual sys-
tems should fail.
With only one of the dual systems
working, more than normal pedal
travel and greater pedal pressure are
required to stop the vehicle.
Also, the vehicle will not stop in as
short a distance with only a portion
of the brake system working.
If the brakes fail while you are driv-
ing, shift to a lower gear for addition-
al engine braking and stop the vehi-
cle as soon as it is safe to do so.

3-97
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Anti-lock Brake System
(ABS) Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the ABS (The normal braking sys-
tem will still be operational without
the assistance of the anti-lock
brake system).
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Electronic Brake force
Distribution (EBD)
System Warning Light
These two warning lights illuminate
at the same time while driving:
• When the ABS and regular brake
system may not work normally.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid
Warning Light
Driving the vehicle with a warn-
ing light ON is dangerous. If the
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid
Warning Light illuminates with
the parking brake released, it
indicates that the brake fluid
level is low.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING

3-98
Convenient features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE - Electronic Brake
force Distribution (EBD)
System Warning Light
When the ABS Warning Light is on
or both ABS and Parking Brake &
Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on,
the speedometer, odometer, or trip-
meter may not work. Also, the EPS
Warning Light may illuminate and
the steering effort may increase or
decrease.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Electronic Power
Steering (EPS)
Warning Light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- It remains on until the engine is
started.
• When there is a malfunction with
the EPS.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Electronic Brake force
Distribution (EBD) System
Warning Light
When both ABS and Parking
Brake & Brake Fluid Warning
Lights are on, the brake system
will not work normally and you
may experience an unexpected
and dangerous situation during
sudden braking.
In this case, avoid high speed
driving and abrupt braking.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING

3-99
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL)
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the or Engine
Start/Stop button to the ON position.
- It remains on until the engine is
started.
• When there is a malfunction with
the emission control system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Charging System
Warning Light
If this warning light comes on while
the engine is running, the battery is
not being charged. Immediately turn
off all electrical accessories. Try not
to use electrically operated controls,
such as the power windows.Keep the
engine running; starting the engine
will quickly discharge the battery.
If there is a malfunction with either
the alternator or electrical charging
system:
1.Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2.Turn the engine off and check the
alternator drive belt for looseness
or breakage.
If the belt is adjusted properly,
there may be a problem in the elec-
trical charging system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL)
Driving with the Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may
cause damage to the emission
control systems which could
affect drivability and/or fuel
economy.
CAUTION
Gasoline Engine
If the Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL) illuminates, poten-
tial catalytic converter damage
is possible which could result in
loss of engine power.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION

3-100
Convenient features of your vehicle
Engine Oil Pressure
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the Engine
Start/Stop button to the ON posi-
tion.
- It remains on until the engine is
started.
• When the engine oil pressure is low.
If the engine oil pressure is low:
1.Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2.Turn the engine off and check the
engine oil level (For more details,
refer to "Engine Oil" in chapter 7).
If the level is low, add oil as required.
If the warning light remains on after
adding oil and restarting the
engine or if oil is not available, turn
off the engine.There is a mechani-
cal problem that needs to be
repaired before you can continue
driving. In this case, have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Low Fuel Level
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
If the fuel tank is nearly empty:
Add fuel as soon as possible.
Engine Oil Pressure Warning
light
To prevent severe engine dam-
age, after the Engine Oil
Pressure Warning Light is illu-
minated and as soon as it is
safe to do so, turn the engine
off and check the oil level.
If the oil level is low, fill the
engine oil to the proper level
and start the engine again. If
the light stays on with the
engine running, turn the engine
off immediately.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
Low Fuel Level
Driving with the Low Fuel Level
warning light on or with the fuel
level below “E” can cause the
engine to misfire and damage the
catalytic converter (if equipped).
CAUTION

3-101
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Low Tire Pressure
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When one or more of your tires are
significantly underinflated (The
location of the underinflated tires
are displayed on the LCD display).
For more details, refer to "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)" in chapter 6.
This warning light remains on after
blinking for approximately 60 sec-
onds or repeats blinking and off at
the intervals of approximately 3
seconds:
• When there is a malfunction with
the TPMS.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)" in chapter 6.
Door Ajar Warning
Light
This warning light illuminates:
When a door is not closed securely.
Trunk Open Warning
Light
This warning light illuminates:
When the trunk lid is not closed
securely.
All Wheel Drive (AWD)
Warning Light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the AWD system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Safe Stopping
• The TPMS cannot alert you to
severe and sudden tire damage
caused by external factors.
• If you notice any vehicle insta-
bility, immediately take your
foot off the accelerator pedal,
apply the brakes gradually with
light force, and slowly move to
a safe position off the road.
WARNING

3-102
Convenient features of your vehicle
Electric Parking Brake
(EPB) Warning Light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the EPB.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE - Electric Parking
Brake (EPB) Warning Light
The Electric Parking Brake (EPB)
Warning Light may illuminate when
the Electronic Stability control
(ESC) Indicator Light comes on to
indicates that the ESC is not work-
ing properly (This does not indicate
malfunction of the EPB).
Autonomous
Emergency Braking
(AEB) Warning light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates :
• When the AEB system is turned off.
• When the radar or its cover is
stained. Remove the stains with a
soft cloth.
• When there is a malfunction with
AEB. In this case, have your vehi-
cle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Master Warning Light
This indicator light illuminates
• When there is a malfunction on the
pre-safe seat belt, low washer,
electronic control suspension, or
advanced smart cruise control. To
identify the details of the warning,
look at the LCD display.
EPB

3-103
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Indicator Lights
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the ESC system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
This indicator light blinks:
While the ESC is operating.
For more details, refer to
"Electronic Stability Control (ESC)"
in chapter 5.
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) OFF
Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When you deactivate the ESC sys-
tem by pressing the ESC OFF but-
ton.
For more details, refer to
"Electronic Stability Control (ESC)"
in chapter 5.
Immobilizer Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates for
up to 30 seconds:
• When the vehicle detects the
smart key in the vehicle properly
while the Engine Start/Stop button
is ACC or ON.
- At this time, you can start the
engine.
- The indicator light goes off after
starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks for a few
seconds:
• When the smart key is not in the
vehicle.
- At this time, you can not start the
engine.

3-104
Convenient features of your vehicle
This indicator light illuminates for
2 seconds and goes off:
• When the vehicle can not detect
the smart key which is in the vehi-
cle while the Engine Start/Stop
button is ON.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
This indicator light blinks:
• When the battery of the smart key
is weak.
- At this time, you can not start the
engine.However, you can start the
engine if you press the Engine
Start/Stop button with the smart
key. (For more details, refer to
"Starting the Engine" in chapter
5).
• When there is a malfunction with
the immobilizer system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Turn Signal Indicator
Light
This indicator light blinks:
• When you turn the turn signal light
on.
If any of the following occurs, there
may a malfunction with the turn sig-
nal system. In this case, have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
- The indicator light does not blink
but illuminates.
- The indicator light blinks more
rapidly.
- The indicator light does not illumi-
nate at all.
Low Beam Indicator
Light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the headlights are on.
High Beam Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the headlights are on and in
the high beam position.
• When the turn signal lever is pulled
into the Flash-to-Pass position.

3-105
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Smart High Beam indi-
cator
This warning light illuminates :
• When the high-Beam is on with the
light switch in the AUTO light posi-
tion.
• If your vehicle detects oncoming or
preceding vehicles, the Smart High
Beam system will switch the high
beam to low beam automatically.
For more details, refer to "Smart
High Beam" in this chapter.
Light ON Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the tail lights or headlights
are on.
Front Fog Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the front fog lights are on.
Cruise Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the cruise control system is
enabled.
For more details, refer to "Cruise
Control System" in chapter 5.
Cruise SET Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the cruise control speed is
set.
For more details, refer to "Cruise
Control System" in chapter 5.
AUTO HOLD Indicator
Light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• [White] When you activate the auto
hold system by pressing the AUTO
HOLD button.
• [Green] When you stop the vehicle
completely by depressing the
brake pedal with the auto hold sys-
tem activated.
• [Yellow] When there is a malfunc-
tion with the auto hold system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Auto
Hold" in chapter 5.
SET
AUTO
HOLD

3-106
Convenient features of your vehicle
SPORT/SNOW Mode
Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you select "SPORT/SNOW"
mode as drive mode.
For more details, refer to "Drive
Mode Integrated Control System"
in chapter 5.
ECO mode indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates :
• When you select “ECO” mode as
drive mode.
For more details, refer to "LCD
Display" in this chapter.
LKAS (Lane Keeping
Assistant System)
indicator (if equipped)
The LKAS indicator will illuminate
when you turn the lane keeping
assistant system on by pressing the
LKAS button.
If there is a problem with the system,
the yellow LKAS indicator will illumi-
nate.
For more details, refer to "Lane
Keeping Assistant System (LKAS)"
in chapter 5.
SPORT
SNOW
ECO
Do not watch the ECO indicator
light while driving.This will dis-
tract you and may cause an
accident that results in severe
personal injury.
WARNING

3-107
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Description
The head up display is a transparent
display which projects a shadow of
some information of the instrument
cluster and navigation on the wind-
shield glass.
• The head up display image on the
windshield glass may be invisible
when:
- Sitting posture is bad.
- Wearing a polarized sunglasses.
- There is an object on the cover of
the head up display.
- Driving on a wet road.
- An inadequate lighting is turned
on inside the vehicle.
- Any light comes from the outside.
- Wearing glasses.
• If the head up display image is not
shown well, adjust the height or
illumination of the head up display
in the LCD display.
For more details, refer to "LCD
Display" in this chapter.
• When the head up display needs
inspection or repair, have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
HHEEAADD UUPP DDIISSPPLLAAYY ((HHUUDD)) ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
Head Up Display
• Do not tint the front wind-
shield glass or add other
types of metallic coating.
Otherwise, the head up dis-
play image may be invisible.
• Do not place any accessories
on the crash pad or attach any
objects on the windshield
glass.
WARNING
ODH044065N

3-108
Convenient features of your vehicle
Head Up Display ON/OFF
To activate the head up display,
select “Head-up Display” on the
“User Settings Mode” in the cluster.
If you do not select “Head-up
Display”, the head up display will be
deactivated.
Head Up Display Information
1.Turn By Turn (TBT) navigation
information
2. Road signs
3. Speedometer
4. Cruise setting speed
5. Advanced Smart Cruise Control
(ASCC) information (if equipped)
6.Lane Keeping Assist System
(LKAS) information (if equipped)
When replacing the front wind-
shield glass of the vehicles
equipped with the head up dis-
play, replace it with a wind-
shield glass designed for the
head up display operation.
Otherwise, duplicated images
may be displayed on the wind-
shield glass.
CAUTION
ODH045283N ODH043312N

3-109
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
7. Blind Spot Detection (BSD) sys-
tem information (if equipped)
8.Warning lights (Low fuel)
9. Audio/Video information
On the "User settings Mode" of the
LCD display, you can activate or
deactivate the Turn By Turn (TBT)
navigation, smart cruise control
(scc), Lane Keeping Assist
System(LKAS), and Blind Spot
Detection (BSD) system information.
✽✽
NOTICE
If you select the Turn By Turn
(TBT) navigation information as
HUD contents, the Turn By Turn
(TBT) navigation information will
not be displayed on the LCD
Display.
Head Up Display Setting
On the LCD display, you can change
the head up display settings as fol-
lows.
1. Head up display ON/OFF
2. Display height
3. Rotation
4. Illumination
5. Contents setting
6. Speedometer number size
7. Speedometer number color
For more details, refer to "LCD
Display" in this chapter.

3-110
Convenient features of your vehicle
Exterior lights
Lighting control
To operate the lights, turn the knob at
the end of the control lever to one of
the following positions:
(1) DRL OFF position
(2) AUTO light position
(3) Parking lamp position
(4) Headlamp position
AUTO light position
The parking lamp and headlamp will
be turned ON or OFF automatically
depending on the amount of light
outside the vehicle.
Even with the AUTO light feature in
operation, it is recommended to
manually turn ON the lamps when
driving at night or in a fog, or when
you enter dark areas, such as tun-
nels and parking facilities.
LLIIGGHHTT
ODH044073N
• Do not cover or spill anything
on the sensor (1) located on
the instrument panel.
• Do not clean the sensor using
a window cleaner, the cleanser
may leave a light film which
could interfere with sensor
operation.
• If your vehicle has window tint
or other types of metallic
coating on the front wind-
shield, the AUTO light system
may not work properly.
CAUTION
ODH044171N

3-111
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Parking lamp position ( )
The parking lamp, license plate lamp
and instrument panel lamp are turned
ON.
Headlamp position ( )
The headlamp, parking lamp, license
plate lamp and instrument panel lamp
are turned ON.
✽✽
NOTICE
The Engine Start/Stop button must
be in the ON position to turn on the
headlamp.
High beam operation
To turn on the high beam headlamp,
push the lever away from you. The
lever will return to its original position.
The high beam indicator will light
when the headlamp high beams are
switched on.
To turn off the high beam headlamp,
pull the lever towards you. The low
beams will turn on.
ODH044172N ODH044173N
ODH044175N
Do not use high beam when there
are other vehicles approaching
you. Using high beam could
obstruct the other driver's vision.
WARNING

3-112
Convenient features of your vehicle
To flash the high beam headlamp,
pull the lever towards you, then
release the lever. The high beams
will remain ON as long as you hold
the lever towards you.
Smart High Beam
(if equipped)
The Smart High Beam is a system
that automatically adjusts the head-
lamp range (switches between high
beam and low beam) according to
the brightness of other vehicles and
road conditions.
Operating condition
1. Place the light switch in the AUTO
position.
2.Turn on the high beam by pushing
the lever away from you.
The smart high beam ( ) indica-
tor will illuminate.
3.The Smart High Beam will turn on
when vehicle speed is above 28
mph (45km/h).
• If the lever is pushed away when
the Smart High Beam is operating,
the Smart High Beam will turn off
and the high beam will be on con-
tinuously. The smart high beam
( ) indicator will turn off.
• If the lever is pulled towards you
when the Smart High Beam is
operating, the Smart High Beam
will turn off.
4. If the light switch is placed to the
headlamp position, the Smart
High Beam will turn off and the low
beam will be on continuously.
ODH044174N
ODH043135N

3-113
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
The high beam switches to low beam
in the below conditions.
- When the Smart High Beam is off.
- When the light switch is not in the
AUTO position.
- When the headlamp is detected
from the on-coming vehicle.
- When the tail lamp is detected
from the front vehicle.
- When the surrounding is bright
enough high beams are not need-
ed.
- When streetlights or other lights
are detected.
- When vehicle speed is below 22
mph (35km/h).
The system may not operate nor-
mally in the below conditions.
• When the light from the on-
coming or front vehicle is not
detected because of lamp dam-
age, hidden from sight, etc.
• When the lamp of the on-com-
ing or front vehicle is covered
with dust, snow or water.
• When the light from the on-
coming or front vehicle is not
detected because of exhaust
fume, smoke, fog, snow, etc.
• When the front window is cov-
ered with foreign matters such
as ice,dust, fog,or is damaged.
• When there is a similar shape
lamp with the front vehicle’s
lamps.
• When it is hard to see because
of fog, heavy rain or snow.
• When the headlamp is not
repaired or replaced at an
authorized dealer.
(continued)
CAUTION
(continued)
• When headlamp aiming is not
properly adjusted.
• When driving on a narrow
curved road or rough road.
• When driving downhill or uphill.
• When only part of the vehicle
in front is visible on a cross-
road or curved road.
• When there is a traffic light,
reflecting sign, flashing sign
or mirror.
• When the road conditions are
bad such as being wet or cov-
ered with snow.
• When the front vehicle’s head-
lamps are off but the fog lamps
on.
• When a vehicle suddenly
appears from a curve.
• When the vehicle is tilted from
a flat tire or being towed.
• When the LKAS (Lane keep-
ing Assist System) warning
light illuminates. (if equipped)

3-114
Convenient features of your vehicle
Turn signals and lane change
signals
To signal a turn, push down on the
lever for a left turn or up for a right
turn in position (A). To signal a lane
change, move the turn signal lever
slightly and hold it in position (B).The
lever will return to the OFF position
when released or when the turn is
completed.
If an indicator stays on and does not
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of
the turn signal bulbs may be burned
out and will require replacement.
Onetouch turn signal function
(if equipped)
To activate an One Touch Turn Signal
function, move the turn signal lever
slightly and then release it. The lane
change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7
times.
You can activate or deactivate the
One Touch Turn Signal function or
choose the number of blinking (3, 5,
or 7) from the User Settings Mode
(Light) on the LCD display.
For more details, refer to "LCD
Display" in this chapter.
• Do not place any accessories,
stickers or tint the windshield.
• Have the windshield glass
replaced from an authorized
dealer.
• Do not remove or impact relat-
ed parts of the Smart High
Beam system.
• Be careful that water doesn’t
get into the Smart High Beam
unit.
• Do not place objects on the
dashboard that reflects light
such as mirrors, white paper,
etc.The system may malfunc-
tion if sunlight is reflected.
• At times, the Smart High
Beam system may not work
properly, always check the
road conditions for your safe-
ty. When the system does not
operate normally, manually
change between the high
beam and low beam.
WARNING
ODH044176N

3-115
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Front fog lamp (if equipped)
Use the switch next to the headlamp
switch to turn the Fog Lights ON and
OFF.The fog lamps will turn on when
the fog lamp switch (1) is turned to
the ON position after the headlamps
are turned on.
To turn off the fog lamps, turn the
switch to the OFF position.
You can use the fog lamps only when
the headlamps are on low beam.
When the light switch is in the AUTO
position, you can also use the fog
lamps when the headlamps turn on
automatically. The fog lamps will go
OFF when the headlamps turn OFF.
✽✽
NOTICE
When in operation, the fog lamps
consume large amounts of vehicle
electrical power. Only use the fog
lamps when visibility is poor.
Battery saver function
The purpose of this feature is to pre-
vent the battery from being dis-
charged. The system automatically
turns off the parking lamp when the
driver turns the engine off and opens
the driver-side door.
With this feature, the parking lamps
will turn off automatically if the driver
parks on the side of road at night.
If necessary, to keep the lamps on
when the engine is turned off, perform
the following:
1) Open the driver-side door.
2) Turn the parking lamps OFF and
ON again using the light switch on
the steering column.
Headlamp delay function
(if equipped)
If you place the Engine Start/Stop
button in to the ACC or OFF position
with the headlamps ON, the head-
lamps (and/or parking lamps) remain
on for about 5 minutes. However,
with the engine off if the driver’s door
is opened and closed, the head-
lamps (and/or parking lamps) are
turned off after 15 seconds.
The headlamps (and/or parking
lamps) can be turned off by pressing
the lock button on the smart key
twice or turning the light switch to the
OFF or AUTO position. However, if
you turn the light switch to the AUTO
position when it is dark outside, the
headlamps will not be turned off.
You can activate or deactivate the
Headlamp Delay function from the
User Settings Mode (Light) on the
LCD display.
For more details, refer to "LCD
Display" in this chapter.
ODH043177N

3-116
Convenient features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
If the driver gets out of the vehicle
through other doors (except driver's
door), the battery saver function
does not operate and the headlamp
delay function does not turn off
automatically. Therefore, It causes
the battery to be discharged. In this
case, make sure to turn off the lamp
before getting out of the vehicle.
Daytime running light (DRL)
(if equipped)
The Daytime Running Lights (DRL)
can make it easier for others to see
the front of your vehicle during the
day, especially after dawn and before
sunset.
for U.S.A
The DRL will turn off when:
1. The light switch is not in the AUTO
position.
2. The parking brake is applied.
3. The engine is turned off.
4. The hazard warning flasher is on.
5. You turn the turn signal light on.
- If you turn on the turn signal
light, only the corresponding
daytime running lights will turn
off.
for Canada
The DRL will turn off when:
1. The light switch is in the headlamp
position, including the operation
that the headlamp is turned on
automatically in the AUTO light
position.
2. The parking brake is applied.
3. The engine is turned off.
4. The hazard warning flasher is on.
5. You turn the turn signal light on.
- If you turn on the turn signal
light, only the corresponding
daytime running lights will turn
off.
- If you turn on turn signal light
with the position light turned on,
the daytime running lights will
turn off but the position light
remains on.

3-117
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Headlamp leveling device
(if equipped)
Automatically adjusts the headlamp
beam level according to the number
of passengers and loading weight in
the luggage area.
If the Headlight Leveling Device is
not working properly have your vehi-
cle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Headlamp washer (if equipped)
Washer fluid will be sprayed on the
headlamps at the same time you
operate the windshield washer when:
1.The Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON position.
2.The light switch is in the headlamp
position (low beam).
✽✽
NOTICE
• Check the headlamp washers peri-
odically to confirm that the wash-
er fluid is being sprayed properly
onto the headlamp lenses.
• The headlamp washer can be
operated 15 minutes after the last
operation.
Welcome system (if equipped)
Welcome light (if equipped)
Puddle lamp
When all the doors (and trunk) are
closed and locked, the puddle lamp
will come on for about 15 seconds if
any of the below is performed.
• When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
• When the button of the outside
door handle is pressed.
• When the vehicle is approached
with the smart key in possession.
(if equipped)
Also, if the outside rearview mirror
folding switch is in the AUTO posi-
tion, the outside rearview mirror will
unfold automatically.
Door handle lamp (if equipped)
When all the doors (and trunk) are
closed and locked, the door handle
lamp will come on for about 15 sec-
onds if any of the below is performed.
• When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
• When the button of the outside
door handle is pressed.
• When the vehicle is approached
with the smart key in possession.
ODH043134

3-118
Convenient features of your vehicle
Headlamp and Parking lamp
When the headlamp (lamp switch in
the headlamp or AUTO position) is on
and all doors (and trunk) are locked
and closed, the parking lamp and
headlamp will come on for 15 seconds
if/or any of the below is performed.
• When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
At this time, if you press the door lock
or unlock button on the smart key the
parking lamp and headlamp will turn
off immediately.
You can activate or deactivate the
Welcome Light from the User
Settings Mode (Light) on the LCD
display.
For more details, refer to "LCD
Display" in this chapter.
Interior lamp
When the interior lamp switch is in
the DOOR position and all doors (and
trunk) are closed and locked, the
room lamp will come on for 30 sec-
onds if any of the below is performed.
• When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
• When the button of the outside
door handle is pressed.
At this time, if you press the door lock
or unlock button on the smart key the
room lamp will turn off immediately.
Interior lights
Do not use the interior lights
when driving in the dark.The inte-
rior lights may obscure your view
and cause an accident.
WARNING
Do not use the interior lights for
extended periods when the
engine is turned off or the bat-
tery will discharge.
CAUTION

3-119
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Interior lamp AUTO cut
The interior lamps will automatically
go off approximately 20 minutes after
the engine is turned off and the
doors closed.If a door is opened, the
lamp will go off 40 minutes after the
engine is turned off. If the doors are
locked by the smart key and the vehi-
cle enters the armed stage of the
theft alarm system, the lamps will go
off five seconds later.
Front lamps
(1) Front Map Lamp
(2) Front Door Lamp
(3) Front Room Lamp
Front Map Lamp ( ):
Press either of these buttons to turn
the map lamp on or off.This light pro-
duces a spot beam for convenient
use as a map lamp at night or as a
personal lamp for the driver and the
front passenger.
Front Door Lamp ( ):
The front or rear room lamps come
on when the front or rear doors are
opened if the engine is running or
not.When doors are unlocked by the
Smart Key, the front and rear lamps
come on for approximately 30 sec-
onds as long as any door is not
opened. The front and rear room
lamps go out gradually after approxi-
mately 30 seconds if the door is
closed. However, if the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON posi-
tion or all doors are locked, the front
and rear lamps will turn off.
ODH043363
ODH043074
■ Type A
■ Type B

3-120
Convenient features of your vehicle
If a door is opened with the Engine
Start/Stop button in the ACC position
or the OFF position, the front and
rear lamps stay on for about 20 min-
utes.
Front Room Lamp ( ):
Press this button to turn the front and
rear room lamps on and off.
Rear lamps
Rear Room Lamp ( ):
Press this button to turn the room
lamp on and off.
Trunk room lamp (if equipped)
The trunk room lamp comes on
when the trunk is opened.
ODH043364
ODH043075
■ Type A
■ Type B
ODH043076
The trunk lamp comes on as
long as the trunk lid is open.To
prevent unnecessary charging
system drain, close the trunk lid
securely after using the trunk.
CAUTION

3-121
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Door courtesy lamp
The door courtesy lamp comes ON
when the door is opened to assist
entering or exiting the vehicle. It also
serves as a warning to passing vehi-
cles that the vehicle door is open.
When the Engine Start/Stop button is
in the OFF or ACC position, the door
courtesy lamp turns off after 20 min-
utes.
Glove box lamp
The glove box lamp comes on when
the glove box is opened.
If the glove box is not closed, the
lamp will turn off after 20 minutes.
Vanity mirror lamp
Opening the lid of the vanity mirror will
automatically turn on the mirror light.
To prevent unnecessary charg-
ing system drain, close the
glove box securely after using
the glove box.
CAUTION
ODH043078ODH043077
To prevent unnecessary charg-
ing system drain, close the van-
ity mirror cover after using the
mirror.
CAUTION
ODH043356

3-122
Convenient features of your vehicle
Puddle lamp
Welcome light
When all doors (and trunk) are
closed and locked, the puddle lamp
will come on for 15 seconds if the
door is unlocked by the smart key or
outside door handle button.
For more details, refer to
"Welcome System" in this chapter.
Escort light
When the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the OFF position and the driver's
door is opened, the puddle lamp will
come on for 30 seconds. If the dri-
ver's door is closed within the 30
seconds, the puddle lamp will turn off
after 15 seconds. If the driver's door
is closed and locked, the puddle
lamp will turn off immediately.
The Puddle Lamp Escort Light will
turn on only the first time the driver's
door is opened after the engine is
turned off.
ODH043355

3-123
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
A :Wiper speed control
· MIST – Single wipe
· OFF – Off
· AUTO – Automatic control wipe
· LO – Low wiper speed
· HI – High wiper speed
B : Auto control wipe time adjust-
ment
C :Wash with brief wipes
Windshield wipers
Operates as follows when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
MIST : For a single wiping cycle,
push the lever upward and
release.The wipers will oper-
ate continuously if the lever is
held in this position.
OFF : Wiper is not in operation.
AUTO : The rain sensor located on
the upper end of the wind-
shield glass senses the
amount of rainfall and con-
trols the wiping cycle for the
proper interval. The more it
rains, the faster the wiper
operates. When the rain
stops, the wiper stops.To
vary the speed setting, turn
the speed control knob (B).
LO :The wiper runs at a lower speed.
HI : The wiper runs at a higher speed.
✽✽
NOTICE
If there is heavy accumulation of
snow or ice on the windshield, defrost
the windshield for about 10 minutes,
or until the snow and/or ice is
removed before using the windshield
wipers to ensure proper operation.
If you do not remove the snow
and/or ice before using the wiper
and washer, it may damage the
wiper and washer system.
WWIIPPEERRSS AANNDD WWAASSHHEERRSS
ODH044178N

3-124
Convenient features of your vehicle
AUTO (Automatic) control
The rain sensor located on the upper
end of the windshield glass senses
the amount of rainfall and controls the
wiping cycle for the proper interval.
The more it rains, the faster the wiper
operates. When the rain stops, the
wiper stops. To vary the speed set-
ting, turn the speed control knob (B).
If the wiper switch is set in AUTO
mode when Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position, the wiper will
operate once to perform a self-check
of the system. Set the wiper to OFF
position when the wiper is not in use.
To avoid personal injury from
the windshield wipers, when the
engine is running and the wind-
shield wiper switch is placed in
the AUTO mode:
• Do not touch the upper end of
the windshield glass facing
the rain sensor.
• Do not wipe the upper end of
the windshield glass with a
damp or wet cloth.
• Do not put pressure on the
windshield glass.
WARNING
• When washing the vehicle, set
the wiper switch in the OFF
position to stop the auto wiper
operation.The wiper may oper-
ate and be damaged if the
switch is set in the AUTO mode
while washing the vehicle.
• Do not remove the sensor
cover located on the upper
end of the passenger side
windshield glass. Damage to
system parts could occur and
may not be covered by your
vehicle warranty.
CAUTION

3-125
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Windshield washers
In the OFF position, pull the lever
gently toward you to spray washer
fluid on the windshield and to run the
wipers 1-3 cycles. The spray and
wiper operation will continue until you
release the lever. If the washer does
not work, you may need to add wash-
er fluid to the washer fluid reservoir.
If equipped with the Headlamp
Washer, washer fluid will be sprayed
on the headlamp at the same time you
operate the windshield washer when:
1.The Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON position.
2.The light switch is in the headlamp
position.
When the outside temperature is
below freezing, ALWAYS warm
the windshield using the
defroster to prevent the washer
fluid from freezing on the wind-
shield and obscuring your vision
which could result in an acci-
dent and serious injury or death.
WARNING
• To prevent possible damage
to the washer pump, do not
operate the washer when the
fluid reservoir is empty.
• To prevent possible damage
to the wipers or windshield,
do not operate the wipers
when the windshield is dry.
• To prevent damage to the
wiper arms and other compo-
nents, do not attempt to move
the wipers manually.
• To prevent possible damage
to the wipers and washer sys-
tem, use anti-freezing washer
fluids in the winter season or
cold weather.
CAUTION
ODH044079N

3-126
Convenient features of your vehicle
DDRRIIVVEERR AASSSSIISSTT SSYYSSTTEEMM
Rear view camera
The Rear View Camera will activate
when the engine is running and the
shift lever is in the R (Reverse) posi-
tion.
This is a supplemental system that
shows behind the vehicle through the
navigation display while backing-up.
✽✽
NOTICE
Always keep the camera lens clean.
The camera may not work normally
if the lens is covered with foreign
matter.
ODH043072L
ODH043071L
The Rear View Camera is not a
safety device. It only serves to
assist the driver in identifying
objects directly behind the mid-
dle of the vehicle. The camera
does NOT cover the complete
area behind the vehicle.
WARNING
• Never rely solely on the Rear
View Camera when backing-
up.
• ALWAYS look around your
vehicle to make sure there are
no objects or obstacles before
moving the vehicle in any
direction to prevent a collision.
• Always pay close attention
when the vehicle is driven
close to objects, particularly
pedestrians, and especially
children.
WARNING

3-127
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Parking Guide System
(if equipped)
The Parking Guide System (PGS)
will activate when the back-up light is
ON with the Engine Start/Stop button
ON and the shift lever in the R
(Reverse) position.
The Parking Guide System is not a
substitute for proper and safe park-
ing procedures. The Parking Guide
System may not detect every object
surrounding the vehicle.
Always drive safely and use caution
when parking.
Parking Guide System (PGS)
display
1. Changing rear view angle
Changes the view angle of the rear
camera. (Top View ↔ Normal View)
2. Parking guide line
According to the steering angle,
the parking guide line is displayed
to help parking.
ODH043072L
ODH043071L
This is a supplementary sys-
tem. It is the responsibility of
the driver to always check the
area around the vehicle when
parking the vehicle.
WARNING
ODH043408L

3-128
Convenient features of your vehicle
Changing rear view angle
1.Top view
When Top View is selected, the rear
view angle is displayed as if looking
down from above.
2. Normal view
When Normal View is selected, the
rear view angle is displayed in a cus-
tomary view with a normal rear view
perspective.
✽✽
NOTICE
Always keep the camera lens clean.
The camera may not work normally
if the lens is covered with foreign
matter.
Parking Assist System
(if equipped)
The Parking Assist System assists
the driver during movement of the
vehicle by chiming if any object is
sensed within the distance of 39 inch-
es (100 cm ) in front and 47 inches
(120 cm) behind the vehicle.
ODH043409L
ODH043410L
ODH043066
ODH043067L
■ Front
■ Rear
Sensor
Sensor
• Never rely solely on the rear
view display when backing-
up.
• ALWAYS look around your
vehicle to make sure there are
no objects or obstacles before
moving the vehicle in any
direction to prevent a collision.
• Always pay close attention
when the vehicle is driven
close to objects, particularly
pedestrians, and especially
children.
WARNING

3-129
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
This system is a supplemental sys-
tem that senses objects within the
range and location of the sensors, it
cannot detect objects in other areas
where sensors are not installed.
Operation of the Parking Assist
System
Operating condition
- When the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position
- When the shift lever is in D or R
position
- When the vehicle speed is not over
6 mph (10 km/h)
Push the parking assist system but-
ton to the ON position to operate the
parking assist system. The indicator
in the button turns on.
To cancel the system, push the but-
ton again.The indicator in the button
turns off.
ODH044068N
ODH044129N
■ Type A
■ Type B
• ALWAYS look around your vehi-
cle to make sure there are not
any objects or obstacles before
moving the vehicle in any direc-
tion to prevent a collision.
• Always pay close attention
when the vehicle is driven close
to objects,particularly pedestri-
ans, and especially children.
• Be aware that some objects
may not be visible on the
screen or be detected by the
sensors, due to the objects
distance, size or material, all of
which can limit the effective-
ness of the sensor.
WARNING

3-130
Convenient features of your vehicle
• The system will operate automati-
cally every time the vehicle speed
is below 6 mph (10 km/h) with the
system switched on.
• When you move the shift lever to R
position with the system switched
off, the indicator in the button will
turn on and the system will operate
automatically regardless of button
status. However, if the vehicle
speed exceeds 12 mph (20 km/h)
when driving forward, the indicator
in the button will turn off. The sys-
tem will not automatically operate
again even if vehicle speed returns
to 6 mph (10 km/h).
To turn on the system, press the
parking assist system button.
• When more than two objects are
sensed at the same time, the clos-
est one will be recognized first.
Distance
from object
Warning indicator
Warning sound
When driving
forward
When driving
rearward
39 ~ 24
(100~61)
Front -
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
47 ~ 24
(120 ~ 61)
Rear -
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
24 ~ 12
(60 ~ 31)
Front
Buzzer beeps
frequently
Rear -
Buzzer beeps
frequently
12
(30)
Front
Buzzer sounds
continuously
Rear -
Buzzer sounds
continuously
✽✽
NOTICE
• The indicator may differ from the illustration as objects or sensors status.
If the indicator blinks, have your vehicle checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• If the audible warning does not sound or if the buzzer sounds intermit-
tently when shifting into R (Reverse) position, this may indicate a mal-
function with the Parking Assist System. If this occurs, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
Types of warning sound and indicator
inches (cm)

3-131
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Non-operational conditions of
Parking Assist System
Parking Assist System may not
operate normally when:
• Moisture is frozen to the sensor.
• Sensor is covered with foreign mat-
ter, such as snow or water, or the
sensor cover is blocked.
There is a possibility of Parking
Assist System malfunction when:
• Driving on uneven road surfaces
such as unpaved roads, gravel,
bumps, or gradient.
• Objects generating excessive noise
such as vehicle horns, loud motor-
cycle engines, or truck air brakes
can interfere with the sensor.
• Heavy rain or water spray is present.
• Wireless transmitters or mobile
phones are present near the sensor.
• The sensor is covered with snow.
• Any non-factory equipment or
accessories have been installed, or
if the vehicle bumper height or sen-
sor installation has been modified.
Detecting range may decrease
when:
• Outside air temperature is
extremely hot or cold.
• Undetectable objects smaller than
40 inches (1 m) and narrower than
6 inches (14 cm) in diameter.
The following objects may not be
recognized by the sensor:
• Sharp or slim objects such as
ropes, chains or small poles.
• Objects, which tend to absorb sen-
sor frequency such as clothes,
spongy material or snow.
✽✽
NOTICE
Sensor may not recognize objects
less than 12 inches (30 cm) from the
sensor, or it may sense an incorrect
distance.
Do not push, scratch or strike
the sensor with any hard
objects that could damage the
surface of the sensor. Sensor
damage could occur.
CAUTION
Your new vehicle warranty does
not cover any accidents or dam-
age to the vehicle or injuries to
its occupants related to a
Parking Assist System. Always
drive safely and cautiously.
WARNING

3-132
Convenient features of your vehicle
DDEEFFRROOSSTTEERR
If you want to defrost and defog
the front windshield, refer to
"Windshield Defrosting and
Defogging" in this chapter.
Rear window defroster
The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from
the interior and exterior of the rear
window, while engine is running.
• To activate the rear window
defroster, press the rear window
defroster button located in the cen-
ter facia switch panel.The indicator
on the rear window defroster but-
ton illuminates when the defroster
is ON.
• To turn off the defroster, press the
rear window defroster button again.
✽✽
NOTICE
• If there is heavy accumulation of
snow on the rear window, brush it
off before operating the rear
defroster.
• The rear window defroster auto-
matically turns off after approxi-
mately 20 minutes or when the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the
OFF position.
To prevent damage to the con-
ductors bonded to the inside
surface of the rear window,
never use sharp instruments or
window cleaners containing
abrasives to clean the window.
CAUTION
ODH043080
ODH043147
■ Type A
■ Type B

3-133
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Outside rearview mirror
defroster
If your vehicle is equipped with the
outside rearview mirror defrosters,
they will operate at the same time
you turn on the rear window
defroster.
Front wiper deicer
If your vehicle is equipped with the
wiper deicer, it will operate at the
same time you turn on the rear win-
dow defroster.

3-134
Convenient features of your vehicle
AAUUTTOOMMAATTIICC CCLLIIMMAATTEE CCOONNTTRROOLL SSYYSSTTEEMM
ODH043081/ODH043146/ODH043082
1. Driver’s temperature control knob
2. Fan speed control button
3. OFF button
4. AUTO (automatic control) button
5. Mode selection button (Driver)
6. Air conditioning button
7. Front windshield defrost button
8. Rear window defrost button
9. Passenger’s temperature control knob
10. SYNC button
11. Air intake control button (Outside air)
12. Air intake control button (Recirculated air)
13. Climate information screen selection
button
14. Mode selection button (Passenger)
15. Air intake control button
16. Rear side temperature control thumb-
wheel
17. Rear vent ON/OFF thumbwheel
■■
Front
• Type A
• Type B
■■
Rear

3-135
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Automatic heating and air con-
ditioning
1. Press the AUTO button.
The modes, fan speeds, air intake
and air-conditioning will be controlled
automatically according to the tem-
perature setting.
2.Turn the temperature control knob
to set the desired temperature.
✽✽
NOTICE
• To turn the automatic operation
off, select any button of the follow-
ing:
- Mode selection button
- Front windshield defrost button
(Press the button one more time
to deselect the front windshield
defroster function. The 'AUTO'
sign will illuminate on the infor-
mation display once again.)
- Fan speed control button
The selected function will be con-
trolled manually while other func-
tions operate automatically.
• For your convenience, use the
AUTO button and set the temper-
ature to 73°F (23°C).
ODM043083
ODH043084
ODH043085
■ Front
■ Rear

3-136
Convenient features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
Never place anything near the sen-
sor to ensure better control of the
heating and cooling system.
Manual heating and air condi-
tioning
The heating and cooling system can
be controlled manually by pushing
buttons other than the AUTO button.
In this case, the system works
sequentially according to the order of
buttons selected.When pressing any
button except the AUTO button while
using automatic operation, the func-
tions not selected will be controlled
automatically.
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
For improving the effectiveness of
heating and cooling;
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn
the air conditioning system on.
Press the AUTO button in order to
convert to full automatic control of
the system.
ODH043086

3-137
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Mode selection
The mode selection button controls
the direction of the air flow through
the ventilation system.
ODH043088L
ODH043087
ODH043148
■ Type A
■ Type B
((DDrriivveerr))
((PPaasssseennggeerr))

3-138
Convenient features of your vehicle
The air flow outlet port is converted
as follows:
Face-Level (B, D, F)
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face. Additionally, each
outlet can be controlled to direct the
air discharged from the outlet.
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F)
Air flow is directed towards the face
and the floor.
Floor & Defrost (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters.
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield and
side window defrosters.
Defrost-Level (A)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window defrosters.
ODH043149
■ Type B
ODH043089
■ Type A

3-139
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Instrument panel vents
The outlet vents can be opened or
closed separately using the thumb-
wheel.To close the vent, rotate it left
(Rear : down) to the maximum posi-
tion. To open the vent, rotate it right
(Rear : up) to the desired position.
Also, you can adjust the direction of
air delivery from these vents using
the vent control lever as shown.
Temperature control
Turn the temperature control knob to
set the desired temperature.
Rear temperature adjustment is
independently controlled regardless
of “SYNC” function.
ODH043162
■ Rear
ODH043090
■ Front
ODH043085
■ Rear
ODH043091
■ Front

3-140
Convenient features of your vehicle
Adjusting the driver and passenger
side temperature equally (Type A)
• Press the "SYNC" button to adjust
the driver and passenger side tem-
perature equally.
The passenger side temperature
will be set to the same temperature
as the driver side temperature.
• Turn the driver side temperature
control knob. The driver and pas-
senger side temperature will be
adjusted equally.
Adjusting the driver and passen-
ger side temperature individually
(Type A)
• Press the "SYNC" button again to
adjust the driver and passenger
side temperature individually. The
illumination of button turns off.
• Operate the driver side tempera-
ture control knob to adjust the driv-
er side temperature.
• Operate the passenger side tem-
perature control knob to adjust the
passenger side temperature.
Adjusting temperature and mode
of the driver & passenger side
equally (Type B)
• Press the "SYNC" button to adjust
the temperature and mode of the
driver & passenger side equally.
The passenger side temperature
and mode selection will be set to
the same as the driver side.
• Turn the driver side temperature
control knob. The driver and pas-
senger side temperature will be
adjusted equally.
• Press the driver side mode selec-
tion button.The driver and passen-
ger mode will be adjusted equally.
ODH043092
■ Type A
ODH043150
■ Type B

3-141
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Adjusting temperature and mode
of the driver & passenger side
individually (Type B)
• Press the "SYNC" button again to
adjust the temperature and mode
of the driver & passenger side indi-
vidually. The illumination of button
turns off.
• Operate the driver side tempera-
ture control knob to adjust the driv-
er side temperature.
• Operate the driver side mode
selection button to adjust the direc-
tion of the driver side air flow.
• Operate the passenger side tem-
perature control knob to adjust the
passenger side temperature.
• Operate the passenger side mode
selection button to adjust the direc-
tion of the passenger side air flow.
Temperature conversion
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, the temperature mode
display will reset to Fahrenheit.
This is a normal condition. You can
switch the temperature mode between
Centigrade to Fahrenheit as follows;
- Automatic climate control system
While pressing the OFF button,
depress the AUTO button for 3 sec-
onds or more.The display will change
from Centigrade to Fahrenheit, or
from Fahrenheit to Centigrade.
- “User Setting mode” in the cluster :
You can change the temperature unit
in the “Other features – Temperature
unit”.
Air intake control
This is used to select the outside
(fresh) air position or recirculated air
position.
To change the air intake control posi-
tion, push the control button.
ODH043151
■ Type B
ODH043093
■ Type A

3-142
Convenient features of your vehicle
Recirculated air position
With the recirculated air
position selected, air from
the passenger compart-
ment will be drawn through
the heating system and
heated or cooled according
to the function selected.
Outside (fresh) air position
With the outside (fresh) air
position selected, air
enters the vehicle from out-
side and is heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.
✽✽
NOTICE
Prolonged operation of the heater in
the recirculated air position (with-
out air conditioning selected) may
cause fogging of the windshield and
side windows and the air within the
passenger compartment may
become stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air
conditioning with the recirculated
air position selected will result in
excessively dry air in the passenger
compartment.
■ Type A
■ Type B
• Continued climate control
system operation in the recir-
culated air position may allow
humidity to increase inside
the vehicle which may fog the
glass and obscure visibility.
• Do not sleep in a vehicle with
the air conditioning or heating
system on. It may cause seri-
ous harm or death due to a
drop in the oxygen level
and/or body temperature.
• Continued climate control sys-
tem operation in the recirculat-
ed air position can cause
drowsiness or sleepiness, and
loss of vehicle control. Set the
air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position as much as
possible while driving.
WARNING

3-143
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Fan speed control
The fan speed can be set to the
desired speed by pushing the fan
speed control button.
The higher the fan speed is, the
more air is delivered.
Pressing the OFF button turns off the
fan.
✽✽
NOTICE
For better sound quality, fan speed
may automatically slow down for a
couple of minutes when you activate
voice recognition or hands free.
Air conditioning
Push the A/C button to turn the air
conditioning system on (indicator
light will illuminate).
Push the button again to turn the air
conditioning system off.
OFF mode
Push the OFF button of the front to
turn off the air climate control sys-
tem. However, you can still operate
the mode and air intake buttons as
long as the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position.
ODH043096 ODH043097 ODH043098

3-144
Convenient features of your vehicle
Climate information screen
selection button
To change the screen into the cli-
mate information screen, press the
climate information screen selection
button.
System operation
Ventilation
1. Set the mode to the position.
2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
Heating
1. Set the mode to the position.
2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5. If dehumidified heating is desired,
turn the air conditioning system on.
• If the windshield fogs up, set the
mode to the or press the
front defrost button .
Operation Tips
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the car through the
ventilation system, temporarily set
the air intake control to the recircu-
lated air position. Be sure to return
the control to the fresh air position
when the irritation has passed to
keep fresh air in the vehicle. This
will help keep the driver alert and
comfortable.
• Air for the heating/cooling system
is drawn in through the grilles just
ahead of the windshield. Care
should be taken that these are not
blocked by leaves, snow, ice or
other obstructions.
• To prevent interior fog on the wind-
shield, set the air intake control to
the fresh air position and fan speed
to the desired position, turn on the
air conditioning system, and adjust
the temperature control to desired
temperature.
ODH043099

3-145
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Air conditioning
1. Start the engine. Push the air con-
ditioning button.
2. Set the mode to the position.
3. Set the air intake control to the out-
side air or recirculated air position.
4. Adjust the fan speed control and
temperature control to maintain
maximum comfort.
✽✽
NOTICE
• When using the air conditioning
system, monitor the engine tem-
perature gauge closely while driv-
ing up hills or in heavy traffic
when outside temperatures are
high. Air conditioning system
operation may cause engine over-
heating. Continue to use the blow-
er fan but turn the air condition-
ing system off if the engine tem-
perature gauge indicates engine
overheating.
• When opening the windows in
humid weather air conditioning
may create water droplets inside
the vehicle. Since excessive water
droplets may cause damage to
electrical equipment, air condi-
tioning should only be operated
with the windows closed.
Air conditioning system operation
tips
• If the vehicle has been parked in
direct sunlight during hot weather,
open the windows for a short time
to let the hot air inside the vehicle
escape.
• To help reduce moisture inside of
the windows on rainy or humid
days, decrease the humidity inside
the vehicle by operating the air
conditioning system.
• During air conditioning system
operation, you may occasionally
notice a slight change in engine
speed as the air conditioning com-
pressor cycles. This is a normal
system operation characteristic.
• Use the air conditioning system
every month only for a few minutes
to ensure maximum system per-
formance.
• After sufficient cooling has been
achieved, switch back from the
recirculated air to the fresh outside
air position.

3-146
Convenient features of your vehicle
• When using the air conditioning
system, you may notice clear water
dripping (or even puddling) on the
ground under the passenger side
of the vehicle.This is a normal sys-
tem operation characteristic.
• Operating the air conditioning sys-
tem in the recirculated air position
provides maximum cooling, how-
ever, continual operation in this
mode may cause the air inside the
vehicle to become stale.
• During cooling operation, you may
occasionally notice a misty air flow
because of rapid cooling and
humid air intake. This is a normal
system operation characteristic.
Climate control air filter
The climate control air filter installed
behind the glove box filters the dust
or other pollutants that come into the
vehicle from the outside through the
heating and air conditioning system.
If dust or other pollutants accumulate
in the filter over a period of time, the
air flow from the air vents may
decrease, resulting in moisture accu-
mulation on the inside of the wind-
shield even when the outside (fresh)
air position is selected. If this hap-
pens, have the climate control air fil-
ter replaced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
• Replace the filter according to the
maintenance schedule.
If the car is being driven in severe
conditions such as dusty or rough
roads, more frequent air condi-
tioner filter inspections and
changes are required.
• When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, the system should be
checked at an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
1LDA5047
Outside air
Recirculated
air
Climate control
air filter
Blower
Evaporator
core
Heater core

3-147
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Checking the amount of air
conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is
low, the performance of the air con-
ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also
has a negative impact on the air con-
ditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, have the system inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
It is important that the correct type
and amount of oil and refrigerant is
used. Otherwise, damage to the
compressor and abnormal system
operation may occur.
Air Conditioning refrigerant
label
The actual Air Conditioning refriger-
ant label in the vehicle may differ
from the illustration.
Each symbols and specification on
air conditioning refrigerant label
means as below ;
1. Classification of refrigerant
2. Amount of refrigerant
3. Classification of Compressor lubri-
cant
Refer to chapter 8 for more detail
location of air conditioning refrig-
erant label.
The air conditioning system
should be serviced by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Improper service may cause
serious injury to the person per-
forming the service.
WARNING
ODH044365R
■ Example

3-148
Convenient features of your vehicle
WWIINNDDSSHHIIEELLDD DDEEFFRROOSSTTIINNGG AANNDD DDEEFFOOGGGGIINNGG
• For maximum defrosting, set the
temperature control to the extreme
right/hot position and the fan speed
control to the highest speed.
• If warm air to the floor is desired
while defrosting or defogging, set the
mode to the floor-defrost position.
• Before driving, clear all snow and
ice from the windshield, rear win-
dow, outside rear view mirrors, and
all side windows.
• Clear all snow and ice from the
hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to
improve heater and defroster effi-
ciency and to reduce the probability
of fogging up the inside of the wind-
shield.
✽✽
NOTICE
If the engine temperature is still cold
after starting, then a brief engine
warm up period may be required for
the vented air flow to become warm
or hot.
To defog inside windshield
1. Select desired fan speed.
2. Select desired temperature.
3. Press the defrost button ( ).
4.The outside (fresh) air position will
be selected automatically.
If the outside (fresh) air position is
not selected automatically, adjust the
corresponding button manually.
If the position is selected, lower
fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan
speed.
Windshield heating
Do not use the or posi-
tion during cooling operation in
extremely humid weather. The
difference between the temper-
ature of the outside air and that
of the windshield could cause
the outer surface of the wind-
shield to fog up, causing loss of
visibility could cause an acci-
dent resulting in serious injury
or death. In this case, set the
mode selection knob or button
to the position and fan
speed control knob or button to
a lower speed.
WARNING
ODH043100
■ Type A
■ Type B

3-149
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
To defrost outside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the highest
(extreme right) position.
2.Set the temperature to the
extreme hot (HI) position.
3. Press the defrost button ( ).
4.The outside (fresh) air position will
be selected automatically.
If the position is selected, lower
fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan
speed.
Auto defogging system
Auto defogging reduces the probabil-
ity of fogging up the inside of the
windshield by automatically sensing
the moisture on the inside of the
windshield.
The auto defogging system operates
when the heater or air conditioning is
on.
This indicator illuminates
when the auto defogging
system senses the mois-
ture on the inside of the
windshield and operates.
If more moisture is in the vehicle, the
automated steps operate as follows:
Step 1 : Operating the air condition-
ing
Step 2 : Outside air position
Step 3 : Blowing air toward the wind-
shield
Step 4 : Increasing air flow toward
the windshield
ODH043101 ODH043086
■ Type A
■ Type B

3-150
Convenient features of your vehicle
Auto defogging system
ON/OFF
If your vehicle is equipped with the
auto defogging system, it is automat-
ically activated when the conditions
are met.
However, if you would like to cancel
the auto defogging system, turn off
the Auto defogging function in the
AVN climate monitor.
If the battery has been disconnected
or discharged, it resets to the auto
defogging status.
✽✽
NOTICE
When the air conditioning is turned
on and the outside air position is
selected by the auto defogging sys-
tem, if you try to turn off the air con-
ditioning and select the recirculated
air position, the indicator will blink
3 times and the air conditioning will
not be turned off and recirculated
air position will not be selected.
ODH043145L
ODH044141N
■ Type A
■ Type B
Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the
driver side windshield glass.
Damage to system parts could
occur and may not be covered
by your vehicle warranty.
CAUTION

3-151
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
CCLLIIMMAATTEE CCOONNTTRROOLL AADDDDIITTIIOONNAALL FFEEAATTUURREESS ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
Cluster ionizer
When the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position, the clean air
function turns on automatically.
Also, the clean air function turns off
automatically, when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the OFF posi-
tion.
Smart ventilation
When driving and the heater and air
conditioning system is off, the smart
ventilation system maintains pleas-
ant indoor aerial environment by
controlling the temperature, humidity
and CO2 of interior.
“SMART VENTILATION ON” mes-
sage is displayed on the AVN climate
monitor for 5 seconds when the
smart ventilation system operates.
Smart ventilation system
ON/OFF
If you would like to cancel the smart
ventilation system, turn off the Smart
ventilation in the AVN climate monitor.
ODH043166L
ODH044167N
■ Type A
■ Type B

3-152
Convenient features of your vehicle
Rear climate system ON/OFF
If you would like to cancel the rear
climate system, turn off the rear cli-
mate in the AVN climate monitor.
CO2 control auto air conditioner
(if equipped)
When driving, the auto air condition-
er controls CO2 concentration and
maintains pleasant air in a vehicle.
When the system controls CO2, the
symbol ( ) displays in the AVN
monitor.
You can turn on or off the CO2 con-
trol function as below.
1. Start the engine.
2. While pressing the driver mode
selection button, press the air intake
control button (Recirculated air) at
least 4 times within 2 seconds.
ODH043168L
ODH044169N
■ Type A
■ Type B
ODH044143N
■ Type B

3-153
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
SSTTOORRAAGGEE CCOOMMPPAARRTTMMEENNTT
Center console storage
To open :
Press the button (1).
Never store cigarette lighters,
propane cylinders, or other
flammable/explosive materials
in the vehicle. These items may
catch fire and/or explode if the
vehicle is exposed to hot tem-
peratures for extended periods.
WARNING
ALWAYS keep the storage com-
partment covers closed secure-
ly while driving. Items inside
your vehicle are moving as fast
as the vehicle. If you have to
stop or turn quickly, or if there
is a crash, the items may fly out
of the compartment and may
cause an injury if they strike the
driver or a passenger.
WARNING
To avoid possible theft, do not
leave valuables in the storage
compartments.
CAUTION
ODH043357

3-154
Convenient features of your vehicle
Glove box
The glove box can be locked and
unlocked with the mechanical key (1).
To open:
Pull the lever (2).
Sunglass holder
To open:
Press the cover and the holder will
slowly open. Place your sunglasses
in the compartment door with the
lenses facing out.
To close:
Push back into position.
Make sure the sunglass holder is
closed while driving.
ODH043104
ALWAYS close the glove box
door after use.
An open glove box door can
cause serious injury to the pas-
senger in an accident, even if
the passenger is wearing a seat
belt.
WARNING
ODH043103
• Do not keep objects except
sunglasses inside the sun-
glass holder. Such objects can
be thrown from the holder in
the event of a sudden stop or
an accident, possibly injuring
the passengers in the vehicle.
• Do not open the sunglass
holder while the vehicle is
moving. The rear view mirror
of the vehicle can be blocked
by an open sunglass holder.
• Do not put the glasses forcibly
into a sunglass holder. It may
cause personal injury if you
try to open it forcibly when the
glasses are jammed in holder.
WARNING

3-155
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
IINNTTEERRIIOORR FFEEAATTUURREESS
Cup holder
Front
To open the cover:
Press the cover and it will slowly open.
Rear
To open the cover:
Pull up the cover.
ODH044107N
■ Front
■ Rear
ODH043106
• Keep your drinks sealed while
driving to prevent spilling
your drink. If liquid spills, it
may get into the vehicle's
electrical/electronic system
and damage electrical/elec-
tronic parts.
• When cleaning spilled liquids,
do not dry the cup holder at
high temperature. This may
damage the chrome part of
the cup holder.
CAUTION
• Avoid abrupt starting and
braking when the cup holder
is in use to prevent spilling
your drink. If hot liquid spills,
you could be burned. Such a
burn to the driver could cause
loss of vehicle control result-
ing in an accident.
• Do not place uncovered or
unsecured cups, bottles,
cans, etc., in the cup holder
containing hot liquid while the
vehicle is in motion. Injuries
may result in the event of sud-
den stop or collision.
• Only use soft cups in the cup
holders. Hard objects can
injure you in an accident.
WARNING
Keep cans or bottles out of
direct sun light and do not put
them in a hot vehicle. It may
explode.
WARNING

3-156
Convenient features of your vehicle
Sunvisor
To use a sunvisor, pull it downward.
To use a sunvisor for a side window,
pull it downward, unsnap it from the
bracket (1) and swing it to the side (2).
To use the vanity mirror, pull down the
sunvisor and slide the mirror cover (3).
Adjust the sunvisor forward or back-
ward (4) as needed. Use the ticket
holder (5 and 6) to hold tickets.
✽✽
NOTICE
Close the vanity mirror cover
securely and return the sunvisor to
its original position after use.
Power outlet (if equipped)
The power outlet is designed to pro-
vide power for mobile telephones or
other devices designed to operate
with vehicle electrical systems. The
devices should draw less than 180
W(Watt) with the engine running.
ODH043359
• Do not put several tickets in
the ticket holder at one time.
This could cause damage to
the ticket holder.
• Avoid putting a plastic card
such as a credit card in the
ticket holder located in the
outside of the sunvisor. This
could cause damage to the
plastic card.
CAUTION
For your safety, do not block
your view when using the sunvi-
sor.
WARNING
ODH043154L

3-157
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
To open the cover, press the cover
and it will slowly open. To close the
cover, press the cover and it will
slowly close.
Avoid electrical shocks. Do not
place your fingers or foreign
objects (pin, etc.) into a power
outlet or touch the power outlet
with a wet hand.
WARNING
To prevent damage to the Power
Outlets :
• Use the power outlet only when
the engine is running and
remove the accessory plug
after use. Using the accessory
plug for prolonged periods of
time with the engine off could
cause the battery to discharge.
• Only use 12V electric acces-
sories which are less than 180
W(Watt) in electric capacity.
• Adjust the air-conditioner or
heater to the lowest operating
level when using the power
outlet.
• Close the cover when not in
use.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Some electronic devices can
cause electronic interference
when plugged into a vehicle’s
power outlet. These devices
may cause excessive audio
static and malfunctions in
other electronic systems or
devices used in your vehicle.
• Push the plug in as far as it
will go. If good contact is not
made, the plug may overheat
and the fuse may open.
• Plug in battery equipped elec-
trical/electronic devices with
reverse current protection.The
current from the battery may
flow into the vehicle's electri-
cal/electronic system and
cause system malfunction.
CAUTION

3-158
Convenient features of your vehicle
Clock
You can set the clock by using the
AVN (Audio & Navigation).
For more details, please refer to the
Multimedia System Manual or DIS
Navigation System Manual that was
supplied with your vehicle.
Clothes hanger (if equipped)
To hang items, pull the hanger down.
(Type A)
These hangers are not designed to
hold large or heavy items.
Do not adjust the clock while
driving. You may lose your
steering control and cause an
accident that results in severe
personal injury or death.
WARNING
ODH043111
ODH043353
■ Type A
■ Type B
ODH043112

3-159
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Bag hanger (if equipped)
Pull the strap (1) to hang a bag on
the hook (2). Fold the hook when not
in use.
Floor mat anchor(s)
(if equipped)
ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchors
to attach the front floor mats to the
vehicle. The anchors on the front
floor carpet keep the floor mats from
sliding forward.
Do not hang other objects
except clothes. In an accident it
may cause vehicle damage or
personal injury.
WARNING
ODH043113
OVI043427

3-160
Convenient features of your vehicle
Rear curtain (if equipped)
To raise and lower the rear curtain,
press the button.
The following must be observed
when installing ANY floor mat
to the vehicle.
• Ensure that the floor mats are
securely attached to the vehi-
cle's floor mat anchor(s)
before driving the vehicle.
• Do not use ANY floor mat that
cannot be firmly attached to
the vehicle's floor mat anchors.
• Do not stack floor mats on top
of one another (e.g. all-weath-
er rubber mat on top of a car-
peted floor mat). Only a single
floor mat should be installed
in each position.
(Continued)
(Continued)
IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was
manufactured with driver's side
floor mat anchors that are
designed to securely hold the
floor mat in place. To avoid any
interference with pedal opera-
tion, HYUNDAI recommends
that the HYUNDAI floor mat
designed for use in your vehicle
be installed.
WARNING
ODH044115N
■ Front
■ Rear
ODH043114

3-161
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
The rear curtain will be lowered auto-
matically when you shift the shift
lever into R (Reverse) and raised
automatically when you shift the shift
lever from R (Reverse) into P (Park).
After the rear curtain is lowered by
shifting into R (Reverse), if you drive
more than 12 mph (20 km/h) with the
shift lever in D (Drive), the rear cur-
tain will be raised automatically.
Side curtain (if equipped)
To use the side curtain:
1. Lift the curtain by the hook (1).
2. Hang the curtain on both sides of
the hook.
Do not apply excessive force
while operating the rear curtain.
This could cause damage to the
rear curtain.
CAUTION
ODH043354
ODH043116

Luggage net holder
To keep items from shifting in the trunk,
you can use the 4 holders located in
the trunk to attach the luggage net.
Make sure the luggage net is securely
attached to the holders in the trunk.
• Always hang both sides of the
curtain on the hook. This
could cause damage to the
side curtain if only one side of
the curtain is hooked.
• Do not let any foreign material
get in between the vehicle and
side curtain. The side curtain
may not be lifted up.
CAUTION
Avoid eye injury. DO NOT over-
stretch the luggage net. ALWAYS
keep your face and body out of
the luggage net’s recoil path. DO
NOT use the luggage net when
the strap has visible signs of
wear or damage.
WARNING
ODH043362
Convenient features of your vehicle
3-162

Multimedia System
Multimedia system.................................................4-2
AUX, USB and iPod
®
port ...............................................4-2
Antenna ...............................................................................4-3
Steering wheel audio control .........................................4-4
Audio / Video / Navigation system (AVN) ..................4-5
Bluetooth
®
Wireless Technology hands-free............4-5
4

4-2
Detailed information about the multi-
media system (AV or AVN) is
described in a separately supplied
manual.
✽✽
NOTICE
• If you install an aftermarket HID
head lamp, your vehicle’s audio
and electronic device may mal-
function.
• Prevent chemicals such as per-
fume, cosmetic oil, sun cream,
hand cleaner, and air freshener
from contacting the interior parts
because they may cause damage
or discoloration.
AUX, USB and iPod
®
port
You can use an AUX port to connect
audio devices and an USB port to
plug in an USB and also in an iPod
®
port.
✽✽
NOTICE
When using a portable audio device
connected to the power outlet, noise
may occur during playback. If this
happens, use the power source of the
portable audio device.
❈ iPod
®
is a trademark of Apple Inc.
MMUULLTTIIMMEEDDIIAA SSYYSSTTEEMM
Multimedia System
ODH043121L

4-3
Multimedia System
Antenna
Shark fin antenna (1)
The shark fin antenna will receive the
transmit data.
Glass antenna (2)
Your vehicle uses a glass antenna to
receive both AM and FM signals.
4
ODH043117
• Do not clean the inside of the
rear window glass with a
cleaner or scraper to remove
foreign deposits as this may
cause damage to the antenna
elements.
• Avoid adding metallic coat-
ings such as Ni, Cd, and so
on. These can degrade the
receiving AM and FM broad-
cast signals.
CAUTION

4-4
Steering wheel audio control
VOLUME (VOL + / - ) (1)
• Move the VOLUME lever up to
increase volume.
• Move the VOLUME lever down to
decrease volume.
SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)
If the SEEK/PRESET lever is moved
up or down and held for 0.8 second
or more, it will function in the follow-
ing modes;
RADIO mode
It will function as the AUTO SEEK
select button. It will SEEK until you
release the button.
MEDIA mode
It will function as the FF/REW button.
If the SEEK/PRESET lever is moved
up or down, it will function in the fol-
lowing modes;
RADIO mode
It will function as the PRESET STA-
TION UP/DOWN button.
MEDIA mode
It will function as the TRACK UP/
DOWN button.
MODE (3)
Press the MODE button to select
Radio, XM, Disc, or AUX.
MUTE ( ) (4)
• Press the MUTE button to mute the
sound.
• Press the MUTE button again to
activate the sound.
✽✽
NOTICE
Detailed information is described in
a separately supplied manual.
Multimedia System
ODH043118L
ODH043118
■ Type A
■ Type B
Do not operate audio remote
control buttons simultaneously.
CAUTION

4-5
Multimedia System
Audio / Video / Navigation sys-
tem (AVN)
Detailed information for the AVN sys-
tem is described in a separately sup-
plied manual.
Bluetooth
®
Wireless
Technology hands-free
You can use the phone wirelessly by
using the
Bluetooth
®
Wireless
Technology.
(1) Call / Answer button
(2) Call end button
(3) Microphone
Detailed information for the
Bluetooth
®
Wireless Technology
hands-free is described in the manu-
al supplied separately.
4
ODH043119
ODH044119N
■ Type A (AVN, Monitor)
■ Type B
ODH043122
ODH043123

Driving your vehicle
5
Before driving.........................................................5-4
Before entering the vehicle ...........................................5-4
Before starting...................................................................5-4
Engine Start/Stop button................................................5-6
Automatic transmission.......................................5-11
Automatic transmission operation .............................5-11
Parking...............................................................................5-17
Good driving practices...................................................5-17
All Wheel Drive (AWD)........................................5-19
Using All Wheel Drive (AWD) .......................................5-19
Emergency precautions.................................................5-21
Braking system ...................................................5-23
Power brakes ..................................................................5-23
Disc brakes wear indicator ..........................................5-24
Foot parking brake ........................................................5-24
Electric parking brake (EPB)........................................5-26
AUTO HOLD .....................................................................5-31
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ....................................5-35
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)................................5-38
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)...................................5-41
Good braking practices..................................................5-41
Drive mode integrated control system .............5-42
Electronic Control Suspension (ECS)................5-44
ECS malfunction indicator.............................................5-44
Autonomous Emergency Braking (AEB)............5-45
AEB operation..................................................................5-46
To cancel the AEB ..........................................................5-47
Warning light and message ..........................................5-48
Cruise control .......................................................5-50
Cruise control operation................................................5-50
Advanced smart cruise control system ............5-54
To convert to cruise control mode.............................5-55
Smart cruise control speed ..........................................5-55
Cancelled automatically.................................................5-58
Smart cruise control vehicle-to-vehicle distance.....5-60
Sensor to detect distance to the vehicle ahead.....5-62
Limitations of the system .............................................5-64
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS).................5-69
LKAS operation................................................................5-70
LKAS malfunction............................................................5-75
LKAS function change ..................................................5-76
Blind Spot Detection System (BSD) ..................5-78
BSD (Blind Spot Detection) /
LCA (Lane Change Assist).............................................5-79
RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert) ..................................5-82

5
Special driving conditions...................................5-86
Hazardous driving conditions.......................................5-86
Rocking the vehicle ........................................................5-86
Smooth cornering ...........................................................5-87
Driving at night................................................................5-87
Driving in the rain ...........................................................5-88
Driving in flooded areas................................................5-88
Winter driving.......................................................5-89
Snow or icy conditions ..................................................5-89
Winter precaution ...........................................................5-91
Vehicle load limit..................................................5-93
Tire loading information label......................................5-94
Trailer towing .......................................................5-98

5-3
Driving your vehicle
5
Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause unconsciousness and death.
Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or smelled.
Do not inhale engine exhaust.
If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows immediately. Exposure to CO can cause
unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.
Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.
The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If
you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the
vehicle, have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.
Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Run the engine only
long enough to start the engine and to move the vehicle out of the garage.
Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.
If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle , be sure to do so only in an
open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan control set to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior.
Keep the air intakes clear.
To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes located in front of the windshield
clear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions.
If you must drive with the trunk open:
Close all windows.
Open instrument panel air vents.
Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face", and the fan control set to high.
WARNING

5-4
Driving your vehicle
Before entering the vehicle
• Be sure all windows, outside mir-
ror(s), and outside lights are clean
and unobstructed.
• Remove frost, snow, or ice.
• Visually check the tires for uneven
wear and damage.
• Check under the vehicle for any
sign of leaks.
• Be sure there are no obstacles
behind you if you intend to back up.
Before starting
• Make sure the hood, the trunk, and
the doors are securely closed and
locked.
• Adjust the position of the seat and
steering wheel.
• Adjust the inside and outside
rearview mirrors.
• Verify all the lights work.
• Fasten your seatbelt.Check that all
passengers have fastened their
seatbelts.
• Check the gauges and indicators in
the instrument panel and the mes-
sages on the instrument display
when the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position.
• Check that any items you are car-
rying are stored properly or fas-
tened down securely.
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Engine exhaust and a wide vari-
ety of automobile components
including components found in
the interior furnishings in a
vehicle, contain or emit harmful
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and
birth defects and reproductive
harm. In addition, certain fluids
contained in vehicles and cer-
tain products of components
contain or emit chemicals
known to the State of California
to cause cancer and birth
defects or other reproductive
harm.
WARNING
BBEEFFOORREE DDRRIIVVIINNGG

5-5
Driving your vehicle
5
NEVER drink or take drugs and
drive.
Drinking or taking drugs and
driving is dangerous and may
result in an accident and SERI-
OUS INJURY or DEATH.
Drunk driving is the number
one contributor to the highway
death toll each year. Even a
small amount of alcohol will
affect your reflexes, percep-
tions and judgment. Just one
drink can reduce your ability to
respond to changing conditions
and emergencies and your reac-
tion time gets worse with each
additional drink.
Driving while under the influ-
ence of drugs is as dangerous
or more dangerous than driving
under the influence of alcohol.
(Continued)
WARNING
(Continued)
You are much more likely to
have a serious accident if you
drink or take drugs and drive. If
you are drinking or taking
drugs, don’t drive. Do not ride
with a driver who has been
drinking or taking drugs.
Choose a designated driver or
call a taxi.
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH, take the fol-
lowing precautions:
• ALWAYS wear your seat belt.
All passengers must be prop-
erly belted whenever the vehi-
cle is moving. For more infor-
mation, refer to “Seat Belts”in
chapter 2.
• Always drive defensively.
Assume other drivers or
pedestrians may be careless
and make mistakes.
• Stay focused on the task of
driving. Driver distraction can
cause accidents.
• Leave plenty of space
between you and the vehicle
in front of you.
WARNING

5-6
Driving your vehicle
Engine Start/Stop button
Whenever the front door is opened,
the Engine Start/Stop button will illu-
minate and will go off 30 seconds
after the door is closed.
• NEVER press the Engine
Start/Stop button while the
vehicle is in motion except in
an emergency. This will result
in the engine turning off and
loss of power assist for the
steering and brake systems.
(Continued)
WARNING
To turn the engine off in an
emergency:
Press and hold the Engine
Start/Stop button for more than
two seconds OR Rapidly press
and release the Engine
Start/Stop button three times
(within three seconds).
If the vehicle is still moving, you
can restart the engine without
depressing the brake pedal by
pressing the Engine Start/Stop
button with the shift lever in the
N (Neutral) position.
(Continued)
This may lead to loss of direc-
tional control and braking
function, which could cause
an accident.
• Before leaving the driver’s
seat, always make sure the
shift lever is in the P (Park)
position, set the parking
brake, press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF
position, and take the Smart
Key with you. Unexpected
vehicle movement may occur
if these precautions are not
followed.
• NEVER reach through the
steering wheel for the Engine
Start/Stop button or any other
control while the vehicle is in
motion. The presence of your
hand or arm in this area may
cause a loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
WARNING
To reduce risk of serious injury
or death, NEVER allow children
or any person who is unfamiliar
with the vehicle to touch the
Engine Start/Stop button or
related parts. Unexpected and
sudden vehicle movement can
occur.
WARNING
ODH053001

5-7
Driving your vehicle
5
Engine Stop/Start button positions
Button Position Action Notice
OFF
To turn off the engine, press the Engine
Start/Stop button with shift lever in P (Park).
When you press the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton without the shift lever in P (Park), the
Engine Start/Stop button does not turn to the
OFF position, but turns to the ACC position.
ACC
Press the Engine Start/Stop button when the
button is in the OFF position without depress-
ing the brake pedal.
Electrical accessories are usable.
If you leave the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ACC position for more than one hour, the bat-
tery power will turn off automatically to prevent
the battery from discharging.

5-8
Driving your vehicle
Button Position Action Notice
ON
Press the Engine Start/Stop button while it is
in the ACC position without depressing the
brake pedal.
The warning lights can be checked before
the engine is started.
Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop button in
the ON position when the engine is not run-
ning to prevent the battery from discharging.
START
To start the engine, depress the brake pedal
and press the Engine Start/Stop button with
the shift lever in the P (Park) or in the N
(Neutral) position.
For your safety, start the engine with the shift
lever in the P (Park) position.
If you press the Engine Start/Stop button with-
out depressing the brake pedal, the engine
does not start and the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton changes as follows:
OFF
→→
ACC
→→
ON
→→
OFF
However, the engine may start if you depress
the brake pedal within 0.5 second after press-
ing the Engine Start/Stop button when it is in
the OFF position.

5-9
Driving your vehicle
5
Starting the engine
✽✽
NOTICE
• The engine will start by pressing
the Engine Start/Stop button, only
when the smart key is in the vehi-
cle.
• Even if the smart key is in the
vehicle, if it is far away from the
driver, the engine may not start.
• When the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton is in the ACC or ON position,
if any door is open, the system
checks for the smart key. If the
smart key is not in the vehicle, the
warning, "Key not in vehicle" will
come on and if all doors are closed,
the chime will also sound for about
5 seconds. The indicator will turn
off while the vehicle is moving.
Keep the smart key in the vehicle
when using the ACC position or if
the vehicle engine is ON.
1.Always carry the smart key with
you.
2.Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
3.Make sure the shift lever is in P
(Park).
4.Depress the brake pedal.
5 Press the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton.
6.Do not wait for the engine to warm
up while the vehicle remains sta-
tionary. Start driving at moderate
engine speeds. (Steep accelerat-
ing and decelerating should be
avoided.)
✽✽
NOTICE
Always start the vehicle with your
foot on the brake pedal. Do not
depress the accelerator while start-
ing the vehicle. Do not race the
engine while warming it up.
• Always wear appropriate shoes
when operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes, such as
high heels, ski boots, sandals,
flip-flops, etc., may interfere
with your ability to use the
brake and accelerator pedals.
• Do not start the vehicle with the
accelerator pedal depressed.
The vehicle can move and lead
to an accident.
• Wait until the engine rpm is
normal. The vehicle may sud-
denly move if the brake pedal
is released when the rpm is
high.
WARNING

5-10
Driving your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
If the smart key battery is weak or
the smart key does not work cor-
rectly, you can start the engine by
pressing the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton with the smart key in the direc-
tion of the picture above.
To prevent damage to the vehi-
cle:
• If the engine stalls while you
are in motion, do not attempt
to move the shift lever to the P
(Park) position.
If traffic and road conditions
permit, you may put the shift
lever in the N (Neutral) posi-
tion while the vehicle is still
moving and press the Engine
Start/Stop button in an
attempt to restart the engine.
• Do not push or tow your vehi-
cle to start the engine.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the vehi-
cle:
Do not press the Engine
Start/Stop button for more than
10 seconds except when the
stop lamp fuse is blown.
When the stop lamp fuse is
blown, you can't start the
engine normally. Replace the
fuse with a new one. If you are
not able to replace the fuse, you
can start the engine by pressing
and holding the Engine
Start/Stop button for 10 sec-
onds with the Engine Start/Stop
button in the ACC position.
For your safety always depress
the brake pedal before starting
the engine.
CAUTION
ODH053007

5-11
Driving your vehicle
5
Automatic transmission opera-
tion
The automatic transmission has
eight forward speeds and one
reverse speed.
The individual speeds are selected
automatically in the D (Drive) posi-
tion.
AAUUTTOOMMAATTIICC TTRRAANNSSMMIISSSSIIOONN
Move shift lever.
Press the shift button, then move shift lever.
Depress the brake pedal, then move shift lever.
ODH053011

5-12
Driving your vehicle
The indicator in the instrument clus-
ter displays the shift lever position
when the Engine Start/Stop button is
in the ON position.
P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into P (Park).
To shift from P (Park), you must
depress firmly on the brake pedal
and make sure your foot is off the
accelerator pedal.
If you have done all of the above and
still cannot shift the lever out of P
(Park), see “Shift-Lock Release” on
page 5-16.
The shift lever must be in P (Park)
before turning the engine off.
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death:
• ALWAYS check the surround-
ing areas near your vehicle for
people, especially children,
before shifting a vehicle into
D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
• Before leaving the driver’s
seat, always make sure the
shift lever is in the P (Park)
position, then set the parking
brake, and place the Engine
Start/Stop button in the OFF
position. Unexpected and
sudden vehicle movement
can occur if these precautions
are not followed.
• Do not use engine braking
(shifting from a high gear to
lower gear) rapidly on slip-
pery roads. The vehicle may
slip causing an accident.
WARNING
• Shifting into P (Park) while the
vehicle is in motion may
cause you to lose control of
the vehicle.
• After the vehicle has stopped,
always make sure the shift
lever is in P (Park), apply the
parking brake, and turn the
engine off.
• Do not use the P (Park) posi-
tion in place of the parking
brake.
WARNING

5-13
Driving your vehicle
5
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
backward.
N (Neutral)
The wheels and transmission are not
engaged.
Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart
a stalled engine, or if it is necessary
to stop with the engine ON. Shift into
P (Park) if you need to leave your
vehicle for any reason.
Always depress the brake pedal
when you are shifting from N
(Neutral) to another gear.
D (Drive)
This is the normal driving position.
The transmission will automatically
shift through a 8-gear sequence, pro-
viding the best fuel economy and
power.
For extra power when passing anoth-
er vehicle or driving uphill depress
the accelerator pedal further until
you feel the transmission downshift
to a lower gear.
The DRIVE MODE switch, located
on the shift lever console, allows the
driver to switch from NORMAL mode
to SPORT, ECO or SNOW mode.
When driving in ice or snow condi-
tions, it is recommended you switch
to SNOW mode. Press the DRIVE
MODE switch for 2~3 seconds until
"SNOW" displays in the center of the
instrument cluster. To cancel SNOW
mode, press the DRIVE MODE
switch one time to select NORMAL
mode.
For more information, refer to
"Drive Mode Integrated Control
System" later in this chapter.
Always come to a complete
stop before shifting into or out
of R (Reverse); you may dam-
age the transmission if you shift
into R (Reverse) while the vehi-
cle is in motion.
CAUTION
Do not shift into gear unless
your foot is firmly on the brake
pedal. Shifting into gear when
the engine is running at high
speed can cause the vehicle to
move very rapidly. You could
lose control of the vehicle and
hit people or objects.
WARNING

5-14
Driving your vehicle
Sports mode
Whether the vehicle is stationary or
in motion, sports mode is selected by
pushing the shift lever from the D
(Drive) position into the manual gate.
To return to D (Drive) range opera-
tion, push the shift lever back into the
main gate.
In Sports Mode, moving the shift
lever backwards and forwards will
allow you to select the desired range
of gears for the current driving condi-
tions.
+ (Up) : Push the lever forward once
to shift up one gear.
- (Down) : Pull the lever backwards
once to shift down one
gear.
✽✽
NOTICE
• Only the eight forward gears can
be selected. To reverse or park the
vehicle, move the shift lever to the
R (Reverse) or P (Park) position as
required.
• Downshifts are made automatical-
ly when the vehicle slows down.
When the vehicle stops, 1st gear is
automatically selected.
• When the engine rpm approaches
the red zone the transmission will
upshift automatically.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• If the driver presses the lever to +
(Up) or - (Down) position, the
transmission may not make the
requested gear change if the next
gear is outside of the allowable
engine rpm range. The driver
must execute upshifts in accor-
dance with road conditions, taking
care to keep the engine rpms
below the red zone.
• When accelerating from a stop on
a slippery road, push the shift
lever forward into the + (Up) posi-
tion. This causes the transmission
to shift into the 2nd gear which is
better for smooth driving on a
slippery road. Push the shift lever
to the - (Down) side to shift back to
the 1st gear.
ODH053012
+ (UP)
- (DOWN)

5-15
Driving your vehicle
5
Paddle shifter
The paddle shifter is available when
the shift lever is in the D (Drive) posi-
tion or the sports mode.
With the shift lever in the D posi-
tion
The paddle shifter will operate when
the vehicle speed is more than
6 mph (10 km/h).
Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once
to shift up or down one gear and the
system changes from automatic
mode to manual mode.
When the vehicle speed is lower
than 6 mph (10 km/h), if you depress
the accelerator pedal for more than 5
seconds or if you move the shift lever
from D (Drive) to Sports Mode and
move it from Sports Mode to D
(Drive) again, the system changes
from manual mode to automatic
mode.
With the shift lever in the sports
mode
Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once
to shift up or down one gear.
✽✽
NOTICE
If the [+] and [-] paddle shifters are
pulled at the same time, gear change
may not occur.
ODH053013

5-16
Driving your vehicle
Shift-lock system
For your safety, the automatic trans-
mission has a shift-lock system
which prevents shifting the transmis-
sion from P (Park) into R (Reverse)
unless the brake pedal is depressed.
To shift the transmission from P
(Park) into R (Reverse):
1.Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2.Start the engine or place the
Engine Start/Stop button in the ON
position.
3.Move the shift lever.
Shift-lock override
If the shift lever cannot be moved
from the P (Park) position into R
(Reverse) position with the brake
pedal depressed, continue depress-
ing the brake, and then do the follow-
ing:
1.Place the Engine Start/Stop button
in the OFF position.
2.Apply the parking brake.
3.Carefully remove the cap (1) cover-
ing the shift-lock override access
hole.
4.Insert a screwdriver into the
access hole and press down on
the screwdriver.
5.Move the shift lever.
6.Remove the screwdriver from the
shift-lock override access hole
then install the cap.
If you need to use the shift-lock
release, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
immediately.
ODH054014N

5-17
Driving your vehicle
5
Parking
Always come to a complete stop and
continue to depress the brake pedal.
Move the shift lever into the P (Park)
position, apply the parking brake,
and place the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton in the OFF position.Take the Key
with you when exiting the vehicle.
Good driving practices
• Never move the shift lever from P
(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other
position with the accelerator pedal
depressed.
• Never move the shift lever into P
(Park) when the vehicle is in
motion.
Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to shift
into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Do not move the shift lever to N
(Neutral) when driving. Doing so
may result in an accident because
of a loss of engine braking and the
transmission could be damaged.
• Do not drive with your foot resting
on the brake pedal. Even light, but
consistent pedal pressure can
result in the brakes overheating,
brake wear and possibly even
brake failure.
• Depressing both accelerator and
brake pedals at the same time can
trigger logic for engine power
reduction to assure vehicle decel-
eration. Vehicle acceleration will
resume after the brake pedal is
released.
• When driving in Sports Mode, slow
down before shifting to a lower
gear. Otherwise, the lower gear
may not be engaged if the engine
rpms are outside of the allowable
range.
• Always apply the parking brake
when leaving the vehicle. Do not
depend on placing the transmis-
sion in P (Park) to keep the vehicle
from moving.
• Exercise extreme caution when
driving on a slippery surface. Be
especially careful when braking,
accelerating or shifting gears.On a
slippery surface, an abrupt change
in vehicle speed can cause the
drive wheels to lose traction and
may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
• Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the
accelerator.
When you stay in the vehicle
with the engine running, be
careful not to depress the accel-
erator pedal for a long period of
time. The engine or exhaust
system may overheat and start
a fire.
The exhaust gas and the
exhaust system are very hot.
Keep away from the exhaust
system components.
Do not stop or park over flam-
mable materials, such as dry
grass, paper or leaves. They
may ignite and cause a fire.
WARNING

5-18
Driving your vehicle
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH:
• ALWAYS wear your seatbelt.
In a collision, an unbelted
occupant is significantly more
likely to be seriously injured
or killed than a properly belt-
ed occupant.
• Avoid high speeds when cor-
nering or turning.
• Do not make quick steering
wheel movements, such as
sharp lane changes or fast,
sharp turns.
• The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control
of your vehicle at highway
speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if
two or more wheels drop off
the roadway and the driver
over steers to reenter the
roadway.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• In the event your vehicle
leaves the roadway, do not
steer sharply. Instead, slow
down before pulling back into
the travel lanes.
• HYUNDAI recommends you
follow all posted speed limits.
WARNING

5-19
Driving your vehicle
5
Using All Wheel Drive (AWD)
The All Wheel Drive (AWD) System
delivers engine power to and rear
wheels for maximum traction.AWD is
useful when extra traction is
required, such as when driving on
slippery, muddy, wet, or snow-cov-
ered roads.
If the system determines there is a
need for four wheel drive, the
engine's driving power is distributed
to all four wheels automatically.
✽✽
NOTICE
• Do not drive in water if the level is
higher than the bottom of the vehi-
cle.
• Check your brake condition once
you are out of mud or water.
Depress the brake pedal several
times as you move slowly until you
feel normal braking return.
• Shorten your scheduled mainte-
nance interval if you drive in off-
road conditions such as sand, mud
or water (see “Maintenance Under
Severe Usage Conditions” in chap-
ter 7).
• Make sure that an AWD vehicle is
towed by flatbed tow truck.
AALLLL WWHHEEEELL DDRRIIVVEE ((AAWWDD)) ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH:
• Do not drive in conditions that
exceed the vehicles intended
design such as challenging
off-road conditions.
• Avoid high speeds when cor-
nering or turning.
• Do not make quick steering
wheel movements, such as
sharp lane changes or fast,
sharp turns.
• The risk of a rollover is great-
ly increased if you lose con-
trol of your vehicle at highway
speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if
two or more wheels drop off
the roadway and the driver
over steers to reenter the
roadway.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• In the event your vehicle
leaves the roadway, do not
steer sharply. Instead, slow
down before pulling back into
the travel lanes.
• Always drive safely and use
caution when driving an AWD
vehicle.
WARNING
If the AWD warning light ( )
stays on the instrument cluster,
your vehicle may have a mal-
function with the AWD system.
When the AWD warning light
( ) illuminates have your
vehicle checked by an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
as possible.
WARNING

5-20
Driving your vehicle
For safe AWD operation
Before driving
• Make sure all passengers are
wearing seat belts.
• Sit upright and adjust the steering
wheel to a position comfortable for
you to drive.
Driving on snow-covered or icy
roads
• Start off slowly by applying the
accelerator pedal gently.
• Use of snow tires is recommended.
For more information on Snow
Tires refer to "Winter Driving" in
this chapter.
• Keep sufficient distance between
your vehicle and the vehicle in front
of you.
• Use engine braking during deceler-
ation.
• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,
sudden brake applications, and
sharp turns to prevent skids.
Driving in sand or mud
• Maintain slow and constant speed.
• Keep sufficient distance between
your vehicle and the vehicle in front
of you.
• Reduce vehicle speed and always
check the road condition.
• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,
sudden brake applications, and
sharp turns to prevent getting
stuck.
Driving up or down hills
• Driving uphill
- Before starting off, check if it is
possible to drive uphill.
- Drive as straight as possible.
• Driving downhill
- Do not change gear while driving
downhill. Select gear before driv-
ing downhill.
- Drive as slowly using engine
braking while driving downhill.
- Drive straight as possible.
When the vehicle is stuck in
snow, sand or mud, avoid run-
ning the engine continuously at
high rpm, doing so may damage
the tires, transmission, differen-
tial or, AWD system.
CAUTION
OLMB053017

5-21
Driving your vehicle
5
Emergency precautions
Tires
When replacing the tires, be sure to
equip all four tires with the tire and
wheel of the same size, type, tread,
brand and load-carrying capacity.
In an emergency situation, a com-
pact spare tire may be used. But, do
not use the compact spare tire con-
tinuously. Repair or replace the origi-
nal tire as soon as possible to avoid
failure of the differential or AWD sys-
tem.
Exercise extreme caution driv-
ing up or down steep hills. The
vehicle may flip depending on
the grade, terrain and
water/mud conditions.
WARNING
Do not use tire and wheel with
different size and type from the
one originally installed on your
vehicle. It can affect the safety
and performance of your vehi-
cle,which could lead to steering
failure or rollover causing seri-
ous injury.
WARNING
Never start or run the engine
while an AWD vehicle is raised
on a jack.The vehicle can slip or
roll off of a jack causing serious
injury or death to you or those
nearby.
WARNING
ODH053139

5-22
Driving your vehicle
Towing
AWD vehicles must be towed with a
wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equip-
ment with all the wheels off the
ground.
For more information, refer to
"Towing" in chapter 6.
Vehicle inspection
• When the vehicle is on a car lift, do
not operate the front and rear
wheels separately. All four wheels
should be operated.
• Never engage the parking brake
while running the engine on a car
lift. This may damage the AWD
system.
Dynamometer testing
An AWD vehicle must be tested on a
special four wheel chassis
dynamometer.
An AWD vehicle should not be tested
on a 2WD roll tester. If a 2WD roll
tester must be used, perform the fol-
lowing procedure:
1.Check the tire pressures recom-
mended for your vehicle.
2.Place the rear wheels on the roll
tester for a speedometer test as
shown in the illustration.
3.Release the parking brake.
4.Place the front wheels on the tem-
porary free roller as shown in the
illustration.
ODH053141
Roll Tester (Speedometer)
Temporary Free Roller
Keep away from the front of the
vehicle while the vehicle is in
gear on the dynamometer. The
vehicle can jump forward and
cause serious injury or death.
WARNING

5-23
Driving your vehicle
5
Power brakes
Your vehicle has power-assisted
brakes that adjust automatically
through normal usage.
If the engine is not running or is
turned off while driving, the power
assist for the brakes will not work.
You can still stop your vehicle by
applying greater force to the brake
pedal than typical. The stopping dis-
tance, however, will be longer than
with power brakes.
When the engine is not running, the
reserve brake power is partially
depleted each time the brake pedal
is applied. Do not pump the brake
pedal when the power assist has
been interrupted.
Pump the brake pedal only when
necessary to maintain steering con-
trol on slippery surfaces.
BBRRAAKKIINNGG SSYYSSTTEEMM
Take the following precautions:
• Do not drive with your foot
resting on the brake pedal.
This will create abnormal high
brake temperatures, exces-
sive brake lining and pad
wear, and increased stopping
distances.
• When descending a long or
steep hill, shift to a lower gear
and avoid continuous applica-
tion of the brakes. Applying
the brakes continuously will
cause the brakes to overheat
and could result in a tempo-
rary loss of braking perform-
ance.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Wet brakes may impair the
vehicle’s ability to safely slow
down; the vehicle may also
pull to one side when the
brakes are applied. Applying
the brakes lightly will indicate
whether they have been
affected in this way. Always
test your brakes in this fash-
ion after driving through deep
water.To dry the brakes, light-
ly tap the brake pedal to heat
up the brakes while maintain-
ing a safe forward speed until
brake performance returns to
normal. Avoid driving at high
speeds until the brakes func-
tion correctly.
WARNING

5-24
Driving your vehicle
Disc brakes wear indicator
When your brake pads are worn and
new pads are required, you will hear
a high pitched warning sound from
your front or rear brakes. You may
hear this sound come and go or it
may occur whenever you depress
the brake pedal.
Please remember some driving con-
ditions or climates may cause a
brake squeal when you first apply (or
lightly apply) the brakes. This is nor-
mal and does not indicate a problem
with your brakes.
✽✽
NOTICE
Always replace brake pads as com-
plete front or rear axle sets.
Foot parking brake
(if equipped)
Always set the parking brake before
leaving the vehicle, to apply:
Firmly depress the brake pedal.
Depress the parking brake pedal
down as far as possible.
To release:
Firmly depress the brake pedal.
Depress the parking brake pedal
down and it will release automatical-
ly.
If the parking brake does not release
or does not release all the way, have
your vehicle checked by an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer.
To avoid costly brake repairs,
do not continue to drive with
worn brake pads.
CAUTION
ODH053142
ODH053143
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH, do not oper-
ate the parking brake while the
vehicle is moving except in an
emergency situation. It could
damage the brake system and
lead to an accident.
WARNING

5-25
Driving your vehicle
5
Check the Parking
Brake Warning Light
by placing the Engine
Start/Stop button to
the ON position (do
not start the engine).
This light will be illuminated when the
parking brake is applied with the
Engine Start/Stop button in the
START or ON position.
Before driving, be sure the parking
brake is released and the Brake
Warning Light is OFF.
If the Parking Brake Warning Light
remains on after the parking brake is
released while engine is running,
there may be a malfunction in the
brake system. Immediate attention is
necessary.
If at all possible, cease driving the
vehicle immediately.If that is not pos-
sible, use extreme caution while
operating the vehicle and only con-
tinue to drive the vehicle until you
can reach a safe location.
• Whenever leaving the vehicle
or parking, always come to a
complete stop and continue
to depress the brake pedal.
Move the shift lever into P
(Park) position, then apply the
parking brake, and place the
Engine Start/Stop button in
the OFF position.
Vehicles with the parking
brake not fully engaged are at
risk for moving inadvertently
and causing injury to yourself
or others.
• NEVER allow anyone who is
unfamiliar with the vehicle to
touch the parking brake. If the
parking brake is released
unintentionally, serious injury
may occur.
• Only release the parking
brake when you are seated
inside the vehicle with your
foot firmly on the brake pedal.
WARNING
• Do not apply the accelerator
pedal while the parking brake
is engaged. If you depress the
accelerator pedal with the
parking brake engaged, warn-
ing will sound. Damage to the
parking brake may occur.
• Driving with the parking brake
on can overheat the braking
system and cause premature
wear or damage to brake
parts. Make sure the parking
brake is released and the
Brake Warning Light is off
before driving.
CAUTION

5-26
Driving your vehicle
Electric parking brake (EPB)
(if equipped)
Applying the parking brake
To apply the EPB (Electric Parking
Brake):
1.Depress the brake pedal.
2.Pull up the EPB switch.
Make sure the Parking Brake
Warning Light comes on.
Also, the EPB is applied automatical-
ly if the [AUTO HOLD] switch is on
when the engine is turned off.
However, if you press the EPB switch
within one second after the engine is
turned off, the EPB will not be
applied.
Releasing the parking brake
To release the EPB (Electric
Parking Brake), press the EPB
switch in the following condition:
• Place the Engine Start/Stop button
in the ON position.
• Depress the brake pedal.
Make sure the Parking Brake
Warning Light goes off.
ODH053016
ODH053017
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH, do not oper-
ate the EPB while the vehicle is
moving except in an emergency
situation. It could damage the
brake system and lead to an
accident.
WARNING

5-27
Driving your vehicle
5
To release EPB (Electric Parking
Brake) automatically:
• Shift lever in P (Park)
With the engine running depress
the brake pedal and shift out of P
(Park) to R (Rear) or D (Drive).
• Shift lever in N (Neutral)
With the engine running depress
the brake pedal and shift out of N
(Neutral) to R (Rear) or D (Drive).
• Satisfy the following conditions
1. Start the engine.
2. Fasten the driver's seat belt.
3. Close the driver's door, engine
hood and trunk.
4. Depress the accelerator pedal
while the shift lever is in D
(Drive) or Sports mode.
Make sure the Parking Brake
Warning Light goes off.
✽✽
NOTICE
• For your safety, you can engage
the EPB even though the Engine
Stop/Start button is in the OFF
position, but you cannot release it.
• For your safety, depress the brake
pedal and release the parking
brake manually with the EPB
switch when you drive downhill or
when backing up the vehicle.
When the EPB (Electric Parking
Brake) does not release:
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer by loading the vehicle on a
flatbed tow truck and have the sys-
tem checked.
• If the Parking Brake Warning
Light is still on even though
the EPB has been released,
have your vehicle checked by
an authorized HYUNDAI deal-
er.
• Do not drive your vehicle with
the EPB applied. It may cause
excessive brake pad and
brake rotor wear.
CAUTION

5-28
Driving your vehicle
EPB (Electric Parking Brake) may
be automatically applied when:
• The EPB is overheated
• Requested by other systems
• The engine is turned off with the
EPB applied
✽✽
NOTICE
If the driver turns the engine off
while Auto Hold is operating, EPB
will be automatically applied.
However, if you press the EPB
switch within one second after the
engine is turned off, the EPB will not
be applied.
Warning messages
To disengage EPB, fasten seatbelt,
close door, hood, and trunk
• If you try to drive with the EPB
applied, a warning will sound and a
message will appear.
• If the driver's seat belt is not fas-
tened and the hood or trunk is
opened, a warning will sound and
a message will appear.
• If there is a problem with the vehi-
cle, a warning may sound and a
message may appear.
If the situation occurs, depress the
brake pedal and release EPB by
pressing the EPB switch.
ODH053048L
• Whenever leaving the vehicle
or parking, always come to a
complete stop and continue
to depress the brake pedal.
Move the shift lever into the P
(Park) position, press the EPB
switch, and press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF
position. Take the Smart Key
with you when exiting the
vehicle.
Vehicles not fully engaged in
P (Park) with the parking
brake set are at risk for mov-
ing inadvertently and causing
injury to yourself or others.
• NEVER allow anyone who is
unfamiliar with the vehicle to
touch the EPB switch. If the
EPB is released unintentional-
ly, serious injury may occur.
(Continued)
WARNING

5-29
Driving your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
• A clicking sound may be heard
while operating or releasing the
EPB. These conditions are normal
and indicate that the EPB is func-
tioning properly.
• When leaving your keys with a
parking lot attendant or valet,
make sure to inform him/her how
to operate the EPB.
AUTO HOLD deactivating.
Press brake pedal
When the conversion from Auto Hold
to EPB is not working properly a
warning will sound and a message
will appear.
5
(Continued)
• Only release the EPB when
you are seated inside the
vehicle with your foot firmly
on the brake pedal.
• Do not apply the accelerator
pedal while the parking brake
is engaged. If you depress the
accelerator pedal with the
EPB engaged, a warning will
sound and a message will
appear.
Damage to the parking brake
may occur.
• Driving with the parking brake
on can overheat the braking
system and cause premature
wear or damage to brake
parts. Make sure the EPB is
released and the Parking
Brake Warning Light is off
before driving.
CAUTION
ODH053051L

5-30
Driving your vehicle
Parking brake automatically locked
If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold
is activated, a warning will sound and
a message will appear.
EPB malfunction indicator
(if equipped)
If the EPB Malfunction Indicator
remains on, comes on while driving,
or does not come on when the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON
position, this indicates the EPB may
have malfunctioned. Have your vehi-
cle checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi-
ble.
The EPB Malfunction Indicator may
illuminate when the ESC indicator
comes on to indicate that the ESC is
not working properly, but it does not
indicate a malfunction of the EPB.
ODH053046L
ODH053049
• If the EPB Malfunction
Indicator is still on, have the
system checked by an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer.
• If the Parking Brake Warning
Light does not illuminate or
blinks even though the EPB
switch was pulled up, the EPB
may not be applied.
• If the Parking Brake Warning
Light blinks when the EPB
Malfunction Indicator is on,
press the EPB switch, then
pull it up. Once more, press
the switch back to its original
position and pull it back up. If
the EPB Malfunction Indicator
does not go off, have your
vehicle checked by an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION

5-31
Driving your vehicle
5
Emergency braking
If there is a problem with the brake
pedal while driving, emergency brak-
ing is possible by pulling up and
holding the EPB switch. Braking is
possible only while you are holding
the EPB switch. However, braking
distance will be longer than normal.
✽✽
NOTICE
During emergency braking the
Parking Brake Warning Light will
illuminate to indicate that the sys-
tem is operating.
AUTO HOLD (if equipped)
This feature keeps the brake applied
when the shift lever is in D (Drive), R
(Reverse), N (Neutral) or Sports
Mode with the feature enabled and
when the brake pedal has been
depressed to stop the vehicle.
To apply:
1. Press the [AUTO HOLD] switch.
The AUTO HOLD indicator will illu-
minate white and the system will
be in the standby position.
Do not operate the parking
brake while the vehicle is mov-
ing except in an emergency sit-
uation. It could damage the
brake system and lead to a
severe accident.
WARNING
If there is a noise or burning
smell after using the emergency
brake, have your vehicle checked
by an authorized HYUNDAI deal-
er as soon as possible.
CAUTION
ODH053018
WW
WW
hh
hh
ii
ii
tt
tt
ee
ee

5-32
Driving your vehicle
2. When you stop the vehicle com-
pletely by depressing the brake
pedal, the Auto Hold maintains the
brake pressure to hold the vehicle
stationary. The indicator changes
from white to green.
3. The vehicle will remain stationary
even if you release the brake
pedal.
4. If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be
released.
To release:
• Press the accelerator pedal with
the shift lever in R (Reverse), D
(Drive) or Sports Mode, the Auto
Hold will be released automatically
and the vehicle will start to move.
The indicator changes from green
to white.
• If the vehicle is restarted using the
advanced smart cruise control
lever (RES+ or SET-) while Auto
Hold and advanced smart cruise
control is operating (The green
AUTO HOLD indicator), the Auto
Hold will be released regardless of
accelerator pedal operation.
To cancel:
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Press the [AUTO HOLD] switch.
The AUTO HOLD indicator will
turn off.
ODH053019
WW
WW
hh
hh
ii
ii
tt
tt
ee
ee
GG
GG
rr
rr
ee
ee
ee
ee
nn
nn
ODH053020
LL
LL
ii
ii
gg
gg
hh
hh
tt
tt
oo
oo
ff
ff
ff
ff

5-33
Driving your vehicle
5
✽✽
NOTICE
• The Auto Hold does not operate
when:
- The driver's seat belt is unbuck-
led and the driver's door is
opened
- The engine hood is opened
- The trunk is opened
- The shift lever is in P (Park)
- The EPB is applied
• For your safety, the Auto Hold
automatically switches to EPB
when:
- The driver's seat belt is unbuck-
led and the driver's door is
opened
- The engine hood is opened with
the shift lever in D (Drive)
- The trunk is opened with the
shift lever in R (Reverse)
- The vehicle is in a standstill for
more than 10 minutes
- The vehicle is standing on a steep
slope
- The vehicle moved several times
(Continued)
(Continued)
In these cases, the Parking Brake
Warning Light comes on, the
AUTO HOLD indicator changes
from green to white, and warning
sounds and a message will appear
to inform you that EPB has been
automatically engaged. Before
driving again, depress the brake
pedal, check the surrounding area
near your vehicle and release the
parking brake manually with the
EPB switch.
• If the AUTO HOLD indicator
changes to yellow, the Auto Hold is
not work properly. Take your
vehicle to an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer and have the
system checked.
• If there is a malfunction with the
driver's door, hood or trunk open
detection system, the Auto Hold
may not work properly. Take your
vehicle to an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer and have the
system checked.
To prevent, unexpected and
sudden vehicle movement,
ALWAYS press your foot on the
brake pedal to cancel the Auto
Hold before you:
- Drive downhill.
- Drive the vehicle in R (Reverse).
- Park the vehicle.
WARNING

5-34
Driving your vehicle
Warning messages
Parking brake automatically locked
When the EPB is applied from Auto
Hold, a warning will sound and a
message will appear.
AUTO HOLD deactivating.
Press brake pedal
When the conversion from Auto Hold
to EPB is not working properly a
warning will sound and a message
will appear.
Press brake pedal to deactivate
AUTO HOLD
If you did not apply the brake pedal
when you release the Auto Hold by
pressing the [AUTO HOLD] switch, a
warning will sound and a message
will appear.
ODH053046L
ODH053051L ODH053053L
Depress the brake pedal when
the above message appears for
the Auto Hold and EPB may not
activate.
CAUTION

5-35
Driving your vehicle
5
AUTO HOLD conditions not met.
Close door, hood, trunk, and fasten
seatbelt
When you press the [AUTO HOLD]
switch, if the driver's door, engine
hood and trunk are not closed or the
driver's seat belt is not fastened, a
warning will sound and a message
will appear on the LCD display. In
that time, press the [AUTO HOLD]
button after closing the driver's door,
engine hood and trunk and fastening
the seat belt.
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
ODH053055L
An Anti-Lock Braking System
(ABS) or an Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) system will not
prevent accidents due to
improper or dangerous driving
maneuvers. Even though vehi-
cle control is improved during
emergency braking, always
maintain a safe distance
between you and objects ahead
of you. Vehicle speeds should
always be reduced during
extreme road conditions. The
braking distance for cars
equipped with ABS or ESC may
be longer than for those without
these systems in the following
road conditions.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Drive your vehicle at reduced
speeds during the following
conditions:
• Rough, gravel or snow-cov-
ered roads.
• On roads where the road sur-
face is pitted or has different
surface height.
• Tire chains are installed on
your vehicle.
The safety features of an ABS
or ESC equipped vehicle should
not be tested by high speed
driving or cornering.This could
endanger the safety of yourself
or others.
WARNING

5-36
Driving your vehicle
ABS is an electronic braking system
that helps prevent a braking skid.
ABS allows the driver to steer and
brake at the same time.
Using ABS
To obtain the maximum benefit from
your ABS in an emergency situation,
do not attempt to modulate your
brake pressure and do not try to
pump your brakes. Depress your
brake pedal as hard as possible.
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the
wheels, you may hear sounds from
the brakes, or feel a corresponding
sensation in the brake pedal. This is
normal and it means your ABS is
active.
ABS does not reduce the time or dis-
tance it takes to stop the vehicle.
Always maintain a safe distance from
the vehicle in front of you.
ABS will not prevent a skid that
results from sudden changes in
direction, such as trying to take a
corner too fast or making a sudden
lane change. Always drive at a safe
speed for the road and weather con-
ditions.
ABS cannot prevent a loss of stabili-
ty. Always steer moderately when
braking hard. Severe or sharp steer-
ing wheel movement can still cause
your vehicle to veer into oncoming
traffic or off the road.
On loose or uneven road surfaces,
operation of the anti-lock brake sys-
tem may result in a longer stopping
distance than for vehicles equipped
with a conventional brake system.
The ABS warning light ( ) will stay
on for several seconds after the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON
position. During that time, the ABS
will go through self-diagnosis and the
light will go off if everything is nor-
mal. If the light stays on, you may
have a problem with your ABS.
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible

5-37
Driving your vehicle
5
✽✽
NOTICE
When you jump start your vehicle
because of a drained battery, the
ABS warning light ( ) may turn
on at the same time. This happens
because of the low battery voltage. It
does not mean your ABS is malfunc-
tioning. Have the battery recharged
before driving the vehicle.
If the ABS warning light ( ) is
on and stays on, you may have
a problem with the ABS. Your
power brakes will work normal-
ly. To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death, contact your
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as
possible.
WARNING
When you drive on a road hav-
ing poor traction, such as an icy
road, and apply your brakes
continuously, the ABS will be
active continuously and the
ABS warning light ( ) may
illuminate. Pull your car over to
a safe place and turn the engine
off.
Restart the engine. If the ABS
warning light is off, then your
ABS system is normal.
Otherwise, you may have a
problem with your ABS system.
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible.
CAUTION

5-38
Driving your vehicle
Electronic Stability Control
(ESC)
The Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) system helps to stabilize the
vehicle during cornering maneuvers.
ESC checks where you are steering
and where the vehicle is actually
going. ESC applies braking pressure
to any one of the vehicle’s brakes
and intervenes in the engine man-
agement system to assist the driver
with keeping the vehicle on the
intended path. It is not a substitute
for safe driving practices. Always
adjust your speed and driving to the
road conditions.
ESC operation
ESC ON condition
When the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position, the ESC and
the ESC OFF indicator lights illumi-
nate for approximately three seconds
and goes off, then the ESC is turned
on.
When operating
When the ESC is in opera-
tion, the ESC indicator light
blinks:
• When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the
wheels, you may hear sounds from
the brakes, or feel a corresponding
sensation in the brake pedal. This
is normal and it means your ESC is
active.
• When the ESC activates, the
engine may not respond to the
accelerator as it does under rou-
tine conditions.
• If the Cruise Control was in use
when the ESC activates, the
Cruise Control automatically disen-
gages. The Cruise Control can be
reengaged when the road condi-
tions allow. See “Cruise Control
System” later in this chapter. (if
equipped)
Never drive too fast for the road
conditions or too quickly when
cornering. The ESC system will
not prevent accidents.
Excessive speed in turns, abrupt
maneuvers, and hydroplaning
on wet surfaces can result in
severe accidents.
WARNING
ODH054163N

5-39
Driving your vehicle
5
• When moving out of the mud or
driving on a slippery road, the
engine rpm (revolutions per
minute) may not increase even if
you press the accelerator pedal
deeply. This is to maintain the sta-
bility and traction of the vehicle and
does not indicate a problem.
ESC OFF condition
To cancel ESC operation :
• State 1
Press the ESC OFF button shortly
(ESC OFF indicator light illumi-
nates). At this state, the engine con-
trol function does not operate. In
other words, the traction control
function does not operate but only
the brake control function operates.
• State 2
Press the ESC OFF button for more
than 3 seconds. ESC OFF indicator
light illuminates and ESC OFF warn-
ing chime will sound. At this state,
the engine control function and brake
control function does not operate. In
other words, the vehicle stability con-
trol function does not operate any
more.
If the Engine Start/Stop button is
pressed to the OFF position when
ESC is off, ESC remains off. Upon
restarting the engine, the ESC will
automatically turn on again.
Indicator lights
When the Engine Start/Stop button
is pressed to the ON position, the
ESC indicator light illuminates, then
goes off if the ESC system is operat-
ing normally.
The ESC indicator light blinks when-
ever the ESC is operating.
If ESC indicator light stays on, your
vehicle may have a malfunction with
the ESC system. When this warning
light illuminates have your vehicle
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible.
■ ESC indicator light (blinks)
■ ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)

5-40
Driving your vehicle
The ESC OFF indicator light comes
on when the ESC is turned off from
the User Settings Mode.
ESC OFF usage
When Driving
The ESC OFF mode should only be
used briefly to help free the vehicle if
stuck in snow or mud by temporarily
stopping operation of the ESC to
maintain wheel torque.
To turn ESC off while driving, press
the ESC OFF button while driving on
a flat road surface.
✽✽
NOTICE
Turning the ESC off does not affect
ABS or standard brake system oper-
ation.
When the ESC is blinking, this
indicates the ESC is active:
Drive slowly and NEVER
attempt to accelerate. NEVER
turn the ESC off while the ESC
indicator light is blinking or you
may lose control of the vehicle
resulting in an accident.
WARNING
Driving with varying tire or
wheel sizes may cause the ESC
system to malfunction. When
replacing tires, make sure they
are the same size as your origi-
nal tires for this vehicle.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the trans-
mission:
• Do not allow wheel(s) of one
axle to spin excessively while
the ESC, ABS, and brake
warning lights are displayed.
The repairs would not be cov-
ered by the vehicle warranty.
Reduce engine power and do
not spin the wheel(s) exces-
sively while these lights are
displayed.
• When operating the vehicle
on a dynamometer, ensure the
ESC is turned off (ESC OFF
light illuminated).
CAUTION

5-41
Driving your vehicle
5
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)
The Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)
prevents the vehicle from rolling
backwards when starting a vehicle
from a stop on a hill. The system
operates the brakes automatically for
approximately 2 seconds and releas-
es the brake when the accelerator
pedal is depressed or after 2 sec-
onds.
✽✽
NOTICE
• The HAC does not operate when
the shift lever is in P (Park) or N
(Neutral)
• The HAC activates even though
the ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) is off but does not acti-
vate when the ESC has malfunc-
tioned.
Good braking practices
Wet brakes can be dangerous! The
brakes may get wet if the vehicle is
driven through standing water or if it
is washed.Your vehicle will not stop
as quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet
brakes may cause the vehicle to pull
to one side.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
lightly until the braking action returns
to normal, taking care to keep the
vehicle under control at all times. If
the braking action does not return to
normal, stop as soon as it is safe to
do so and call an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
DO NOT drive with your foot resting
on the brake pedal. Even light, but
constant pedal pressure can result in
the brakes overheating, brake wear,
and possibly even brake failure.
If a tire goes flat while you are driv-
ing, apply the brakes gently and
keep the vehicle pointed straight
ahead while you slow down. When
you are moving slowly enough for it
to be safe to do so, pull off the road
and stop in a safe location.
Keep your foot firmly on the brake
pedal when the vehicle is stopped to
prevent the vehicle from rolling for-
ward.
Always be ready to depress the
accelerator pedal when starting
off on a incline. The HAC acti-
vates only for approximately 2
seconds.
WARNING
Whenever leaving the vehicle or
parking, always come to a com-
plete stop and continue to
depress the brake pedal. Move
the shift lever into the P (Park)
position, then apply the parking
brake, and place the Engine
Start/Stop button in the OFF
position.
Vehicles with the parking brake
not fully engaged are at risk for
moving inadvertently and caus-
ing injury to yourself or others.
WARNING

5-42
Driving your vehicle
DDRRIIVVEE MMOODDEE IINNTTEEGGRRAATTEEDD CCOONNTTRROOLL SSYYSSTTEEMM
The drive mode may be selected
according to the driver’s preference
or road condition.
The system initializes to the NOR-
MAL mode after the engine has been
turned off and on.
✽✽
NOTICE
If there is a problem with the
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system, the drive mode will be in
NORMAL mode and may not
change to ECO mode, SPORT mode
or SNOW mode.
• The mode changes whenever the
DRIVE MODE switch is pressed.
When NORMAL mode is selected,
it is not displayed on the instrument
cluster.
• When the DRIVE MODE switch is
pressed for more than one second,
the SNOW mode will operate
regardless of whichever DRIVE
mode (NORMAL/ECO/SPORT) is
operating. If the switch is pressed
once more, the DRIVE mode
(NORMAL/ECO/SPORT) that was
operating previously will operate.
• The selected mode is displayed on
the AVN monitor.
ECO mode (Active ECO)
Active ECO helps improve
fuel efficiency by control-
ling certain engine and
transmission system
operating parameters.
Fuel efficiency depends on the dri-
ver's driving habit and road condi-
tion.
• When the DRIVE MODE switch is
pressed and the ECO mode is
selected, the ECO indicator
(green) will illuminate to show that
the Active ECO is operating.
• When the Active ECO is activated,
and the engine is turned off and on
it will change to NORMAL mode.To
turn on the ECO mode, press the
DRIVE MODE switch till it is select-
ed.
ODH053021
NORMAL
SPORT ECO
ECO

5-43
Driving your vehicle
5
When Active ECO is activated:
• The acceleration response may be
slightly reduced as the accelerator
pedal is depressed moderately.
• The air conditioner performance
may be limited.
• The shift pattern of the automatic
transmission may change.
• The engine noise may get louder.
The above situations are normal
conditions when the Active ECO sys-
tem is activated to improve fuel effi-
ciency.
Limitation of Active ECO opera-
tion:
If the following conditions occur while
Active ECO is operating, the system
operation is limited even though
there is no change in the ECO indi-
cator.
• When the coolant temperature is
low:
The system will be limited until
engine performance becomes nor-
mal.
• When driving up a hill:
The system will be limited to gain
power when driving uphill because
engine torque is restricted.
• When using the automatic trans-
mission Sports mode:
The system will be limited accord-
ing to the shift location.
SPORT mode
SPORT mode focuses on
dynamic driving by auto-
matically adjusting the
steering wheel, engine
and transmission system.
• When the DRIVE MODE switch is
pressed and the SPORT mode is
selected, the SPORT indicator
(yellow) will illuminate.
• When the SPORT mode is activat-
ed, and the engine is turned off
and on it will change to NORMAL
mode. To turn on the SPORT
mode, press the DRIVE MODE
switch again.
• If the system is activated:
- After accelerating and releasing
the accelerator pedal, the gear
and engine speed RPM may not
drop as soon as in NORMAL
mode.
- Up-shifting is delayed.
✽✽
NOTICE
In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency
may decrease.
SPORT

5-44
Driving your vehicle
SNOW mode (if equipped)
SNOW mode helps the
driver to drive more effec-
tively on slippery roads
such as snowy or muddy
roads.
• When the DRIVE MODE switch is
pressed for more than one second,
the SNOW mode will operate
regardless of whichever drive
mode (NORMAL/ECO/SPORT) is
operating. If the switch is pressed
once more, the drive mode (NOR-
MAL/ECO/SPORT) that was oper-
ating previously will operate.
The Electronic Control Suspension
(ECS) controls the vehicle suspen-
sion automatically to maximize driv-
ing comfort by taking into account
the driving conditions such as speed,
surface of the road, cornering, stop-
ping requirements and acceleration.
ECS (Electronic Control
Suspension) malfunction indi-
cator
If the ECS warning message comes
on, you may have a problem with the
ECS system. Have your vehicle
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
SNOW
EELLEECCTTRROONNIICC CCOONNTTRROOLL SSUUSSPPEENNSSIIOONN ((EECCSS)) ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
ODH053072L

5-45
Driving your vehicle
5
The Autonomous Emergency
Braking (AEB) helps avoid accidents
by identifying critical situations early
and warning the driver.
AAUUTTOONNOOMMOOUUSS EEMMEERRGGEENNCCYY BBRRAAKKIINNGG ((AAEEBB)) ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
Take the following precautions
when using the Autonomous
Emergency Braking (AEB):
• This system is only a supple-
mental system and it is not
intended to, nor does it
replace the need for extreme
care and attention of the driv-
er. The sensing range and
objects detectable by the sen-
sors are limited. Pay attention
to the road conditions at all
times.
• NEVER drive too fast for the
road conditions or too quickly
when cornering.
• Always drive cautiously to
prevent unexpected and sud-
den situations from occur-
ring. AEB does not stop the
vehicle completely and does
not avoid collisions.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• AEB operates according to
the distance from the vehicle
ahead, relative velocity, and
driver's operation of the brake
or accelerator pedal. Do not
drive dangerously to inten-
tionally operate the AEB.
• ALWAYS check the speed and
the distance to the vehicle
ahead. The AEB is not a sub-
stitute for safe driving prac-
tices.
WARNING

5-46
Driving your vehicle
AEB Operation
Warning message
A warning message and chime will
sound when you need to use the
brake pedal or steering wheel due to
a sudden stop or lack of distance
with the vehicle ahead. The warning
messages will vary according to the
severity of the situation. Immediately
reduce your speed to prevent a colli-
sion.
Brake operation
In a critical situation:
• The brake assist system enters
standby mode to react promptly
when the driver operates the brake
pedal.
• The vehicle automatically reduces
speed according to the severity of
the situation.
- Rapidly reduces speed when vehi-
cle speed is under 50 mph (80
km/h)
- Slowly reduces speed when vehi-
cle speed is over 50 mph (80 km/h)
• If the driver uses the brake pedal to
reduce vehicle speed, the brake
assist system operates to increase
braking efficiency.
• If the driver presses down hard on
the accelerator pedal or sharply
turns the steering wheel, the brake
assist system is canceled.
Seat belt operation
The driver's and passenger's seat
belt may tighten if the system detects
that a vehicle or object is close.
ODH053060L
ODH053064L
ODH053066L

5-47
Driving your vehicle
5
Automatic emergency mode
change
In a critical situation, to help avoid
collisions, the Automatic Emergency
Mode automatically controls the
Electronic Control Suspension
(ECS) and Electronic Stability
Control (ESC).When the critical situ-
ation is over, the Electronic Control
Suspension (ECS) and Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) returns to its
previous status.
✽✽
NOTICE
• If the AEB is canceled from the
User Settings Mode or there is a
problem with the AEB system, the
Automatic Emergency Mode will
not work.
• If the ESC is off or there is a prob-
lem with the ESC system, the
Automatic Emergency Mode will
not work.
• The ESC must be on for the
Automatic Emergency Mode to
control ESC in collision situations.
To cancel the AEB
• Go to the User Settings Mode
(Driving Assist) and undo the check
for AEB (Autonomous Emergency
Braking) on the LCD display (For
more details refer to "LCD
Display" in chapter 3.). The warn-
ing operation and automatic braking
operation will not function.
• To turn on the AEB, select AEB
(Autonomous Emergency Braking)
from the User Settings Mode
(Driving Assist) on the LCD display.
The warning operation and automat-
ic braking operation will function.
The Automatic Emergency
Mode is a supplemental system
to assist you and its effects may
differ according to road and
driving conditions. The vehicle
cannot automatically avoid a
collision. Do not solely rely on
the system and always pay
attention to prevent dangerous
situations from occurring.
WARNING
ODH054204C

5-48
Driving your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
When the engine is started, AEB is
automatically turned on. If the sys-
tem is not needed, turn the AEB sys-
tem off from the User Settings Mode
on the LCD display.
Warning light and message
• When the AEB system is turned
off, the AEB warning light turns on.
(Warning message does not come
on.)
• If the sensor or cover is dirty or
obscured with foreign matter such
as snow, the AEB warning light
and message comes on. In this
case, the AEB system may not
function temporarily, but it does not
indicate a malfunction of the AEB
system. Clean the sensor or cover
by using a soft cloth.
• If there is a malfunction with the
AEB system, the AEB warning light
and message will come on. Have
your vehicle checked by an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer.
• When the ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) indicator or SCC (Smart
Cruise Control) message comes
on the AEB warning message may
come on but it does not indicate a
malfunction of the AEB system.
ODH043252L
■ Warning light
■ Warning message
ODH054165N/ODH054164N
If the AEB is selected and the
ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) is turned off, the AEB
system is automatically can-
celed.
CAUTION

5-49
Driving your vehicle
5
(Continued)
- There is interference by elec-
tromagnetic waves.
- There are strong radar
reflections.
- Driving in a curve.
- Driving uphill or downhill.
- Driving in areas under con-
struction.
- An object ahead is very nar-
row such as motorcycles or
bicycles.
- A vehicle suddenly enters
your lane.
- The camera cannot secure a
clear view.
- The camera cannot catch the
whole vehicle.
- An unusual shape vehicle is
ahead such as a trailer, spe-
cial access vehicle or a truck
with unique shaped cargo.
(Continued)
(Continued)
- Driving at night, the tail lamp
of the vehicle ahead is miss-
ing, installed on an unusual
place or installed unevenly.
- Coming in or out a tunnel,
where the illumination inten-
sity is high.
• Even if there is a malfunction
to the brake operation of the
AEB, when you depress the
brake pedal, the brake oper-
ates normally. AEB brake
operation does not operate in
certain hazardous situations.
• The AEB is designed to func-
tion above approximately
5 mph (8 km/h) and below
approximately 110 mph (180
km/h).
• The AEB does not detect:
- Persons or animals.
- Oncoming vehicles in the
opposite lane or a vehicle in
an intersection.
- Stopped objects.
• The AEB cannot detect
objects, when:
- The sensors are covered
with dirt.
- There is heavy rain or heavy
snow.
(Continued)
WARNING

5-50
Driving your vehicle
Cruise Control operation
1.CRUISE indicator
2.SET indicator
The Cruise Control system allows
you to drive at speeds above 20 mph
(30 km/h) without depressing the
accelerator pedal.
To set Cruise Control speed
1.Push the CRUISE button on the
steering wheel to turn the system
on. The CRUISE indicator will illu-
minate.
2.Accelerate to the desired speed,
which must be more than 20 mph
(30 km/h).
CCRRUUIISSEE CCOONNTTRROOLL ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
ODH053022
Take the following precautions:
• If the Cruise Control is left on,
(CRUISE indicator light in the
instrument cluster is illumi-
nated) the Cruise Control can
be activated unintentionally.
Keep the Cruise Control sys-
tem off (CRUISE indicator
light OFF) when the Cruise
Control is not in use, to avoid
inadvertently setting a speed.
• Use the Cruise Control sys-
tem only when traveling on
open highways in good
weather.
• Do not use the Cruise Control
when it may not be safe to
keep the vehicle at a constant
speed:
- Driving in heavy or varying
speed traffic.
- On slippery (rainy, icy or
snow covered) roads.
- Hilly or winding roads.
- Very windy areas.
WARNING
ODH053023

5-51
Driving your vehicle
5
3.Push the lever (1) down (SET-) ,
and release it. The SET indicator
light will illuminate.
4.Release the accelerator pedal.
✽✽
NOTICE
The vehicle may slow down or speed
up slightly while going uphill or
downhill.
To increase Cruise Control
speed
• Push the lever (1) up (RES+) and
hold it, while monitoring the SET
speed on the instrument cluster.
Release the lever when the
desired speed is shown and the
vehicle will accelerate to that
speed.
• Push the lever (1) up (RES+) and
release it immediately.The cruising
speed will increase 1.0 mph (1.6
km/h) each time the lever is oper-
ated in this manner.
• Depress the accelerator pedal.
When the vehicle attains the
desired speed, push the lever (1)
down (SET-).
ODH053024/Q
ODH053025/Q

5-52
Driving your vehicle
To decrease Cruise Control
speed
• Push the lever (1) down (SET-) and
hold it. Your vehicle will gradually
slow down.Release the lever at the
speed you want to maintain.
• Push the lever (1) down (SET-) and
release it immediately.The cruising
speed will decrease 1.0 mph (1.6
km/h) each time the lever is oper-
ated in this manner.
• Lightly tap the brake pedal. When
the vehicle attains the desired
speed, push the lever (1) down
(SET-).
To temporarily accelerate with
the Cruise Control ON
Depress the accelerator pedal.When
you take your foot off the accelerator,
the vehicle will return to the previ-
ously set speed.
If you push the lever down (SET-) at
the increased speed, the Cruise
Control will maintain the increased
speed.
Cruise Control will be canceled
when:
• Depressing the brake pedal.
• Pressing the CANCEL switch
located on the steering wheel.
• Pushing the CRUISE button. Both
the CRUISE indicator and the SET
indicator will turn OFF.
• Moving the shift lever into N
(Neutral).
ODH053024/Q ODH053026

5-53
Driving your vehicle
5
• Decreasing the vehicle speed
lower than the memory speed by
5 mph (10 km/h).
• Decreasing the vehicle speed to
less than approximately 20 mph
(30 km/h).
• The ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) is operating.
• Downshifting to the 2nd gear in
Sports Mode.
✽✽
NOTICE
Each of the above actions will cancel
Cruise Control operation (the SET
indicator light in the instrument
cluster will go off), but only pressing
the CRUISE button will turn the
system off. If you wish to resume
Cruise Control operation, push the
lever up (RES+) located on your
steering wheel. You will return to
your previously preset speed, unless
the system was turned off using the
CRUISE button.
To resume preset Cruising
speed
Push the lever (1) up (RES+). If the
vehicle speed is over 20 mph (30
km/h), the vehicle will resume the
preset speed.
To turn Cruise Control off
• Push the CRUISE button (the
CRUISE indicator light will go off).
• Turn the engine OFF.
ODH053025/Q
ODH053023

5-54
Driving your vehicle
➀ Cruise Indicator
➁ Set Speed
➂ Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance
The Smart Cruise Control System
allows you to program the vehicle to
maintain constant speed and dis-
tance detecting the vehicle ahead
without depressing the accelerator
pedal.
AADDVVAANNCCEEDD SSMMAARRTT CCRRUUIISSEE CCOONNTTRROOLL SSYYSSTTEEMM ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
ODH053074N
For your safety, please read the
owner's manual before using
the Smart Cruise Control sys-
tem.
WARNING
The Smart Cruise Control
System is not a substitute for
safe driving practices, but a
convenience function only. It is
the responsibility of the driver
to always check the speed and
distance to the vehicle ahead.
WARNING
Take the following precautions:
• If the Smart Cruise Control is
left on, (CRUISE indicator
light in the instrument cluster
is illuminated) the Smart
Cruise Control can be activat-
ed unintentionally. Keep the
Smart Cruise Control System
off (CRUISE indicator light
OFF) when the Smart Cruise
Control is not in use, to avoid
inadvertently setting a speed.
• Use the Smart Cruise Control
System only when traveling
on open highways in good
weather.
• Do not use the Smart Cruise
Control when it may not be
safe to keep the vehicle at a
constant speed:
- Driving in heavy or varying
speed traffic.
- On slippery (rainy, icy or
snow covered) roads.
- Hilly or winding roads.
- Very windy areas.
WARNING

5-55
Driving your vehicle
5
To convert to Cruise Control
Mode
The driver may choose to only use
the Cruise Control Mode (speed con-
trol function) by doing as follows:
1.Turn the Smart Cruise Control
System on (the cruise indicator
light will be on but the system will
not be activated).
2.Push and hold the Vehicle-to-
Vehicle Distance button for more
than 2 seconds.
3.Choose between "Smart Cruise
Control (SCC) Mode" and "Cruise
Control (CC) Mode".
When the system is canceled using
the CRUISE button or the CRUISE
button is used after the engine is
turned on, the SCC Mode will turn
on.
Smart Cruise Control speed
To set Smart Cruise Control
speed
1.Push the CRUISE button on the
steering wheel to turn the system
on. The CRUISE indicator will illu-
minate.
2.Accelerate to the desired speed.
The Smart Cruise Control speed
can be set as follows:
• 20 mph (30 km/h)~110 mph (180
km/h): when there is no vehicle in
front
• 0 mph (0 km/h)~110 mph (180
km/h): when there is a vehicle in
front
ODH053023
ODH053090L
ODH053153L
When using the Cruise Control
Mode, you must manually
adjust the distance to other
vehicles by depressing the
accelerator or brake pedal. The
system does not automatically
adjust the distance to vehicles
in front of you.
WARNING

5-56
Driving your vehicle
3.Push the lever down (SET-), and
release it at the desired speed.The
Set Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle
Distance on the LCD display will
illuminate.
4.Release the accelerator pedal.The
desired speed will automatically be
maintained.
If there is a vehicle in front of you, the
speed may decrease to maintain the
distance to the vehicle ahead.
On a steep grade, the vehicle may
slow down or speed up slightly while
going uphill or downhill.
To increase Smart Cruise
Control set speed
Follow either of these procedures:
• Push the lever up (RES+), and
hold it. Your vehicle set speed will
increase by 5 mph (10 km/h).
Release the lever at the speed you
want.
• Push the lever up (RES+), and
release it immediately.The cruising
speed will increase by 1.0 mph (1.0
km/h) each time you move the
lever up in this manner.
• You can set the speed to 110 mph
(180 km/h).
To decrease the Smart Cruise
Control set speed
Follow either of these procedures:
• Push the lever down (SET-), and
hold it. Your vehicle set speed will
decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h).
Release the lever at the speed you
want.
• Push the lever down (SET-), and
release it immediately.The cruising
speed will decrease by 1.0 mph
(1.0 km/h) each time you move the
lever down in this manner.
• You can set the speed to 20 mph
(30 km/h).
ODH053024
ODH053024
ODH053025

5-57
Driving your vehicle
5
To temporarily accelerate with
the Smart Cruise Control on
If you want to speed up temporarily
when the Smart Cruise Control is on,
depress the accelerator pedal.
Increased speed will not interfere
with Smart Cruise Control operation
or change the set speed.
To return to the set speed, take your
foot off the accelerator.
If you push the lever down (SET-) at
increased speed, the cruising speed
will be set again.
✽✽
NOTICE
Be careful when accelerating tem-
porarily, because the speed is not
controlled automatically at this
time even if there is a vehicle in front
of you.
Smart Cruise Control will be
temporarily canceled when:
Cancelled manually
• Depressing the brake pedal.
• Pressing the CANCEL button
located on the steering wheel.
• Depress the brake pedal and press
the CANCEL button at the same
time, when the vehicle is at a
standstill.
The Advanced Smart Cruise Control
turns off temporarily when the indica-
tor on the LCD display turns off.
The CRUISE indicator is illuminated
continuously.
ODH053026

5-58
Driving your vehicle
Cancelled automatically
• The driver's door is opened.
• The shift lever is shifted to N
(Neutral), R (Reverse) or P (Park).
• The EPB (Electric Parking Brake)
is applied.
• The vehicle speed is over 120 mph
(190 km/h)
• The vehicle stops on a steep
incline.
• The ESC (Electronic Stability
Control), TCS (Traction Control
System) or ABS is operating.
• The ESC is turned off.
• The sensor or the cover is dirty or
blocked with foreign matter.
• When the vehicle is stopped for
more than 5 minutes.
• The vehicle stops and goes repeat-
edly for a long period of time.
• The driver starts driving by pushing
the lever up (RES +) or down
(SET -), approximately 3 seconds
after the vehicle is stopped by the
Smart Cruise Control System with
no other vehicle ahead.
• The driver starts driving by pushing
the lever up (RES +) or down
(SET -), after stopping the vehicle
with a vehicle stopped far away in
front.
• The accelerator pedal is continu-
ously depressed for more than one
minute.
Each of these actions will cancel
the Smart Cruise Control opera-
tion. (The Set Speed and Vehicle-
to-Vehicle Distance on the LCD
display will go off.)
In a condition the Smart Cruise
Control is cancelled automatically,
the Smart Cruise Control will not
resume even though the RES+ or
SET- lever is pushed. Also, the
EPB will be applied when the vehi-
cle is stopped.
✽✽
NOTICE
If the Smart Cruise Control is can-
celled by other than the reasons men-
tioned, have your vehicle checked by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If the system is cancelled, the warn-
ing chime will sound and a message
will appear for a few seconds.
You must adjust the vehicle speed by
depressing the accelerator or brake
pedal according to the road condition
ahead and driving condition.
Always check the road conditions.
Do not rely on the warning chime.
ODH053076L

5-59
Driving your vehicle
5
To resume Smart Cruise Control
set speed
If any method other than the
CRUISE lever was used to cancel
cruising speed and the system is still
activated, the cruising speed will
automatically resume when you
push the lever up (RES+) or down
(SET-).
If you push the lever up (RES+), the
speed will resume to the recently set
speed.However, if vehicle speed has
dropped below approximately
20 mph (30 km/h), it will resume
when there is a vehicle in front of
your vehicle.
✽✽
NOTICE
Always check the road conditions
when you push the lever up (RES+)
to resume speed.
To turn Cruise Control off
Push the CRUISE button (the
CRUISE indicator light will go off).
ODH053023
ODH053025

5-60
Driving your vehicle
Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-
to-Vehicle Distance
To set Vehicle-to-Vehicle
Distance
When the Smart Cruise Control
System is ON, you can set and main-
tain the distance from the vehicle
ahead of you without pressing the
accelerator or brake pedal.
Each time the button is pressed, the
vehicle to vehicle distance changes
as follows:
For example, if you drive at 56 mph
(90 km/h), the distance maintain as
follows:
Distance 4 - approximately 172 feet
(52.5 m)
Distance 3 - approximately 130 feet
(40 m)
Distance 2 - approximately 106 feet
(32.5 m)
Distance 1 - approximately 82 feet
(25 m)
✽✽
NOTICE
Distance 4 is always set when the
system is used for the first time after
starting the engine.
When the lane ahead is clear:
The vehicle speed will maintain the
set speed.
ODH053166N
ODH053027
Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2
Distance 1

5-61
Driving your vehicle
5
When there is a vehicle ahead
of you in your lane:
• Your vehicle speed will slow down
or speed up to maintain the select-
ed distance.
• If the vehicle ahead speeds up,
your vehicle will travel at a steady
cruising speed after accelerating to
the set speed.
(Continued)
• If the warning chime sounds,
depress the accelerator or
brake pedal to actively adjust
the vehicle speed,and the dis-
tance to the vehicle ahead.
• Even if the warning chime is
not activated, always pay
attention to the driving condi-
tions to prevent dangerous
situations from occurring.
Distance 4 Distance 3
Distance 2
Distance 1
ODH053081N/ODH053082N/
ODH053083N/ODH053084N
When using the Smart Cruise
Control System:
• The warning chime sounds
and the Vehicle-to Vehicle
Distance indicator blinks if
the vehicle is unable to main-
tain the selected distance
from the vehicle ahead.
(Continued)
WARNING
ODH053091N

5-62
Driving your vehicle
In traffic situation
• In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the
vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if
the vehicle ahead of you starts
moving, your vehicle will start as
well. However, if the vehicle stops
for more than 3 seconds, you must
depress the accelerator pedal or
push up the lever (RES+) to start
driving.
• If you push the advanced smart
cruise control lever (RES+ or SET-)
while Auto Hold and advanced
smart cruise control is operating
(The green AUTO HOLD indicator),
Auto Hold will be released regard-
less of accelerator pedal operation
and the vehicle will start to move.
Sensor to detect distance to
the vehicle ahead
The Smart Cruise Control uses a
sensor to detect distance to the vehi-
cle ahead.
ODH054028CN
ODH053086L
ODH053088L
If the vehicle ahead (vehicle
speed: less than 20 mph
(30km/h)) disappears to the next
lane, the warning chime will
sound and a message will
appear. Adjust your vehicle
speed for vehicles or objects
that can suddenly appear in
front of you by depressing the
brake pedal.
Always pay attention to the road
condition ahead.
CAUTION

5-63
Driving your vehicle
5
Sensor warning message
If the sensor or cover is dirty or
obscured with foreign matter such as
snow, this message will appear. In
this case, the system may not func-
tion temporarily, but it does not indi-
cate a malfunction of the Smart
Cruise Control System. Clean the
sensor or cover by using a soft cloth.
SCC (Smart Cruise Control)
malfunction message
The message will appear when the
vehicle to vehicle distance control
system is not functioning normally.
Take your vehicle to an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer and have the sys-
tem checked.
• Do not install accessories
around the sensor and do not
replace the bumper by your-
self. It may interfere with the
sensor performance.
• Always keep the sensor and
bumper clean.
• To prevent sensor cover dam-
age from occurring, wash the
car with a soft cloth.
• Do not paint the sensor cover.
• Do not damage the sensor or
sensor area by a strong
impact. If the sensor moves
slightly off position, the Smart
Cruise Control System will
not operate correctly. If this
occurs, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• Use only a genuine HYUNDAI
sensor cover for your vehicle.
CAUTION
ODH053151L
ODH053152L

5-64
Driving your vehicle
Limitations of the system
The Smart Cruise Control System
may have limits to its ability to detect
distance to the vehicle ahead due to
road and traffic conditions.
On curves
• The Smart Cruise Control System
may not detect a moving vehicle in
your lane, and then your vehicle
could accelerate to the set speed.
Also, the vehicle speed will
decrease when the vehicle ahead
is recognized suddenly.
• Select the appropriate set speed
on curves and apply the brakes or
accelerator pedal if necessary.
Your vehicle speed can be reduced
due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane.
Apply the accelerator pedal and
select the appropriate set speed.
Check to be sure that the road con-
ditions permit safe operation of the
Smart Cruise Control.
ODH053092
ODH053093

5-65
Driving your vehicle
5
On inclines
• During uphill or downhill driving,
the Smart Cruise Control System
may not detect a moving vehicle in
your lane, and cause your vehicle
to accelerate to the set speed.
Also, the vehicle speed will rapidly
decrease when the vehicle ahead
is recognized suddenly.
• Select the appropriate set speed
on inclines and apply the brake or
accelerator pedal if necessary.
Lane changing
• A vehicle which moves into your
lane from an adjacent lane cannot
be recognized by the sensor until it
is in the sensor's detection range.
• The sensor may not detect imme-
diately when a vehicle cuts in sud-
denly. Always pay attention to the
traffic, road and driving conditions.
• If a slower vehicle moves into your
lane, your speed may decrease to
maintain the distance to the vehicle
ahead.
• If a faster vehicle which moves into
your lane, your vehicle will acceler-
ate to the set speed.
Vehicle recognition
Some vehicles in your lane cannot
be recognized by the sensor:
- Narrow vehicles such as motorcy-
cles or bicycles
- Vehicles offset to one side
- Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-
decelerating vehicles
- Stopped vehicles
- Vehicles with small rear profile such
as trailers with no loads
ODH053094 ODH053095 ODH053096

5-66
Driving your vehicle
A vehicle ahead cannot be recog-
nized correctly by the sensor if any of
following occurs:
- When the vehicle is pointing
upwards due to overloading in the
trunk
- While the steering wheel is operat-
ing
- When driving to one side of the lane
- When driving on narrow lanes or on
curves
Apply the brake or accelerator pedal
if necessary.
• Your vehicle may accelerate when
a vehicle ahead of you disappears.
• When you are warned that the
vehicle ahead of you is not detect-
ed, drive with caution.
• When vehicles are at a standstill
and the vehicle in front of you
changes to the next lane, be care-
ful when your vehicle starts to
move because it may not recog-
nize the stopped vehicle in front of
you.
ODH053097 ODH053098

5-67
Driving your vehicle
5
• Always look out for pedestrians
when your vehicle is maintaining a
distance with the vehicle ahead.
• Always be cautious for vehicles
with higher height or vehicles car-
rying loads that sticks out from the
back of the vehicle.
ODH053099 ODH053100
When using the Smart Cruise
Control take the following pre-
cautions:
• If an emergency stop is nec-
essary, you must apply the
brakes.The vehicle cannot be
stopped at every emergency
situation by using the Smart
Cruise Control System.
• Keep a safe distance accord-
ing to road conditions and
vehicle speed. If the vehicle to
vehicle distance is too close
during a high-speed driving, a
serious collision may result.
• Always maintain sufficient
braking distance and deceler-
ate your vehicle by applying
the brakes if necessary.
(Continued)
WARNING

5-68
Driving your vehicle
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harm-
ful interference, and
2. This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including inter-
ference that may cause undesired
operation.
(Continued)
• The Smart Cruise Control
System cannot recognize a
stopped vehicle, pedestrians
or an oncoming vehicle.
Always look ahead cautiously
to prevent unexpected and
sudden situations from occur-
ring.
• Vehicles moving in front of
you with a frequent lane
change may cause a delay in
the system's reaction or may
cause the system to react to a
vehicle actually in an adjacent
lane. Always drive cautiously
to prevent unexpected and
sudden situations from occur-
ring.
• Always be aware of the select-
ed speed and vehicle to vehi-
cle distance.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• The Smart Cruise Control
System may not recognize
complex driving situations so
always pay attention to driv-
ing conditions and control
your vehicle speed.
The Smart Cruise Control System
may not operate temporarily due
to electrical interference.
CAUTION

5-69
Driving your vehicle
5
The Lane Keeping Assist System
detects lane markers on the road,
and assists the driver’s steering to
help keep the vehicle between lanes.
When the system detects the vehicle
straying from its lane, it alerts the
driver with a visual and steering
wheel vibration warning, while apply-
ing a slight counter-steering torque,
trying to prevent the vehicle from
moving out of its lane.
LLAANNEE KKEEEEPPIINNGG AASSSSIISSTT SSYYSSTTEEMM ((LLKKAASS)) ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
ODH053029
ODH054161N
Take the following precautions
when using the Lane Keeping
Assist System (LKAS):
• The steering wheel is not con-
tinuously controlled so if the
vehicle speed is at a higher
rate when leaving a lane the
vehicle may not be controlled
by the system.
• Do not steer the steering
wheel suddenly when the
steering wheel is being assist-
ed by the system.
• LKAS prevents the driver
from moving out of the lane
unintentionally by assisting
the driver's steering. However,
the driver should not solely
rely on the system but always
pay attention on the steering
wheel to stay in the lane.
(Continued)
WARNING
The lane keeping assist system
is not a substitute for safe driv-
ing practices, but a conven-
ience function only. It is the
responsibility of the driver to
always be aware of the sur-
rounding and steer the vehicle.
WARNING

5-70
Driving your vehicle
LKAS operation
To operate:
Press the LKAS button with the
Engine Start/Stop button in the ON
position. The indicator (white) illumi-
nates on the cluster.
To cancel:
Press the LKAS button again. The
indicator on the cluster will go off.
(Continued)
• Always check the road condi-
tion and surroundings and be
cautious when the system
cancels, does not operate or
malfunctions.
• Do not place any accessories,
stickers or tint the windshield
near the rearview mirror.
• The system detects lane lines
and controls the steering
wheel by a camera, therefore,
if the lane lines are hard to
detect, the system may not
work properly.
Please refer to "Driver's
Attention".
• Do not remove the LKAS parts
and do not damage the sen-
sor.
• Do not place objects on the
dashboard that reflects light
such as mirrors, white paper,
etc.The system may malfunc-
tion if the sunlight is reflected.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• The operation of the LKAS
can be affected by several fac-
tors (including environmental
conditions). It is the responsi-
bility of the driver to pay
attention to the roadway and
to maintain the vehicle in its
lane at all times.
• Always have your hands on
the steering wheel while the
LKAS system is activated. If
you continue to drive with
your hands off the steering
wheel after the "Keep hands
on steering wheel" warning
illumination, the system will
turn off automatically.
• Always be cautious when
using the system.
ODH053160L

5-71
Driving your vehicle
5
LKAS activation
• The LKAS screen will appear on
the LCD display if the system is
activated.
• When both lane lines are detected
and all the conditions to activate
the LKAS are satisfied (green
steering wheel indicator will illumi-
nate and the LKAS indicator light
will change from white to green),
the steering wheel will be con-
trolled.
If the system detects a lane line, the
color changes from gray to white.
The Lane Keeping Assist
System is a system to prevent
the driver from leaving the lane.
However, the driver should not
solely rely on the system but
always check the road condi-
tions when driving.
WARNING
■ Lane line undetected
■ Lane line detected
ODH053154L
ODH053140L/ODH053141L

5-72
Driving your vehicle
• If the system detects the left lane
line, the left lane line color will
change from gray to white.
• If the system detects the right lane
line, the right lane line color will
change from gray to white.
• Both lane lines must be detected
for the system to fully activate.
Warning
• If you cross a lane line, the lane
line you cross will blink (yellow) on
the LCD display with steering
wheel vibration warning.
• If the steering wheel appears, the
system will control the vehicle’s
steering to prevent the vehicle from
crossing the lane line.
If all the conditions to activate LKAS
is not satisfied, the system will con-
vert to LDWS and warn the driver
only when the driver crosses the lane
lines.
■ Left lane line
detected
■ Right lane line
detected
ODH053142L/ODH053143L
■ Left lane line
■ Right lane line
ODH053144L/ODH053145L
■ Left lane line
■ Right lane line
ODH053142L/ODH053143L

5-73
Driving your vehicle
5
If the driver takes one’s hands off the
steering wheel while the LKAS is
activated, the system will warn the
driver after several seconds with a
visual and acoustic warning.
If the driver still does not have one’s
hand on the steering wheel after sev-
eral seconds, the system will be
automatically turned off.
✽✽
NOTICE
• Even though the steering is assist-
ed by the system, the driver may
control the steering wheel.
• The steering wheel may feel heav-
ier when the steering wheel is
assisted by the system than when it
is not.
ODH053146L
ODH053149L
The warning message may
appear late according to road
conditions. Therefore, always
have your hands on the steering
wheel while driving.
WARNING
• The driver is responsible for
accurate steering.
• Turn off the system and drive
the vehicle in below situa-
tions.
- In bad weather
- In bad road condition
- When the steering wheel
needs to be controlled by the
driver frequently.
WARNING

5-74
Driving your vehicle
A message will appear on the LCD
display if the condition to activate the
LKAS is not satisfied. Also, there will
be an acoustic warning.The warning
will disappear when the conditions
are met.
The system will be cancelled when:
• Vehicle speed is below 40 mph
(60 km/h) and over 110 mph (180
km/h ).
• Only one lane line is detected.
• Using the turn signal to change
lanes. If you change lanes without
the turn signal on, the steering
wheel might be controlled.
• The hazard warning flasher is on.
• The width of the lane is below
10 feet (3.1 m) and over 15 feet
(4.5 m).
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
is activated.
• When the system is on or after
changing a lane, drive in the mid-
dle of the lane.
• The steering will not be assisted
when you drive fast on a sharp
curve.
• The steering will not be assisted
when you change lanes fast.
• The steering will not be assisted
when you brake suddenly.
DRIVER'S ATTENTION
The driver must be cautious in the
below situations may not work
properly when:
• The lane is not visible due to snow,
rain, stain, a puddle or other fac-
tors.
• The brightness outside changes
suddenly such as when entering or
exiting a tunnel.
• The headlamps are not on at night
or in a tunnel, or light level is low.
• It is difficult to distinguish the
color of the lane marking from the
road or the lane line is damaged or
indistinct.
• Driving on a steep grade or a
curve.
• Light such as street light, sunlight
or oncoming vehicle light reflects
from the water on the road.
• The lens or windshield is covered
with foreign matter.
• The sensor cannot detect the lane
because of fog, heavy rain, or
heavy snow.
• The surrounding of the inside rear
view mirror temperature is high
due to direct sun light.
(Continued)
ODH053148L

5-75
Driving your vehicle
5
(Continued)
• The lane is very wide or narrow.
• The windshield is fogged by
humid air in the vehicle.
• A shadow is on the lane line.
• There is a mark that looks like a
lane line.
• There is a boundary structure,
such as a concrete barrier.
• The distance from the vehicle
ahead is very short or the vehicle
ahead drives covering the lane
line.
• The vehicle vibrates heavily due to
road conditions.
• The number of lanes increases or
decreases or the lane lines are
crossing.
• Putting something on the dash-
board.
• Driving with the sun in front of
you.
• Driving in areas under construc-
tion.
• There are more than two lane
lines.
• The lane is merged or divided.
• Driving through a toll plaza or toll
gate.
LKAS malfunction
If there is a problem with the system
a message will appear for 2 seconds.
If the problem continues the LKAS
failure indicator will illuminate.
LKAS failure indicator
The LKAS failure indicator (yellow)
will illuminate if the LKAS is not
working properly. Have your vehicle
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
ODH053147L
ODH053118
ODH053117
■ Type A
■ Type B

5-76
Driving your vehicle
When there is a problem with the
system do one of the following:
• Turn the system on after turning
the engine off and on again.
• Check if the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton is in the ON position.
• Check if the system is affected by
the weather. (ex: fog, heavy rain,
etc.)
• Check if there is foreign matter on
the camera lens.
If the problem is not solved, have
your vehicle checked by an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer.
LKAS function change
ODH053163L/ODH053164L/ODH053165L
The driver can change LKAS to Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS)
or change the LKAS mode between Pre-Departure Control and Post-
Departure Control from the User Settings Mode on the LCD display. The
system is automatically set to Pre-Departure Control if a function is not
selected.
➡➡ ➡➡

5-77
Driving your vehicle
5
Lane Departure Warning System
(LDWS)
LDWS alerts the driver with a visual
warning and steering wheel vibration
warning when the system detects the
vehicle departing the lane.The steer-
ing wheel will not be controlled.
Pre-Departure Control
LKAS assists the driver by control-
ling the steering wheel before lane
departure. When the vehicle is near
the edge of the lane, LKAS starts
controlling the steering wheel to
assist the driver to stay in the lane.
Post-Departure Control
LKAS assists the driver by control-
ling the steering wheel when lane
departure has started. When the
vehicle's front wheel contacts the
inside edge of lane line, LKAS starts
controlling the steering wheel to
assist the driver to stay in the lane.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harm-
ful interference, and
2. This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including inter-
ference that may cause undesired
operation.

5-78
Driving your vehicle
The Blind Spot Detection System
(BSD) uses a radar sensor to alert
the driver.
It senses the rear side territory of the
vehicle and provides an indication to
the driver if it detects an object
approaching from these areas.
(1)BSD (Blind Spot Detection)
The warning range depends on
your vehicle speed. However, if
your vehicle is much faster than
the other vehicle, the system will
not warn you.
(2)LCA (Lane Change Assist)
If the system detects a vehicle
approaching you at high speed,
the system will warn you.
(3)RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert)
If the sensor detects an
approaching vehicle from the left
and right side as your vehicle
moves rearward, the system will
warn you.
BBLLIINNDD SSPPOOTT DDEETTEECCTTIIOONN SSYYSSTTEEMM ((BBSSDD)) ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
ODH053032
Blind spot area
Closing at high speed
• Always check the road condi-
tion while driving for unex-
pected situations even
though the Blind Spot
Detection System (BSD) is
operating.
• The Blind Spot Detection
System (BSD) is a supplemen-
tal system to assist you. Do
not solely rely on the system
and always pay attention and
drive safely.
• The Blind Spot Detection
System (BSD) is not a substi-
tute for proper and safe driv-
ing. Always drive safely and
use caution when changing
lanes or backing the vehicle
up. The Blind Spot Detection
System (BSD) may not detect
every object alongside the
vehicle.
WARNING

5-79
Driving your vehicle
5
BSD (Blind Spot Detection) /
LCA (Lane Change Assist)
Operating conditions
To operate:
Press the BSD switch with the
Engine Start/Stop button in the ON
position. The indicator illuminates on
the switch. If vehicle speed exceeds
20 mph (30km/h) the system will acti-
vate.
To cancel:
Press the BSD switch again. The
indicator on the switch will go off.
When the system is not used, turn
the system off by turning off the
switch.
✽✽
NOTICE
• If the engine is turned off and on,
the system returns to the previous
state.
• When the system is turned on, the
warning light will illuminate for 3
seconds on the outside rearview
mirror.
Warning type
The system will activate when:
1.The system is on.
2.Vehicle speed is above about 20
mph (30 km/h).
3.Other vehicles are detected in the
rear side.
ODH053031
As the Blind Spot Detection
(BSD) system is a supplemental
device for your safe driving, it
may be dangerous to rely on
only the BSD information of the
head up display image when
changing the lane. Always pay
attention to drive safely.
WARNING

5-80
Driving your vehicle
First stage alert
If a vehicle is detected within the
boundary of the system, a warning
light will illuminate on the outside
rearview mirror and the head up dis-
play.
If the detected vehicle is not in warn-
ing range, the warning will turn off
according to driving conditions.
ODH053119
■ Left side
■ Right side
ODH053120
■ Left side
ODH053121
■ Right side
Second stage alert
The second stage alarm will activate when:
1.The first stage alert is on.
2.The turn signal light is on to change a lane.
When the second stage alert is activated, a warning light will blink on the
outside rearview mirror, the head up display and an alarm will sound. Also,
a steering wheel will vibrate (if equipped with LKAS).
If you turn off the turn signal light, the second stage alert will be deacti-
vated.

5-81
Driving your vehicle
5
Detecting sensor
The sensors are located inside of the
rear bumper.
Always keep the rear bumper clean
for the system to work properly.
Warning message
The message will appear to notify
the driver if there are foreign sub-
stances on the rear bumper.The light
on the switch and the system will
turn off automatically.
Remove the foreign substance on
the rear bumper.
After the foreign substance is
removed, if you drive for approxi-
mately 10 minutes, the system will
work normally.
If the system does not work normally
even though the foreign substance is
removed, take your vehicle to an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer and
have the system checked.
If the system does not work properly,
a warning message will appear and
the light on the switch will turn off.
The system will turn off automatical-
ly. Have your vehicle checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
ODH053033L
ODH053150L
ODH053127L

5-82
Driving your vehicle
RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert)
Operating conditions
To operate:
Go to the User Settings Mode
(Driving Assist) and select RCTA
(Rear Cross Traffic Alert) on the LCD
display (For more details, refer to
"LCD Display" in chapter 3.). The
system will turn on and standby to
activate. The system will activate
when vehicle speed is below 6 mph
(10 km/h) with the shift lever in R
(Reverse).
✽✽
NOTICE
The RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic
Alert) detecting range is about 1 feet
(0.5 m) ~ 65 feet (20 m). A vehicle
will be detected if the vehicle speed
is 2.5 mph (4 km/h) ~ 22 mph (36
km/h) within the detecting range.
However, the detecting range may
change under different conditions.
Always pay attention to the sur-
roundings.
Warning type
If the vehicle detected by the sensors
approaches your vehicle, the warn-
ing chime will sound, the warning
light on the outside rearview mirror
will blink and a message will appear
on the LCD display.
ODH054205C
ODH053130L
ODH053131L
■ Left
■ Right

5-83
Driving your vehicle
5
✽✽
NOTICE
• If the detected vehicle is out of the
sensing range of your vehicle,
move the vehicle away from the
detected object slowly; the warn-
ing will be cancelled.
• The system may not operate prop-
erly due to other factors or cir-
cumstances. Always pay attention
to your surrounding.
• If your vehicle's left or right side
bumper is blinded by barrier or
vehicles, the system sensing ability
may be reduced.
• The warning light on the out-
side rearview mirror will illu-
minate whenever a vehicle is
detected at the rear side by
the system.
To avoid accidents, do not
focus only on the warning
light and neglect to see the
surrounding of the vehicle.
• Drive safely even though the
vehicle is equipped with a
Blind Spot Detection System
(BSD) and Rear Cross Traffic
Alert (RCTA). Do not solely
rely on the system but check
your surrounding before
changing lanes or backing the
vehicle up.
The system may not alert the
driver in some conditions so
always check the surround-
ings while driving.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• The Blind Spot Detection
System (BSD) and Rear Cross
Traffic Alert (RCTA) are not a
substitute for proper and safe
driving practices. Always
drive safely and use caution
when changing lanes or back-
ing the vehicles up.The Blind
Spot Detection System (BSD)
may not detect every object
alongside the vehicle.
WARNING

5-84
Driving your vehicle
Non-operating condition
Outside rearview mirror may not
alert the driver when:
- The outside rearview mirror hous-
ing is damaged or covered with
debris.
- The window is covered with debris.
- The windows are severely tinted.
DRIVER'S ATTENTION
The driver must be cautious in the
below situations for the system may
not detect other vehicles or objects
in certain circumstances.
- Curved roads, tollgates, etc.
- The surrounding of the sensor is
polluted with rain, snow, mud, etc
- The rear bumper near the sensor is
covered or hidden with a foreign
matter such as a sticker, bumper
guard, bicycle stand etc.
- The rear bumper is damaged or
the sensor is out of place.
- The height of the vehicle is altered
such as when the trunk is loaded
with heavy objects, or there is low
tire pressure etc.
- Bad weather such as heavy rain or
snow.
- A fixed object is near such as a
guardrail, tunnel, human and ani-
mal etc.
- Metal substances are near the vehi-
cles such as in a construction area.
- A big vehicle is near such as a bus
or truck.
(Continued)
• The system may not work
properly if the bumper has
been replaced or if repair work
has been done near the sensor.
• The detection area differs
according to the roads width. If
the road is narrow the system
may detect other vehicles in
the next lane. In addition, if the
road is very wide the system
may not detect other vehicles.
• The system may turn off due to
strong electromagnetic waves.
CAUTION

5-85
Driving your vehicle
5
(Continued)
- A motorcycle or bicycle is near.
- A flat trailer is near.
- If the vehicle has started at the
same time as the vehicle next to
you and has accelerated.
- When the other vehicle passes by
at a higher rate of speed.
- When changing lanes.
- When going down or up a steep
road where the height of the lane is
different.
- When the other vehicle drives very
close.
- When a trailer or carrier is
installed.
- When the temperature of the rear
bumper is high.
- When the sensors are covered by a
wall or a pillar of a parking lot.
- When your vehicle is backing up, if
the detected vehicle also backs up.
- Small objects like shopping carts
and strollers.
- If there is a vehicle with decreased
ride height (lowered).
(Continued)
(Continued)
- When the vehicle is close to anoth-
er vehicle.
- When the vehicle in the next lane
moves two lanes away from you
OR when the vehicle two lanes
away moves to the next lane from
you.
- When driving through a narrow
road with many trees or bushes.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harm-
ful interference, and
2.This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including inter-
ference that may cause undesired
operation.

5-86
Driving your vehicle
Hazardous driving conditions
When hazardous driving conditions
are encountered such as water,
snow, ice, mud or sand:
Drive cautiously and allow extra dis-
tance for braking.
Avoid sudden movements in braking
or steering.
If stuck in snow, mud, or sand, use
second gear. Accelerate slowly to
avoid spinning the drive wheels.
Use sand, rock salt, or other non-slip
material under the drive wheels to
provide traction when stuck in ice,
snow, or mud.
Rocking the vehicle
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle
to free it from snow, sand, or mud,
first turn the steering wheel right and
left to clear the area around your
front wheels. Then, shift back and
forth between R (Reverse) and a for-
ward gear.
Try to avoid spinning the wheels, and
do not race the engine.
To prevent transmission wear, wait
until the wheels stop spinning before
shifting gears. Release the accelera-
tor pedal while shifting, and press
lightly on the accelerator pedal while
the transmission is in gear. Slowly
spinning the wheels in forward and
reverse directions causes a rocking
motion that may free the vehicle.
SSPPEECCIIAALL DDRRIIVVIINNGG CCOONNDDIITTIIOONNSS
Downshifting with an automatic
transmission while driving on
slippery surfaces can cause an
accident.The sudden change in
tire speed could cause the tires
to skid. Be careful when down-
shifting on slippery surfaces.
WARNING
If the tires spin at high speed the
tires can explode, and you or
others may be injured. Do not
attempt this procedure if people
or objects are anywhere near the
vehicle.
The vehicle can overheat caus-
ing an engine compartment fire
or other damage. Spin the
wheels as little as possible and
avoid spinning the wheels at
speeds over 35 mph (56 km/h) as
indicated on the speedometer.
WARNING

5-87
Driving your vehicle
5
Smooth cornering
Avoid braking or gear changing in
corners, especially when roads are
wet. Ideally, corners should always
be taken under gentle acceleration.
Driving at night
Night driving presents more hazards
than driving in the daylight. Here are
some important tips to remember:
• Slow down and keep more dis-
tance between you and other vehi-
cles, as it may be more difficult to
see at night, especially in areas
where there may not be any street
lights.
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the
glare from other driver's head-
lamps.
• Keep your headlamps clean and
properly aimed. Dirty or improperly
aimed headlamps will make it
much more difficult to see at night.
• Avoid staring directly at the head-
lamps of oncoming vehicles. You
could be temporarily blinded, and it
will take several seconds for your
eyes to readjust to the darkness.
If you are still stuck after rock-
ing the vehicle a few times,have
the vehicle pulled out by a tow
vehicle to avoid engine over-
heating, possible damage to the
transmission, and tire damage.
See “Towing” in chapter 6.
To prevent damage to the trans-
mission, turn OFF the ESC prior
to rocking the vehicle.
CAUTION

5-88
Driving your vehicle
Driving in the rain
Rain and wet roads can make driving
dangerous. Here are a few things to
consider when driving in the rain or
on slick pavement:
• Slow down and allow extra follow-
ing distance. A heavy rainfall
makes it harder to see and increas-
es the distance needed to stop
your vehicle.
• Turn OFF your Cruise Control. (if
equipped)
• Replace your windshield wiper
blades when they show signs of
streaking or missing areas on the
windshield.
• Be sure your tires have enough
tread. If your tires do not have
enough tread, making a quick stop
on wet pavement can cause a skid
and possibly lead to an accident.
Refer to "Tire Tread" in chapter 7.
• Turn on your headlamps to make it
easier for others to see you.
• Driving too fast through large pud-
dles can affect your brakes. If you
must go through puddles, try to
drive through them slowly.
• If you believe your brakes may be
wet, apply them lightly while driv-
ing until normal braking operation
returns.
Hydroplaning
If the road is wet enough and you are
going fast enough, your vehicle may
have little or no contact with the road
surface and actually ride on the
water. The best advice is SLOW
DOWN when the road is wet. The
risk of hydroplaning increases as the
depth of tire tread decreases. (Refer
to "Tire Tread" in chapter 7.)
Driving in flooded areas
Avoid driving through flooded areas
unless you are sure the water is no
higher than the bottom of the wheel
hub. Drive through any water slowly.
Allow adequate stopping distance
because brake performance may be
reduced.
After driving through water, dry the
brakes by gently applying them sev-
eral times while the vehicle is moving
slowly.

5-89
Driving your vehicle
5
Snow or icy conditions
You need to keep sufficient distance
between your vehicle and the vehicle
in front of you.
Apply the brakes gently. Speeding,
rapid acceleration, sudden brake
applications, and sharp turns are
potentially very hazardous practices.
During deceleration, use engine
braking to the fullest extent. Sudden
brake applications on snowy or icy
roads may cause skids to occur.
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it
may be necessary to use snow tires
or to install tire chains on your tires.
Always carry emergency equipment.
Some of the items you may want to
carry include tire chains, tow straps
or chains, a flashlight, emergency
flares, sand, a shovel, jumper cables,
a window scraper, gloves, ground
cloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc.
Snow tires
WWIINNTTEERR DDRRIIVVIINNGG
Standard tire Recommended snow tire
Front Rear Front Rear
Tire size
Wheel
size
Tire size
Wheel
size
Tire size
Wheel
size
Tire size
Wheel
size
245/45R18 8.0Jx18 245/45R18 8.0Jx18
245/45R18
8.0Jx18 245/45R18 8.0Jx18
245/40R19
8.5Jx19
245/40R19
or
275/35R19
8.5Jx19
or
9.0Jx19
245/40R19 8.5Jx19 275/35R19 9.0Jx19 245/40R19
8.5Jx19
245/40R19
or
275/35R19
8.5Jx19
or
9.0Jx19
We recommend you use snow tires when road temperature is below 45°F
(7°C). Refer to the below chart, and mount the recommended snow tire for
your vehicle.

5-90
Driving your vehicle
If you mount snow tires on your vehi-
cle, make sure to use the same infla-
tion pressure as the original tires.
However, if you mount 245/40R19
size tire on the rear, the tire inflation
pressure should maintain 35psi.
Mount snow tires on all four wheels
to balance your vehicle's handling in
all weather conditions. The traction
provided by snow tires on dry road
may not be as high as your vehicle's
original equipment tires. Check with
the tire dealer for maximum speed
recommendations.
✽✽
NOTICE
Do not install studded tires without
first checking local, state and munic-
ipal regulations for possible restric-
tions against their use.
Tire chains
Since the sidewalls on some radial
tires are thinner than other types of
tires, they may be damaged by
mounting certain types of tire chains
on them. Therefore, the use of snow
tires is recommended instead of tire
chains. Do not mount tire chains on
vehicles equipped with aluminum
wheels; if unavoidable use
AutoSock
®
(fabric snow chain).
Install the tire chain after reviewing
the instructions provided with the tire
chains. Damage to your vehicle
caused by improper tire chain use is
not covered by your vehicle manu-
facturer’s warranty.
AutoSock
®
is a Registered trade-
mark of AutoSock.
The use of AutoSock
®
(fabric
snow chain) may adversely
affect vehicle handling:
• Drive less than 20 mph (30
km/h) or the chain manufac-
turer’s recommended speed
limit, whichever is lower.
• Drive carefully and avoid
bumps, holes, sharp turns,
and other road hazards, which
may cause the vehicle to
bounce.
• Avoid sharp turns or locked
wheel braking.
WARNING
ODH053135

5-91
Driving your vehicle
5
✽✽
NOTICE
• Install AutoSock
®
(fabric snow
chain) on the rear tires for 2WD
vehicles or on all four tires for
AWD vehicles. It should be noted
that installing AutoSock
®
(fabric
snow chain) on the tires will pro-
vide a greater driving force, but
will not prevent side skids.
• Do not install studded tires with-
out first checking local, state and
municipal regulations for possible
restrictions against their use.
Chain Installation
When installing AutoSock
®
(fabric
snow chain), follow the manufactur-
er's instructions and mount them as
tightly possible. Drive slowly (less
than 20 mph (30 km/h)) with chains
installed. If you hear the chains con-
tacting the body or chassis, stop and
tighten them. If they still make con-
tact, slow down until the noise stops.
Remove the AutoSock
®
(fabric snow
chain) as soon as you begin driving
on cleared roads.
When mounting AutoSock
®
(fabric
snow chain), park the vehicle on
level ground away from traffic.
Turn on the vehicle Hazard Warning
Flasher and place a triangular emer-
gency warning device behind the
vehicle (if available).
Always place the vehicle in P (Park),
apply the parking brake and turn off
the engine before installing tire
chains.
AutoSock
®
is a Registered trade-
mark of AutoSock.
Winter precaution
Use high quality ethylene glycol
coolant
Your vehicle is delivered with high
quality ethylene glycol coolant in the
cooling system. It is the only type of
coolant that should be used because
it helps prevent corrosion in the cool-
ing system, lubricates the water
pump and prevents freezing.Be sure
to replace or replenish your coolant
in accordance with the maintenance
schedule in section 7. Before winter,
have your coolant tested to assure
that its freezing point is sufficient for
the temperatures anticipated during
the winter.
Check battery and cables
Winter puts additional burdens on
the battery system. Visually inspect
the battery and cables as described
in section 7. The level of charge in
your battery can be checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a
service station.
When using AutoSock
®
(fabric
snow chain):
• Wrong size chains or improp-
erly installed chains can dam-
age your vehicle's brake lines,
suspension, body and wheels.
• If you hear noise caused by
chains contacting the body,
retighten the chain to prevent
contact with the vehicle body.
• To prevent body damage,
retighten the chains after driv-
ing 0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).
CAUTION

5-92
Driving your vehicle
Change to "winter weight" oil if
necessary
In some climates it is recommended
that a lower viscosity "winter weight"
oil be used during cold weather. See
section 8 for recommendations. If
you aren't sure what weight oil you
should use, consult an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Check spark plugs and ignition
system
Inspect your spark plugs as
described in section 7 and replace
them if necessary. Also check all
ignition wiring and components to be
sure they are not cracked, worn or
damaged in any way.
To keep locks from freezing
To keep the locks from freezing,
squirt an approved de-icer fluid or
glycerine into the key opening. If a
lock is covered with ice, squirt it with
an approved de-icing fluid to remove
the ice.If the lock is frozen internally,
you may be able to thaw it out by
using a heated key. Handle the heat-
ed key with care to avoid injury.
Use approved window washer
anti-freeze in system
To keep the water in the window
washer system from freezing, add an
approved window washer anti-freeze
solution in accordance with instruc-
tions on the container.Window wash-
er anti-freeze is available from an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer and
most auto parts outlets. Do not use
engine coolant or other types of anti-
freeze as these may damage the
paint finish.
Don't let your parking brake
freeze
Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged
position. This is most likely to hap-
pen when there is an accumulation
of snow or ice around or near the
rear brakes or if the brakes are wet.
If there is a risk of the parking brake
may freezing, apply it only temporar-
ily while you put the shift lever in P
(automatic transaxle) or in first or
reverse gear (manual transaxle) and
block the rear wheels so the vehicle
cannot roll.Then release the parking
brake.
Don't let ice and snow accumu-
late underneath
Under some conditions, snow and
ice can build up under the fenders
and interfere with the steering.When
driving in severe winter conditions
where this may happen, you should
periodically check underneath the
car to be sure the movement of the
front wheels and the steering com-
ponents is not obstructed.

5-93
Driving your vehicle
Carry emergency equipment
Depending on the severity of the
weather where you drive your car,
you should carry appropriate emer-
gency equipment. Some of the items
you may want to carry include tire
chains, tow straps or chains, flash-
light, emergency flares, sand, a
shovel, jumper cables, a window
scraper, gloves, ground cloth, cover-
alls, a blanket, etc.
Don't place foreign objects or
materials in the engine com-
partment
Placement of foreign objects or
materials which prevent cooling of
the engine, in the engine compart-
ment, may cause a failure or com-
bustion. The manufacturer is not
responsible for the damage caused
by such placement.
Two labels on your driver’s door sill
show how much weight your vehicle
was designed to carry: the Tire and
Loading Information Label and the
Certification Label.
Before loading your vehicle, familiar-
ize yourself with the following terms
for determining your vehicle's weight
ratings, from the vehicle's specifica-
tions and the Certification Label:
Base Curb Weight
This is the weight of the vehicle
including a full tank of fuel and all
standard equipment. It does not
include passengers, cargo, or option-
al equipment.
Vehicle Curb Weight
This is the weight of your new vehicle
when you picked it up from your deal-
er plus any aftermarket equipment.
Cargo Weight
This figure includes all weight added
to the Base Curb Weight, including
cargo and optional equipment.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight)
This is the total weight placed on
each axle (front and rear) - including
vehicle curb weight and all payload.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight that can be carried by a single
axle (front or rear). These numbers
are shown on the Certification Label.
The total load on each axle must
never exceed its GAWR.
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)
This is the Base Curb Weight plus
actual Cargo Weight plus passen-
gers.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight of the fully loaded vehicle
(including all options, equipment,
passengers and cargo). The GVWR
is shown on the Certification Label
located on the driver’s door sill.
5
VVEEHHIICCLLEE LLOOAADD LLIIMMIITT

5-94
Driving your vehicle
Tire loading information label
Vehicle capacity weight
904 lbs. (410 kg)
Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-
mum combined weight of occupants
and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped
with a trailer, the combined weight
includes the tongue load.
Seating capacity
Total : 5 persons
(Front seat : 2 persons,
Rear seat : 3 persons)
Seating capacity is the maximum
number of occupants including a
driver, your vehicle may carry.
However, the seating capacity may
be reduced based upon the weight of
all of the occupants, and the weight
of the cargo being carried or towed.
Do not overload the vehicle as there
is a limit to the total weight, or load
limit including occupants and cargo,
the vehicle can carry.
ODH054201N
ODH054202N
ODH054203N
The label located on the driver's
door sill gives the original tire size,
cold tire pressures recommended
for your vehicle, the number of peo-
ple that can be in your vehicle and
vehicle capacity weight.

5-95
Driving your vehicle
5
Towing capacity
We do not recommend using this
vehicle for trailer towing.
Cargo capacity
The cargo capacity of your vehicle
will increase or decrease depending
on the weight and the number of
occupants and the tongue load, if
your vehicle is equipped with a trail-
er.
Steps for determining correct
load limit
1.Locate the statement "The com-
bined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg
or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle's plac-
ard.
2.Determine the combined weight of
the driver and passengers that will
be riding in your vehicle.
3.Subtract the combined weight of
the driver and passengers from
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4.The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and lug-
gage load capacity. For example, if
the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs.
and there will be five 150 lb. pas-
sengers in your vehicle, the
amount of available cargo and lug-
gage load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
5.Determine the combined weight of
luggage and cargo being loaded
on the vehicle.That weight may not
safely exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity calcu-
lated in Step 4.
6.If your vehicle will be towing a trail-
er, load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult
this manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo and
luggage load capacity of your vehi-
cle.
Do not overload the vehicle as
there is a limit to the total
weight, or load limit, including
occupants and cargo, the vehi-
cle can carry. Overloading can
shorten the life of the vehicle. If
the GVWR or the GAWR is
exceeded, parts on the vehicle
can break, and it can change
the handling of your vehicle.
These could cause you to lose
control and result in an acci-
dent.
WARNING

5-96
Driving your vehicle
Example 1
Maximum Load
(1400 lbs.)
(635 kg)
Passenger Weight
(150 lbs. × 2 = 300 lbs.)
(68 kg × 2 = 136 kg)
Cargo Weight
(1100 lbs.)
(499 kg)
Example 2
Maximum Load
(1400 lbs.)
(635 kg)
Passenger Weight
(150 lbs. × 5 = 750 lbs.)
(68 kg × 5 = 340 kg)
Cargo Weight
(650 lbs.)
(295 kg)
Example 3
Maximum Load
(1400 lbs.)
(635 kg)
Passenger Weight
(172 lbs. × 5 = 860 lbs.)
(78 kg × 5 = 390 kg)
Cargo Weight
(540 lbs.)
(245 kg)
+
≥≥
≥≥
≥≥
+
+

5-97
Driving your vehicle
5
Certification label
The certification label is located on
the driver's door sill at the center pil-
lar and shows the maximum allow-
able weight of the fully loaded vehi-
cle. This is called the GVWR (Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR
includes the weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, fuel and cargo.
This label also tells you the maxi-
mum weight that can be supported
by the front and rear axles, called
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
The total weight of the vehicle,
including all occupants, accessories,
cargo, and trailer tongue load must
not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle
Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out
the actual loads on your front and
rear axles, you need to go to a weigh
station and weigh your vehicle. Be
sure to spread out your load equally
on both sides of the centerline.
OBH059070
Overloading
• Never exceed the GVWR for
your vehicle, the GAWR for
either the front or rear axle
and vehicle capacity weight.
Exceeding these ratings can
affect your vehicle’s handling
and braking ability, and cause
an accident.
• Do not overload your vehicle.
Overloading your vehicle can
cause heat buildup in your
vehicle's tires and possible
tire failure, increased stop-
ping distances and poor vehi-
cle handling-all of which may
result in a crash.
WARNING

We do not recommend using this
vehicle for trailer towing.
If you carry items inside your
vehicle (e.g., suitcases, tools,
packages, or anything else),
they are moving as fast as the
vehicle. If you have to stop or
turn quickly, or if there is a
crash, the items will keep going
and can cause an injury if they
strike the driver or a passenger.
• Put items in the cargo area of
your vehicle.Try to spread the
weight evenly.
• Do not stack items, like suit-
cases, inside the vehicle
above the tops of the seats.
• Do not leave an unsecured
child restraint in your vehicle.
• When you carry something
inside the vehicle, secure it.
WARNING
Overloading your vehicle may
cause damage. Repairs would
not be covered by your warran-
ty.Do not overload your vehicle.
CAUTION
TTRRAAIILLEERR TTOOWWIINNGG
Driving your vehicle
5-98

What to do in an emergency
Hazard warning flasher ........................................6-2
In case of an emergency while driving ..............6-2
If the engine stalls while driving...................................6-2
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing ........6-2
If you have a flat tire while driving..............................6-3
If the engine will not start ...................................6-3
If the engine doesn't turn over or turns over
slowly ..................................................................................6-3
If the engine turns over normally but doesn't
start.......................................................................................6-3
Jump starting ..........................................................6-4
Push-starting .....................................................................6-6
If the engine overheats ........................................6-7
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).........6-9
Check tire pressure...........................................................6-9
Tire pressure monitoring system................................6-10
Low tire pressure telltale..............................................6-11
Low tire pressure position and tire pressure
telltale ................................................................................6-11
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
malfunction indicator .....................................................6-12
Changing a tire with TPMS...........................................6-13
If you have a flat tire..........................................6-15
Jack and tools ..................................................................6-15
Changing tires .................................................................6-16
Jack label...........................................................................6-21
Towing ...................................................................6-22
Towing service .................................................................6-22
Removable towing hook ................................................6-23
Emergency towing ..........................................................6-24
6

6-2
The hazard warning flasher serves
as a warning to other drivers to exer-
cise extreme caution when
approaching, overtaking, or passing
your vehicle.
It should be used whenever emer-
gency repairs are being made or
when the vehicle is stopped near the
edge of a roadway.
To turn the hazard warning flasher
on or off, press the hazard warning
flasher button with the Engine
Start/Stop button in any position.The
button is located in the center fascia
panel. All turn signal lights will flash
simultaneously.
• The hazard warning flasher oper-
ates whether your vehicle is run-
ning or not.
• The turn signals do not work when
the hazard flasher is on.
If the engine stalls while driving
• Reduce your speed gradually,
keeping a straight line. Move cau-
tiously off the road to a safe place.
• Turn on your hazard warning flash-
er.
• Try to start the engine again.If your
vehicle will not start, contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer or
seek other qualified assistance.
If the engine stalls at a cross-
road or crossing
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or
crossing, if safe to do so, move the
shift lever to the N (Neutral) position
and then push the vehicle to a safe
location.
HHAAZZAARRDD WWAARRNNIINNGG FFLLAASSHHEERR
What to do in an emergency
ODH063001
IINN CCAASSEE OOFF AANN EEMMEERRGGEENNCCYY
WWHHIILLEE DDRRIIVVIINNGG

6-3
What to do in an emergency
If you have a flat tire while
driving
If a tire goes flat while you are driving:
• Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal and let the vehicle slow down
while driving straight ahead. Do not
apply the brakes immediately or
attempt to pull off the road as this
may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident. When the
vehicle has slowed to such a speed
that it is safe to do so, brake care-
fully and pull off the road. Drive off
the road as far as possible and park
on firm, level ground. If you are on
a divided highway, do not park in
the median area between the two
traffic lanes.
• When the vehicle is stopped, press
the hazard warning flasher button,
move the shift lever into P(Park),
and apply the parking brake, and
place the Engine Start/Stop button
in the OFF position.
• Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on
the side of the vehicle that is away
from traffic.
• When changing a flat tire, follow
the instructions provided later in
this chapter.
If the engine doesn't turn over
or turns over slowly
• Be sure the shift lever is in N
(Neutral) or P (Park). The engine
starts only when the shift lever is in
N (Neutral) or P (Park).
• Check the battery connections to
be sure they are clean and tight.
• Turn on the interior light. If the light
dims or goes out when you operate
the starter, the battery is drained.
Do not push or pull the vehicle to
start it. This could cause damage to
your vehicle. See instructions for
"Jump Starting" provided in this
chapter.
If the engine turns over nor-
mally but doesn't start
• Check the fuel level and add fuel if
necessary.
If the engine still does not start, have
your vehicle checked by an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer.
6
IIFF TTHHEE EENNGGIINNEE WWIILLLL NNOOTT SSTTAARRTT
Push or pull starting the vehicle
may cause the catalytic con-
verter to overload which can
lead to damage to the emission
control system.
WARNING

6-4
What to do in an emergency
Jump starting can be dangerous if
done incorrectly. Follow the jump
starting procedure in this section to
avoid serious injury or damage to
your vehicle. If in doubt about how to
properly jump start your vehicle, we
strongly recommend that you have a
service technician or towing service
do it for you.
JJUUMMPP SSTTAARRTTIINNGG
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH to you or bystanders,
always follow these precautions
when working near or handling
the battery:
Always read and follow
instructions carefully
when handling a battery.
Wear eye protection
designed to protect the
eyes from acid splashes.
Keep all flames, sparks,
or smoking materials
away from the battery.
(Continued)
WARNING
(Continued)
Hydrogen is always
present in battery cells,
is highly combustible,
and may explode if ignit-
ed.
Keep batteries out of
reach of children.
Batteries contain sulfu-
ric acid which is highly
corrosive. Do not allow
acid to contact your
eyes, skin or clothing.
If acid gets into your eyes, flush
your eyes with clean water for at
least 15 minutes and get imme-
diate medical attention. If acid
gets on your skin, thoroughly
wash the area. If you feel pain or
a burning sensation, get med-
ical attention immediately.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• When lifting a plastic-cased
battery, excessive pressure
on the case may cause battery
acid to leak. Lift with a battery
carrier or with your hands on
opposite corners.
• Do not attempt to jump start
your vehicle if your battery is
frozen.
• NEVER attempt to recharge
the battery when the vehicle’s
battery cables are connected
to the battery.
• The electrical ignition system
works with high voltage.
NEVER touch these compo-
nents with the engine running
or when the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON position.

6-5
What to do in an emergency
6
✽✽
NOTICE
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to
the environment and human
health. Dispose the battery
according to your local
law(s) or regulations.
Jump starting procedure
✽✽
NOTICE
Your vehicle has a battery in the
trunk compartment, but when you
jump start your vehicle, use the
jumper terminal in the engine com-
partment.
1.Position the vehicles close enough
that the jumper cables will reach,
but do not allow the vehicles to
touch.
2.Avoid fans or any moving parts in
the engine compartment at all
times, even when the vehicles are
turned off.
3.Turn off all electrical devices such
as radios, lights, air conditioning,
etc. Put the vehicles in P (Park)
and set the parking brakes. Turn
both vehicles OFF.
4.Open the engine hood.
5.Open the small service cover with
a screwdriver.
6.Remove the engine room fuse box
cover.
To prevent damage to your vehi-
cle:
• Only use a 12-volt power sup-
ply (battery or jumper system)
to jump start your vehicle.
• Do not attempt to jump start
your vehicle by push-starting.
CAUTION
Pb
ODH063031
ODH063032

6-6
What to do in an emergency
7.Connect the jumper cables in the
exact sequence shown in the illus-
tration. First connect one jumper
cable to the red, positive (+)
jumper terminal of your vehicle (1).
8.Connect the other end of the
jumper cable to the red, positive
(+) battery/jumper terminal of the
assisting vehicle (2).
9.Connect the second jumper cable
to the black, negative (-)
battery/chassis ground of the
assisting vehicle (3).
10. Connect the other end of the sec-
ond jumper cable to the black,
negative (-) chassis ground of
your vehicle (4).
Do not allow the jumper cables to
contact anything except the cor-
rect battery or jumper terminals
or the correct ground.Do not lean
over the battery when making
connections.
11. Start the engine of the assisting
vehicle and let it run at approxi-
mately 2,000 rpm for a few min-
utes.Then start your vehicle.
If your vehicle will not start after a
few attempts, it probably requires
servicing. In this event please seek
qualified assistance. If the cause of
your battery discharging is not
apparent, have your vehicle checked
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Disconnect the jumper cables in the
exact reverse order you connected
them:
1.Disconnect the jumper cable from
the black, negative (-) chassis
ground of your vehicle (4).
2.Disconnect the other end of the
jumper cable from the black, nega-
tive (-) battery/chassis ground of
the assisting vehicle (3).
3.Disconnect the second jumper
cable from the red, positive (+) bat-
tery/jumper terminal of the assist-
ing vehicle (2).
4.Disconnect the other end of the
jumper cable from the red, positive
(+) jumper terminal of your vehicle
(1).
Push-starting
Vehicles equipped with automatic
transmission cannot be push-start-
ed.
Follow the directions in this chapter
for jump-starting.

6-7
What to do in an emergency
6
If your temperature gauge indicates
overheating, you experience a loss
of power, or hear loud pinging or
knocking, the engine may be over-
heating. If this happens, you should:
1.Pull off the road and stop as soon
as it is safe to do so.
2.Place the shift lever in P (Park) and
set the parking brake.If the air con-
ditioning is ON, turn it OFF.
3.If engine coolant is running out
under the vehicle or steam is com-
ing out from the hood, stop the
engine. Do not open the hood until
the coolant has stopped running or
the steaming has stopped. If there
is no visible loss of engine coolant
and no steam, leave the engine
running and check to be sure the
engine cooling fan is operating. If
the fan is not running, turn the
engine off.
4.Check for coolant leaking from the
radiator, hoses or under the vehi-
cle. (If the air conditioning had
been in use, it is normal for cold
water to be draining from it when
you stop.)
5.If engine coolant is leaking out,
stop the engine immediately and
call the nearest authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
IIFF TTHHEE EENNGGIINNEE OOVVEERRHHEEAATTSS
While the engine is
running, keep hands,
clothing and tools
away from the mov-
ing parts such as the
cooling fan and drive
belt to prevent seri-
ous injury.
WARNING

6-8
What to do in an emergency
6.If you cannot find the cause of the
overheating, wait until the engine
temperature has returned to nor-
mal.Then, if coolant has been lost,
carefully add coolant to the reser-
voir to bring the fluid level in the
reservoir up to the halfway mark.
7.Proceed with caution, keeping
alert for further signs of overheat-
ing. If overheating happens again,
call an authorized HYUNDAI deal-
er for assistance.
Serious loss of coolant indi-
cates a leak in the cooling sys-
tem and should be checked as
soon as possible by an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
NEVER remove the
radiator cap or the
drain plug while the
engine and radiator
are hot. Hot coolant
and steam may blow out under
pressure, causing serious
injury.
Turn the engine off and wait
until the engine cools down.
Use extreme care when remov-
ing the radiator cap. Wrap a
thick towel around it, and turn it
counterclockwise slowly to the
first stop. Step back while the
pressure is released from the
cooling system. When you are
sure all the pressure has been
released, press down on the
cap, using a thick towel, and
continue turning counterclock-
wise to remove it.
WARNING

6-9
What to do in an emergency
6
(1) Low Tire Pressure Telltale/
TPMS Malfunction Indicator
(2) Low Tire Pressure Position
Telltale and Tire Pressure Telltale
(Shown on the LCD display)
Check tire pressure
• You can check the tire pressure in
the Information Mode on the clus-
ter.
Refer to "User Settings Mode" in
chapter 3.
• Tire pressure is displayed 1~2 min-
utes after driving.
• If tire pressure is not displayed
when the vehicle is stopped, “Drive
to display” message will appear.
After driving, check the tire pres-
sure.
• The displayed tire pressure values
may differ from those measured
with a tire pressure gauge.
• You can change the tire pressure
unit in the User Settings Mode on
the cluster.
- psi, kpa, bar (Refer to "User
Settings Mode" in chapter 3).
TTIIRREE PPRREESSSSUURREE MMOONNIITTOORRIINNGG SSYYSSTTEEMM ((TTPPMMSS))
ODH063007
ODH043232L
ODH063029L

6-10
What to do in an emergency
Tire pressure monitoring sys-
tem
Each tire, including the spare (if pro-
vided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation
pressure recommended by the vehi-
cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac-
ard or tire inflation pressure label. (If
your vehicle has tires of a different
size than the size indicated on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation pres-
sure label, you should determine the
proper tire inflation pressure for
those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a tire
pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
that illuminates a low tire pressure
telltale when one or more of your
tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pres-
sure telltale illuminates, you should
stop and check your tires as soon as
possible, and inflate them to the
proper pressure. Driving on a signifi-
cantly under-inflated tire causes the
tire to overheat and can lead to tire
failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi-
ciency and tire tread life, and may
affect the vehicle’s handling and
stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire mainte-
nance, and it is the driver’s responsi-
bility to maintain correct tire pres-
sure, even if under-inflation has not
reached the level to trigger illumina-
tion of the TPMS low tire pressure
telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped
with a TPMS malfunction indicator to
indicate when the system is not
operating properly. The TPMS mal-
function indicator is combined with
the low tire pressure telltale. When
the system detects a malfunction,
the telltale will flash for approximate-
ly one minute and then remain con-
tinuously illuminated. This sequence
will continue upon subsequent vehi-
cle start-ups as long as the malfunc-
tion exists.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be
able to detect or signal low tire pres-
sure as intended. TPMS malfunc-
tions may occur for a variety of rea-
sons, including the installation of
replacement or alternate tires or
wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or alter-
nate tires and wheels allow the
TPMS to continue to function proper-
ly.

6-11
What to do in an emergency
6
✽✽
NOTICE
If any of the below happens, have
the system checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
1.The Low Tire Pressure Telltale/
TPMS Malfunction Indicator does
not illuminate for 3 seconds when
the Engine Start/Stop button is
turned to the ON position or
engine is running.
2.The TPMS Malfunction Indicator
remains illuminated after blinking
for approximately 1 minute.
3.The Low Tire Pressure Position
Telltale remains illuminated.
Low tire pressure
telltale
Low tire pres-
sure position
and tire pres-
sure telltale
When the tire pressure monitoring
system warning indicators are illumi-
nated and warning message dis-
played on the cluster LCD display,
one or more of your tires is signifi-
cantly under-inflated. The Low Tire
Pressure Position Telltale will indi-
cate which tire is significantly under-
inflated by illuminating the corre-
sponding position light.
If either telltale illuminates, immedi-
ately reduce your speed, avoid hard
cornering and anticipate increased
stopping distances. You should stop
and check your tires as soon as pos-
sible. Inflate the tires to the proper
pressure as indicated on the vehi-
cle’s placard or tire inflation pressure
label located on the driver’s side cen-
ter pillar outer panel.
If you cannot reach a service station
or if the tire cannot hold the newly
added air, replace the low pressure
tire with the spare tire.
The Low Tire Pressure Telltale will
remain on and the TPMS Malfunction
Indicator may blink for one minute
and then remain illuminated (when
the vehicle is driven approximately
20 minutes at speed above 15.5 mph
(25 km/h)) until you have the low
pressure tire repaired and replaced
on the vehicle.
✽✽
NOTICE
The spare tire is not equipped with a
tire pressure sensor.
ODH043232L

6-12
What to do in an emergency
TPMS (Tire Pressure
Monitoring System)
malfunction indicator
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator will
illuminate after it blinks for approxi-
mately one minute when there is a
problem with the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System.
Have the system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
as possible.
✽✽
NOTICE
If there is a malfunction with the
TPMS, the Low Tire Pressure
Position Telltale will not be dis-
played even though the vehicle has
an under-inflated tire.
In winter or cold weather, the
Low Tire Pressure Telltale may
be illuminated if the tire pres-
sure was adjusted to the recom-
mended tire inflation pressure
in warm weather. It does not
mean your TPMS is malfunc-
tioning because the decreased
temperature leads to a propor-
tional lowering of tire pressure.
When you drive your vehicle
from a warm area to a cold area
or from a cold area to a warm
area, or the outside temperature
is greatly higher or lower, you
should check the tire inflation
pressure and adjust the tires to
the recommended tire inflation
pressure.
CAUTION
Low pressure damage
Significantly low tire pressure
makes the vehicle unstable and
can contribute to loss of vehicle
control and increased braking
distances.
Continued driving on low pres-
sure tires can cause the tires to
overheat and fail.
WARNING

6-13
What to do in an emergency
6
Changing a tire with TPMS
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire
Pressure and Position telltales will
come on. Have the flat tire repaired
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
as soon as possible or replace the
flat tire with the spare tire.
The spare tire (if equipped) does not
come with a tire pressure monitoring
sensor.When the low pressure tire or
the flat tire is replaced with the spare
tire, the Low Tire Pressure Telltale
will remain on. Also, the TPMS
Malfunction Indicator will illuminate
after blinking for one minute if the
vehicle is driven at speed above 15.5
mph (25 km/h) for approximately 20
minutes.
Once the original tire equipped with
a tire pressure monitoring sensor is
reinflated to the recommended pres-
sure and reinstalled on the vehicle,
the Low Tire Pressure Telltale and
TPMS Malfunction Indicator will go
off within a few minutes.
If the indicators do not extinguish
after a few minutes, please visit an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Each wheel is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor mounted inside the
tire behind the valve stem (except for
the spare tire). You must use TPMS
specific wheels. It is recommended
that you always have your tires serv-
iced by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible.
You may not be able to identify a tire
with low pressure by simply looking
at it. Always use a good quality tire
pressure gauge to measure. Please
note that a tire that is hot (from being
driven) will have a higher pressure
measurement than a tire that is cold.
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator
may illuminate after blinking for
one minute if the vehicle is near
electric power supply cables or
radio transmitters such as
police stations, government
and public offices,broadcasting
stations, military installations,
airports, transmitting towers,
etc. Additionally, the TPMS
Malfunction Indicator may illu-
minate if snow chains are used
or electronic devices such as
computers, chargers, remote
starters, navigation, etc. This
may interfere with normal oper-
ation of the TPMS.
CAUTION
Never use a puncture-repairing
agent not approved by HYUNDAI
dealer to repair and/or inflate a
low pressure tire. Tire sealant
not approved by HYUNDAI deal-
er may damage the tire pressure
sensor.
CAUTION

6-14
What to do in an emergency
A cold tire means the vehicle has
been sitting for 3 hours and driven for
less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3
hour period.
Allow the tire to cool before measur-
ing the inflation pressure. Always be
sure the tire is cold before inflating to
the recommended pressure.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harm-
ful interference, and
2.This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including inter-
ference that may cause undesired
operation.
✽✽
NOTICE
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user’s authority to operate
the equipment.
• The TPMS cannot alert you to
severe and sudden tire dam-
age caused by external fac-
tors such as nails or road
debris.
• If you feel any vehicle instabil-
ity, immediately take your foot
off the accelerator, apply the
brakes gradually with light
force, and slowly move to a
safe position off the road.
WARNING
Tampering with, modifying, or
disabling the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)
components may interfere with
the system's ability to warn the
driver of low tire pressure con-
ditions and/or TPMS malfunc-
tions. Tampering with, modify-
ing, or disabling the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) components may void
the warranty for that portion of
the vehicle.
WARNING

6-15
What to do in an emergency
6
Jack and tools
➀ Jack handle
② Jack
③ Wheel nut wrench
④ Screw driver
⑤ Spanner
⑥ Towing hook
The jack, jack handle, and wheel lug
nut wrench are stored in the luggage
compartment under the luggage box
cover.
The jack is provided for emergency
tire changing only.
Turn the winged hold down bolt
counterclockwise to remove the
spare tire.
Store the spare tire in the same com-
partment by turning the winged hold
down bolt clockwise.
To prevent the spare tire and tools
from “rattling,” store them in their
proper location.
IIFF YYOOUU HHAAVVEE AA FFLLAATT TTIIRREE
Changing a tire can be danger-
ous. Follow the instructions in
this section when changing a
tire to reduce the risk of serious
injury or death.
WARNING
ODH063008
ODH063030

6-16
What to do in an emergency
If it is hard to loosen the tire hold-
down wing bolt by a hand, you can
loosen it easily using the Jack handle.
1. Put the Jack handle (1) into the
inside of tire hold-down wing bolt.
2.Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt
counterclockwise by the Jack han-
dle to utilize the principles of the
lever and fulcrum.
Changing tires
Follow these steps to change your
vehicle’s tire:
1.Park on a level, firm surface.
2.Move the shift lever into P(Park),
apply the parking brake, and place
the Engine Start/Stop button in the
OFF position.
3.Press the hazard warning flasher
button.
4.Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,
jack, jack handle, and spare tire
from the vehicle.
A vehicle can slip or roll off of a
jack causing serious injury or
death to you or those nearby.
Take the following safety pre-
cautions:
• Never place any portion of
your body under a vehicle that
is supported by a jack.
• NEVER attempt to change a
tire in the lane of traffic.
ALWAYS move the vehicle
completely off the road on
level, firm ground away from
traffic before trying to change
a tire. If you cannot find a
level, firm place off the road,
call a towing service for assis-
tance.
• Be sure to use the jack pro-
vided with the vehicle.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• ALWAYS place the jack on the
designated jacking positions
on the vehicle and NEVER on
the bumpers or any other part
of the vehicle for jacking sup-
port.
• Do not start or run the engine
while the vehicle is on the
jack.
• Do not allow anyone to remain
in the vehicle while it is on the
jack.
• Keep children away from the
road and the vehicle.
WARNING
ODH064034
When you remove or store the
spare tire, don't give a shock to
the battery.
Shock to the battery may cause
failure of electrical circuits.
CAUTION

6-17
What to do in an emergency
6
5.Block both the front and rear of the
tire diagonally opposite of the tire
you are changing.
6.Insert the screwdriver into the
groove of the wheel cap and pry
gently to remove the wheel cap (If
equipped).
7.Loosen the wheel lug nuts counter-
clockwise one turn each in the
order shown above, but do not
remove any lug nuts until the tire
has been raised off of the ground.
8.Place the jack at the designated
jacking position under the frame
closest to the tire you are chang-
ing. The jacking positions are
plates welded to the frame with two
tabs and a raised dot. Never jack
any other position or part of the
vehicle. It may damage to the side
seal molding.
ODH063010
Block
ODH063011 ODH063012

6-18
What to do in an emergency
9.Insert the jack handle into the jack
and turn it clockwise, raising the
vehicle until the tire clears the
ground. Make sure the vehicle is
stable on the jack.
10. Loosen the lug nuts with the
wheel lug nut wrench and
remove them with your fingers.
Remove the wheel from the
studs and lay it flat on the ground
out of the way. Remove any dirt
or debris from the studs, mount-
ing surfaces, and wheel.
11. Install the spare tire onto the
studs of the hub.
12.Tighten the lug nuts with your fin-
gers onto the studs with the
smaller end of the lug nuts clos-
est to the wheel.
13. Lower the vehicle to the ground
by turning the jack handle coun-
terclockwise.
14. Use the wheel lug nut wrench to
tighten the lug nuts in the order
shown. Double-check each lug
nut until they are tight. After
changing tires, we recommend
that an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer tighten the lug nuts to their
proper torque as soon as possi-
ble. The wheel lug nut should
be tightened to 65~79 lb.ft
(9~11 kg.m).
ODH063013 ODH063014

6-19
What to do in an emergency
6
If you have a tire gauge, check the
tire pressure (see “Tires and Wheels”
in chapter 8 for tire pressure instruc-
tions.). If the pressure is lower or
higher than recommended, drive
slowly to the nearest service station
and adjust it to the recommended
pressure. Always reinstall the valve
cap after checking or adjusting tire
pressure. If the cap is not replaced,
air may leak from the tire. If you lose
a valve cap, buy another and install it
as soon as possible. After changing
tires, secure the flat tire and return
the jack and tools to their proper stor-
age locations.
✽✽
NOTICE
Check the tire pressure as soon as
possible after installing a spare tire.
Adjust it to the recommended pres-
sure.
If any of the equipment such as the
jack, lug nuts, studs, or other equip-
ment is damaged or in poor condi-
tion, do not attempt to change the
tire and call for assistance.
Use of compact spare tires
(if equipped)
Compact spare tires are designed for
emergency use only. Drive carefully
on the compact spare tire and
always follow the safety precautions.
Your vehicle has metric threads
on the studs and lug nuts. Make
certain during tire changing
that the same nuts that were
removed are reinstalled. If you
have to replace your lug nuts
make sure they have metric
threads to avoid damaging the
studs and ensure the wheel is
properly secured to the hub.
Consult an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
CAUTION
To prevent compact spare tire
failure and loss of control pos-
sibly resulting in an accident:
• Use the compact spare tire
only in an emergency.
• NEVER operate your vehicle
over 50 mph (80 km/h).
• Do not exceed the vehicle’s
maximum load rating or the
load carrying capacity shown
on the sidewall of the com-
pact spare tire.
• Do not use the compact spare
tire continuously. Repair or
replace the original tire as
soon as possible to avoid fail-
ure of the compact spare tire.
WARNING

6-20
What to do in an emergency
When driving with the compact spare
tire mounted to your vehicle:
• Check the tire pressure after
installing the compact spare tire.
The compact spare tire should be
inflated to 60 psi (420 kPa).
• Do not take this vehicle through an
automatic car wash while the com-
pact spare tire is installed.
• Do not use the compact spare tire
on any other vehicle because this
tire has been designed especially
for your vehicle.
• The compact spare tire’s tread life
is shorter than a regular tire.
Inspect your compact spare tire
regularly and replace worn com-
pact spare tires with the same size
and design, mounted on the same
wheel.
• Do not use more than one compact
spare tire at a time.
✽✽
NOTICE
When the original tire and wheel are
repaired and reinstalled on the vehi-
cle, the lug nut torque must be set
correctly. The correct lug nut tight-
ening torque is 65-79 lb.ft (9-11
kg.m).
To prevent damaging the com-
pact spare tire and your vehicle:
• Drive slowly enough for the
road conditions to avoid all
hazards, such as a potholes
or debris.
• Avoid driving over obstacles.
The compact spare tire diame-
ter is smaller than the diame-
ter of a conventional tire and
reduces the ground clearance
approximately 1 inch (25 mm).
• Do not use tire chains on the
compact spare tire. Because
of the smaller size, a tire chain
will not fit properly.
• Do not use the compact spare
tire on any other wheels, nor
should standard tires, snow
tires, wheel covers or trim
rings be used with the com-
pact spare wheel.
CAUTION

6-21
What to do in an emergency
6
Jack label
1. Model Name
2. Maximum allowable load
3.When using the jack, set your
parking brake.
4.When using the jack, stop the
engine.
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack.
6.The designated locations under
the frame
7.When supporting the vehicle, the
base plate of jack must be vertical
under the lifting point.
8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles
with manual transmission or move
the shift lever to the P position on
vehicles with automatic transmis-
sion.
9.The jack should be used on firm
level ground.
10. Jack manufacturer
11. Production date
12. Representative company and
address
OHYK065010
OHYK065011
OHYK064002
• Type A
■ Example
• Type B
• Type C
The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.

6-22
What to do in an emergency
Towing service
If emergency towing is necessary,
we recommend having it done by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a
commercial tow-truck service.
Proper lifting and towing procedures
are necessary to prevent damage to
the vehicle.The use of wheel dollies
or flatbed is recommended.
When towing the vehicle by flatbed
equipment, secure wheels by using
chocks and tie-down straps (or soft
belts).
Do not place straps over body panels
or through the wheels.
On AWD vehicles, your vehicle must
be towed with a wheel lift and dollies
or flatbed equipment with all the
wheels off the ground.
On 2WD vehicles, it is acceptable to
tow the vehicle with the front wheels
on the ground (without dollies) and
the rear wheels off the ground.
If any of the loaded wheels or sus-
pension components are damaged
or the vehicle is being towed with the
rear wheels on the ground, use a
towing dolly under the rear wheels.
When being towed by a commercial
tow truck and wheel dollies are not
used, the rear of the vehicle should
always be lifted, not the front.
TTOOWWIINNGG
ODH063020
Dolly
A
B
C
ODH063033
Do not lift the vehicle by the tow
fitting or body and chassis
parts. Otherwise the vehicle
may be damaged.
CAUTION
The AWD vehicle should never
be towed with the wheels on the
ground.This can cause serious
damage to the transmission or
the AWD system.
CAUTION
Dolly

6-23
What to do in an emergency
6
When towing your vehicle in an
emergency without wheel dollies :
1.Set the Engine Start/Stop button in
the ACC position.
2.Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).
3.Release the parking brake.
Removable towing hook
(if equipped)
1.Open the trunk, and remove the
towing hook from the tool case.
2.Remove the hole cover pressing
the lower part of the cover on the
bumper.
ODH063021
ODH063022
• Do not tow the vehicle with
the rear wheels on the ground
as this may cause damage to
the vehicle.
• Do not tow with sling-type
equipment. Use wheel lift or
flatbed equipment.
CAUTION
Failure to place the transmis-
sion shift lever in N (Neutral)
may cause internal damage to
the transmission.
CAUTION
ODH063015
ODH063016
■ Front
■ Rear

6-24
What to do in an emergency
3.Install the towing hook by turning it
clockwise into the hole until it is
fully secured.
4.Remove the towing hook and
install the cover after use.
Emergency towing
(if equipped)
If towing is necessary, we recom-
mend you to have it done by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a
commercial tow truck service.
If towing service is not available in an
emergency, your vehicle may be
temporarily towed using a cable or
chain secured to the emergency tow-
ing hook at the front (or rear) of the
vehicle.
Use extreme caution when towing
the vehicle with a cable or chain. A
driver must be in the vehicle to steer
it and operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done
only on hard-surfaced roads for a
short distance and at low speeds.
Also, the wheels, axles, power train,
steering and brakes must all be in
good condition.
ODH063017
ODH063018
■ Front
■ Rear

6-25
What to do in an emergency
6
Always follow these emergency tow-
ing precautions:
• Place the Engine Start/Stop button
in the ACC position so the steering
wheel is not locked.
• Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).
• Release the parking brake.
• Depress the brake pedal with more
force than normal since you will
have reduced braking perform-
ance.
• More steering effort will be
required because the power steer-
ing system will be disabled.
• Use a vehicle heavier than your
own to tow your vehicle.
• The drivers of both vehicles should
communicate with each other fre-
quently.
• Before emergency towing, check
that the hook is not broken or dam-
aged.
• Fasten the towing cable or chain
securely to the hook.
• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady
and even force.
• Use a towing cable or chain less
than 16 feet (5 m) long. Attach a
white or red cloth (about 12 inches
(30 cm) wide) in the middle of the
cable or chain for easy visibility.
• Drive carefully so the towing cable
or chain remains tight during tow-
ing.
• Before towing, check the automat-
ic transmission for fluid leaks under
your vehicle. If the automatic trans-
mission fluid is leaking, flatbed
equipment or a towing dolly must
be used.
ODH063025
To avoid damage to your vehicle
and vehicle components when
towing:
• Always pull straight ahead
when using the towing hooks.
Do not pull from the side or at
a vertical angle.
• Do not use the towing hooks
to pull a vehicle out of mud,
sand or other conditions from
which the vehicle cannot be
driven out under its own
power.
• Limit the vehicle speed to 10
mph (15 km/h) and drive less
than 1 mile (1.5 km) when tow-
ing to avoid serious damage
to the automatic transmis-
sion.
CAUTION

7
Maintenance
7
Maintenance
Engine compartment .............................................7-3
Maintenance services ...........................................7-5
Owner's responsibility......................................................7-5
Owner maintenance precautions ..................................7-5
Owner maintenance...............................................7-6
Owner maintenance schedule........................................7-7
Scheduled maintenance services.........................7-8
Normal maintenance schedule.......................................7-9
Maintenance under severe usage conditions..........7-22
Explanation of scheduled maintenance
items.......................................................................7-24
Engine oil ..............................................................7-27
Checking the engine oil level.......................................7-27
Checking the engine oil and filter ..............................7-28
Engine coolant......................................................7-29
Checking the engine coolant level..............................7-29
Changing engine coolant...............................................7-31
Brake fluid ............................................................7-32
Checking the brake fluid level .....................................7-32
Washer fluid .........................................................7-34
Checking the washer fluid level ..................................7-34
Parking brake .......................................................7-34
Checking the parking brake .........................................7-34
Air cleaner ............................................................7-35
Filter replacement...........................................................7-35
Climate control air filter .....................................7-36
Filter inspection...............................................................7-36
Wiper blades.........................................................7-38
Blade inspection ..............................................................7-38
Blade replacement ..........................................................7-38
Battery...................................................................7-40
For best battery service................................................7-41
Battery recharging .........................................................7-42
Reset features .................................................................7-44
Tires and wheels..................................................7-45
Tire care............................................................................7-45
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures.............7-46
Check tire inflation pressure........................................7-47
Tire rotation .....................................................................7-48
Wheel alignment and tire balance..............................7-49
Tire replacement .............................................................7-49
Wheel replacement.........................................................7-50
Tire traction......................................................................7-50
Tire maintenance ............................................................7-51
Tire sidewall labeling......................................................7-51
Tire terminology and definitions.................................7-55
All season tires ................................................................7-58
7

7
Summer tires ....................................................................7-58
Snow tires .........................................................................7-58
Radial-ply tires ................................................................7-59
Low aspect ratio tires....................................................7-59
Fuses......................................................................7-61
Instrument panel fuse replacement ...........................7-62
Engine compartment panel fuse replacement.........7-64
Fuse/Relay panel description ......................................7-66
Light bulbs.............................................................7-79
Headlamp, position lamp, turn signal lamp, side
marker and front fog lamp bulb replacement .........7-79
Side repeater lamp replacement .................................7-83
Rear combination light bulb replacement.................7-83
High mounted stop lamp ...............................................7-85
License plate light bulb replacement .........................7-86
Interior light bulb replacement ....................................7-86
Appearance care..................................................7-87
Exterior care ....................................................................7-87
Interior care......................................................................7-92
Emission control system .....................................7-94
California perchlorate notice .............................7-98

7-3
7
Maintenance
EENNGGIINNEE CCOOMMPPAARRTTMMEENNTT
1. Engine coolant reservoir
2. Radiator cap
3. Brake fluid reservoir
4. Air cleaner
5. Engine oil dipstick
6. Engine oil filler cap
7.Windshield washer fluid reservoir
8. Fuse box
9. Jumper terminal
ODH013005
■■
Gasoline Engine (Lambda 3.8)
The actual engine compartment the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

7-4
Maintenance
1. Engine coolant reservoir
2. Radiator cap
3. Brake fluid reservoir
4. Air cleaner
5. Engine oil dipstick
6. Engine oil filler cap
7.Windshield washer fluid reservoir
8. Fuse box
9. Jumper terminal
ODH013006L
■■
Gasoline Engine (Tau 5.0)
The actual engine compartment the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

7-5
7
Maintenance
MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE SSEERRVVIICCEESS
You should exercise the utmost care
to prevent damage to your vehicle
and injury to yourself whenever per-
forming any maintenance or inspec-
tion procedures.
We recommend you have your vehi-
cle maintained and repaired by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. An
authorized HYUNDAI dealer meets
HYUNDAI’s high service quality
standards and receives technical
support from HYUNDAI in order to
provide you with a high level of serv-
ice satisfaction.
Owner’s responsibility
Maintenance service and record
retention are the owner’s responsibil-
ity.
You should retain documents that
show proper maintenance has been
performed on your vehicle in accor-
dance with the scheduled mainte-
nance service charts shown on the
following pages. You need this infor-
mation to establish your compliance
with the servicing and maintenance
requirements of your vehicle war-
ranties.
Detailed warranty information is pro-
vided in your Owner’s Handbook &
Warranty Information booklet.
Repairs and adjustments required as
a result of improper maintenance or
a lack of required maintenance are
not covered.
Owner maintenance precau-
tions
Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi-
cient servicing may result in opera-
tional problems with your vehicle that
could lead to vehicle damage, an
accident, or personal injury. This
chapter provides instructions only for
the maintenance items that are easy
to perform. Several procedures can
be done only by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer with special tools.
Your vehicle should not be modified
in any way. Such modifications may
adversely affect the performance,
safety or durability of your vehicle
and may, in addition, violate condi-
tions of the limited warranties cover-
ing the vehicle.
Certain modifications may also be in
violation of regulations established
by the U.S. Department of
Transportation and other federal or
state agencies.
✽✽
NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance dur-
ing the warranty period may affect
warranty coverage. For details, read
the separate Owner’s Handbook &
Warranty Information booklet pro-
vided with the vehicle. If you’re
unsure about any service or mainte-
nance procedure, have it done by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

7-6
Maintenance
OOWWNNEERR MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE
The following lists are vehicle checks
and inspections that should be per-
formed by the owner or an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer at the frequen-
cies indicated to help ensure safe,
dependable operation of your vehi-
cle.
Any adverse conditions should be
brought to the attention of your deal-
er as soon as possible.
These Owner Maintenance vehicle
checks are generally not covered by
warranties and you may be charged
for labor, parts and lubricants used.
Performing maintenance work
on a vehicle can be dangerous.
If you lack sufficient knowledge
and experience or the proper
tools and equipment to do the
work, have it done by an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer. ALWAYS
follow these precautions for
performing maintenance work:
• Park your vehicle on level
ground, move the shift lever
into the P (Park, for automatic
transmission vehicle) posi-
tion, apply the parking brake,
place the Engine Start/Stop
button in the OFF position.
• Block the tires (front and
back) to prevent the vehicle
from moving.
Remove loose clothing or jew-
elry that can become entan-
gled in moving parts.
(Continued)
WARNING
(Continued)
• If you must run the engine
during maintenance, do so
out doors or in an area with
plenty of ventilation.
• Keep flames, sparks, or smok-
ing materials away from the
battery and fuel-related parts.

7-7
7
Maintenance
Owner maintenance schedule
When you stop for fuel:
• Check the engine oil level.
• Check coolant level in the engine
coolant reservoir.
• Check the windshield washer fluid
level.
• Check for low or under-inflated
tires.
While operating your vehicle:
• Note any changes in the sound of
the exhaust or any smell of
exhaust fumes in the vehicle.
• Check for vibrations in the steering
wheel. Notice if there is any
increased steering effort or loose-
ness in the steering wheel, or
change in its straight-ahead posi-
tion.
• Notice if your vehicle constantly
turns slightly or “pulls” to one side
when traveling on smooth, level
road.
• When stopping, listen and check
for unusual sounds, pulling to one
side, increased brake pedal travel
or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.
• If any slipping or changes in the
operation of your transmission
occurs, check the transmission
fluid level.
• Check the automatic transmission
P (Park) function.
• Check the parking brake.
• Check for fluid leaks under your
vehicle (water dripping from the air
conditioning system during or after
use is normal).
At least monthly:
• Check coolant level in the engine
coolant reservoir.
• Check the operation of all exterior
lights, including the stoplights, turn
signals and hazard warning flash-
ers.
• Check the inflation pressures of all
tires including the spare for tires
that are worn, show uneven wear,
or are damaged.
• Check for loose wheel lug nuts.
Be careful when checking your
engine coolant level when the
engine is hot.This may result in
coolant being blown out of the
opening and cause serious
burns and other injuries.
WARNING

7-8
Maintenance
At least twice a year:
(i.e., every Spring and Fall):
• Check radiator, heater and air con-
ditioning hoses for leaks or dam-
age.
• Check windshield washer spray
and wiper operation. Clean wiper
blades with clean cloth dampened
with washer fluid.
• Check headlight alignment.
• Check muffler, exhaust pipes,
shields and clamps.
• Check the seat belts for wear and
function.
At least once a year:
• Clean body and door drain holes.
• Lubricate door hinges and hood
hinges.
• Lubricate door and hood locks and
latches.
• Lubricate door rubber weather
strips.
• Check the air conditioning system.
• Inspect and lubricate automatic
transmission linkage and controls.
• Clean the battery and terminals.
• Check the brake fluid level.
Follow Normal Maintenance
Schedule if the vehicle is usually
operated where none of the following
conditions apply. If any of the follow-
ing conditions apply, you must follow
the Maintenance Under Severe
Usage Conditions.
• Repeated short distance driving.
• Driving in dusty conditions or
sandy areas.
• Extensive use of brakes.
• Driving in areas where salt or other
corrosive materials are used.
• Driving on rough or muddy roads.
• Driving in mountainous areas.
• Extended periods of idling or low
speed operation.
• Driving for a prolonged period in
cold temperatures and/or extreme-
ly humid climates.
• More than 50% driving in heavy
city traffic during hot weather
above 90°F (32°C).
For additional information or assis-
tance see your authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
SSCCHHEEDDUULLEEDD MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE
SSEERRVVIICCEESS

7-9
7
Maintenance
Normal maintenance schedule
The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep
receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the fre-
quency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.
*
1
: If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available
from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
*
2
: Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for
this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality.If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restric-
tion, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of mainte-
nance schedule and consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.
*
3
: Front/rear differential oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water.
*
4
: Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer perform the operation.
*
5
:The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced.
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

7-10
Maintenance
7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 6 months
❑ Rotate tires
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *
1
(7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months)
15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 12 months
❑ Rotate tires
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pad, calipers
❑ Inspect propeller shaft
❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pad
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball
joint, upper arm ball joint
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
❑ Replace climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *
1
(15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)
Normal maintenance schedule

7-11
7
Maintenance
Normal maintenance schedule
22,500 miles (36,000 km) or 18 months
❑ Rotating tires
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(22,500 miles (36,000 km) or 36 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *
1
(22,500 miles (36,000 km) or 36 months)
30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months
❑ Rotate tires
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
❑ Inspect propeller shaft
❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball
joint, upper arm ball joint
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
❑ Inspect brake fluid
❑ Inspect fuel filter *
2
❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter *
2
❑ Inspect parking brake
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank
❑ Replace climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
❑ Replace air cleaner filter
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 48 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *
1
(30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 48 months)

7-12
Maintenance
Normal maintenance schedule
37,500 miles (60,000 km) or 30 months
❑ Rotate tires
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect front(AWD)/rear differential oil *
3
(Inspect 37,500 miles (60,000km) or 48months)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(37,500 miles (60,000 km) or 60 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *
1
(37,500 miles (60,000 km) or 60 months)
45,000 miles (72,000 km) or 36 months
❑ Rotate tires
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
❑ Inspect propeller shaft
❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball
joint, upper arm ball joint
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
❑ Replace climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(45,000 miles (72,000 km) or 72 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *
1
(45,000 miles (72,000 km) or 72 months)

7-13
7
Maintenance
Normal maintenance schedule
52,500 miles (84,000 km) or 42 months
❑ Rotating tires
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(52,500 miles (84,000 km) or 84 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *
1
(52,500 miles (84,000 km) or 84 months)
60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months
❑ Rotate tires
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
❑ Inspect propeller shaft
❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball
joint, upper arm ball joint
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
❑ Inspect brake fluid
❑ Inspect fuel filter *
2
❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter *
2
❑ Inspect parking brake
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank
❑ Inspect drive belts *
5
(First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months
after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)
❑ Inspect valve clearance (Lambda Engine) *
4
(Every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months)
(Continued)

7-14
Maintenance
Normal maintenance schedule
(Continued)
❑ Replace climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
❑ Replace air cleaner filter
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 96 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *
1
(60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 96 months)
67,500 miles (108,000 km) or 54 months
❑ Rotating tires
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(67,500 miles (108,000 km) or 108 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *
1
(67,500 miles (108,000 km) or 108 months)

7-15
7
Maintenance
Normal maintenance schedule
75,000 miles (120,000 km) or 60 months
❑ Rotate tires
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
❑ Inspect propeller shaft
❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball
joint, upper arm ball joint
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
❑ Inspect drive belts *
5
(First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months
after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)
❑ Inspect front(AWD)/rear differential oil *
3
(Inspect 75,000 miles (120,000km) or 96months)
❑ Replace climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(75,000 miles (120,000 km) or 120 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *
1
(75,000 miles (120,000 km) or 120 months)
82,500 miles (132,000 km) or 66 months
❑ Rotating tires
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(82,500 miles (132,000 km) or 132 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *
1
(82,500 miles (132,000 km) or 132 months)

7-16
Maintenance
Normal maintenance schedule
90,000 miles (144,000 km) or 72 months
❑ Rotate tires
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
❑ Inspect propeller shaft
❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball
joint, upper arm ball joint
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
❑ Inspect brake fluid
❑ Inspect fuel filter *
2
❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter *
2
❑ Inspect parking brake
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank
❑ Inspect drive belts *
5
(First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months
after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)
❑ Replace climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
(Continued)
(Continued)
❑ Replace air cleaner filter
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(90,000 miles (144,000 km) or 144 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *
1
(90,000 miles (144,000 km) or 144 months)

7-17
7
Maintenance
Normal maintenance schedule
97,500 miles (156,000 km) or 78 months
❑ Rotating tires
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(97,500 miles (156,000 km) or 156 months)
❑ Replace spark plugs (iridium coated)
❑ Add fuel additives *
1
(97,500 miles (156,000 km) or 156 months)
105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 84 months
❑ Rotate tires
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
❑ Inspect propeller shaft
❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball
joint, upper arm ball joint
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
❑ Inspect drive belts *
5
(First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months
after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)
❑ Replace climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 168 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *
1
(105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 168 months)

7-18
Maintenance
Normal maintenance schedule
120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 96 months
❑ Rotate tires
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
❑ Inspect propeller shaft
❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball
joint, upper arm ball joint
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
❑ Inspect brake fluid
❑ Inspect fuel filter *
2
❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter *
2
❑ Inspect parking brake
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank
❑ Inspect drive belts *
5
(First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months
after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)
❑ Inspect valve clearance (Lambda Engine) *
4
(Every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months)
(Continued)
112,500 miles (180,000 km) or 90 months
❑ Rotating tires
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect front(AWD)/rear differential oil *
3
(112,500 miles (180,000km) or 144months)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(112,500 miles (180,000 km) or 180 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *
1
(112,500 miles (180,000 km) or 180 months)

7-19
7
Maintenance
(Continued)
❑ Replace climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
❑ Replace air cleaner filter
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 192 months)
❑ Replace coolant
(First, 120,000 miles (210,000 km) or 120 months
after every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *
1
(120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 192 months)
Normal maintenance schedule
127,500 miles (204,000 km) or 102 months
❑ Rotating tires
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(127,500 miles (204,000 km) or 204 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *
1
(127,500 miles (204,000 km) or 204 months)

7-20
Maintenance
Normal maintenance schedule
135,000 miles (216,000 km) or 108 months
❑ Rotate tires
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
❑ Inspect propeller shaft
❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball
joint, upper arm ball joint
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
❑ Inspect drive belts *
5
(First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months
after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)
❑ Replace climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(135,000 miles (216,000 km) or 216 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *
1
(135,000 miles (216,000 km) or 216 months)
142,500 miles (228,000 km) or 114 months
❑ Rotating tires
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(142,500 miles (228,000 km) or 228 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *
1
(142,500 miles (228,000 km) or 228 months)

7-21
7
Maintenance
Normal maintenance schedule
No check, No service required
❑ Automatic transmission fluid
150,000 miles (240,000 km) or 120 months
❑ Rotate tires
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
❑ Inspect propeller shaft
❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball
joint, upper arm ball joint
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
❑ Inspect brake fluid
❑ Inspect fuel filter *
2
❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter *
2
❑ Inspect parking brake
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank
❑ Inspect drive belts *
5
(First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months
after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)
(Continued)
(Continued)
❑ Inspect front(AWD)/rear differential oil *
3
(150,000 miles (240,000km) or 192months)
❑ Replace climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
❑ Replace air cleaner filter
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(150,000 miles (240,000 km) or 240 months)
❑ Replace coolant
(First, 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 120 months
after every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months)
❑ Add fuel additives *
1
(150,000 miles (240,000 km) or 240 months)
✽✽
NOTICE
After 120 months or 150,000 miles (240,000 km) contin-
ue to follow the prescribed maintenance intervals.

7-22
Maintenance
Maintenance under severe usage conditions
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer
to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary
MAINTENANCE ITEM
MAINTENANCE
OPERATION
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
DRIVING
CONDITION
Engine oil and filter R
Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or
6 months
A, B, C, D, E, F, G,
H, I, J, K
Air cleaner filter I More frequently C, E
Spark plugs R More frequently A, B, H, I, K
Automatic transmission fluid R Every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I
Front brake disc/pads, calipers I More frequently C, D, G, H
Rear brake disc /pads I More frequently C, D, G, H
Parking brake I More frequently C, D, G, H

7-23
7
Maintenance
Severe driving conditions
A-Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km)
in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freez-
ing temperature
B-Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis-
tances
C-Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-
spread roads
D-Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in
very cold weather
E-Driving in sandy areas
F-Driving in heavy traffic area over 90°F (32°C)
G-Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road
H-Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack
I -Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle
towing
J -Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)
K-Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
MAINTENANCE ITEM
MAINTENANCE
OPERATION
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
DRIVING
CONDITION
Steering gear box, linkage & boots/
Lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I
Drive shafts and boots I
Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or
6 months
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Front(AWD)/rear differential oil R Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km) C, G, H, I, J
Climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
R More frequently C, E
Propeller shaft I
Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or
6 months
C, E

7-24
Maintenance
EEXXPPLLAANNAATTIIOONN OOFF SSCCHHEEDDUULLEEDD MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE IITTEEMMSS
Engine oil and filter
The engine oil and filter should be
changed at the intervals specified in
the maintenance schedule. If the car
is being driven in severe conditions,
more frequent oil and filter changes
are required.
Drive belts
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of
cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil
saturation and replace if necessary.
Drive belts should be checked peri-
odically for proper tension and
adjusted as necessary.
Fuel filter
A clogged filter can limit the speed at
which the vehicle may be driven,
damage the emission system and
cause multiple issues such as hard
starting. If an excessive amount of
foreign matter accumulates in the
fuel tank, the filter may require
replacement more frequently. After
installing a new filter, run the engine
for several minutes, and check for
leaks at the connections. Fuel filters
should be installed by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-
nections
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and
connections for leakage and dam-
age. Have an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer replace any damaged or leak-
ing parts immediately.
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap
The vapor hose and fuel filler cap
should be inspected at those inter-
vals specified in the maintenance
schedule. Make sure a new vapor
hose or fuel filler cap is correctly
replaced.
Air cleaner filter
A genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter
is recommended when the filter is
replaced.
Spark plugs
Make sure to install new spark plugs
of the correct heat range.

7-25
7
Maintenance
Valve clearance
(Lambda engine)
Inspect for excessive valve noise
and/or engine vibration and adjust if
necessary. Have an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer perform the opera-
tion.
Cooling system
Check cooling system components,
such as radiator, coolant reservoir,
hoses and connections for leakage
and damage. Replace any damaged
parts.
Engine coolant
The coolant should be changed at
the intervals specified in the mainte-
nance schedule.
Automatic transmission fluid
Automatic transmission fluid should
not be checked under normal usage
conditions. But in severe conditions,
the fluid should be changed at an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer in
accordance to the scheduled mainte-
nance at the beginning of this chap-
ter.
✽✽
NOTICE
Automatic transmission fluid color
is basically red.
As the vehicle is driven, the auto-
matic transmission fluid will begin
to look darker. This is a normal con-
dition and you should not judge the
need to replace the fluid based upon
the changed color.
The use of a non-specified fluid
could result in transmission
malfunction and failure. Use
only the specified automatic
transmission fluid (refer to
“Recommended Lubricants and
Capacities” in chapter 8).
CAUTION

7-26
Maintenance
Brake hoses and lines
Visually check for proper installation,
chafing, cracks, deterioration and
any leakage. Replace any deteriorat-
ed or damaged parts immediately.
Brake fluid
Check brake fluid level in the brake
fluid reservoir. The level should be
between the MIN and the MAX
marks on the side of the reservoir.
Use only hydraulic brake fluid con-
forming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specifi-
cation.
Parking brake
Inspect the parking brake system
including the parking brake pedal
and cables.
Brake discs, pads, calipers
and rotors
Check the pads for excessive wear,
discs for run out and wear, and
calipers for fluid leakage.
Exhaust pipe and muffler
Visually inspect the exhaust pipes,
muffler and hangers for cracks, dete-
rioration, or damage. Start the
engine and listen carefully for any
exhaust gas leakage. Tighten con-
nections or replace parts as neces-
sary.
Suspension mounting bolts
Check the suspension connections
for looseness or damage. Retighten
to the specified torque.
Steering gear box, linkage &
boots/lower arm ball joint
With the vehicle stopped and the
engine off, check for excessive free-
play in the steering wheel. Check the
linkage for bends or damage. Check
the dust boots and ball joints for
deterioration, cracks, or damage.
Replace any damaged parts.
Drive shafts and boots
Check the drive shafts, boots and
clamps for cracks, deterioration, or
damage. Replace any damaged
parts and, if necessary, repack the
grease.
Air conditioning refrigerant
Check the air conditioning lines and
connections for leakage and dam-
age.

7-27
7
Maintenance
EENNGGIINNEE OOIILL
Checking the engine oil level
1. Follow all of the oil manufacturer’s
precautions.
2. Be sure the vehicle is on level
ground in P (Park) with the parking
brake set and the wheels blocked.
3.Turn the engine on and allow the
engine to reach normal operating
temperature.
4.Turn the engine off and wait about
five minutes for the oil to return to
the oil pan.
5. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,
and re-insert it fully.
6. Pull the dipstick out again and
check the level. The level should
be between F and L.
7. If it is near or at L, add enough oil
to bring the level to F.
✽✽
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your engine:
• Do not overfill with engine oil.
Add oil in small quantities and
recheck level to ensure engine is
not overfilled.
• Do not spill engine oil when
adding or changing engine oil. Use
a funnel to help prevent oil from
being spilled on engine compo-
nents. Wipe off spilled oil immedi-
ately
ODH073002
ODH073061L
■ Lambda 3.8L
■ Tau 5.0L

7-28
Maintenance
✽✽
NOTICE
Use only the specified engine oil
(refer to “Recommended Lubricants
and Capacities” in chapter 8).
Checking the engine oil and
filter
Have engine oil and filter changed by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
according to the Maintenance
Schedule at the beginning of this
chapter.
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Engine oil contains chemicals
known to the State of California
to cause cancer, birth defects
and reproductive harm. Used
engine oil may cause irritation
or cancer of the skin if left in
contact with the skin for pro-
longed periods of time. Always
protect your skin by washing
your hands thoroughly with
soap and warm water as soon
as possible after handling used
oil.
WARNING
ODH073003
ODH073062L
■ Lambda 3.8L
■ Tau 5.0L

7-29
7
Maintenance
EENNGGIINNEE CCOOOOLLAANNTT
The high-pressure cooling system
has a reservoir filled with year-round
antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is
filled at the factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and
coolant level at least once a year, at
the beginning of the winter season
and before traveling to a colder cli-
mate.
Checking the engine coolant
level
Never remove the
radiator cap or the
drain plug while the
engine and radiator
are hot. Hot coolant
and steam may blow out under
pressure, causing serious
injury.
(Continued)
WARNING
(Continued)
Turn the engine off and wait
until the engine cools down.
Use extreme care when remov-
ing the radiator cap. Wrap a
thick towel around it, and turn it
counterclockwise slowly to the
first stop. Step back while the
pressure is released from the
cooling system. When you are
sure all the pressure has been
released, press down on the
cap, using a thick towel, and
continue turning counterclock-
wise to remove it.
ODH073005

7-30
Maintenance
The electric motor for the cooling fan
is controlled by engine coolant tem-
perature, refrigerant pressure and
vehicle speed.As the engine coolant
temperature decreases, the electric
motor will automatically shut off.This
is a normal condition. If your vehicle
is equipped with GDI, the electric
motor for the cooling fan may begin
to operate at any time and continue
to operate until you disconnect the
negative battery cable.
Check the condition and connections
of all cooling system hoses and
heater hoses. Replace any swollen
or deteriorated hoses.
The coolant level should be filled
between the F and the L marks on
the side of the coolant reservoir
when the engine is cool.
If the coolant level is low, add enough
distilled (deionized) water to bring
the level to the F mark, but do not
overfill. If frequent additions are
required, we recommend that you
see an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
for a cooling system inspection.
Recommended engine coolant
• When adding coolant, use only
deionized water, distilled water or
soft water for your vehicle and
never mix hard water in the coolant
filled at the factory.
• An improper coolant mixture can
result in severe malfunction or
engine damage.
• The engine in your vehicle has alu-
minum engine parts and must be
protected by an ethylene-glycol-
based coolant to prevent corrosion
and freezing.
• Do not use alcohol or methanol
coolant or mix them with the spec-
ified coolant.
• Do not use a solution that contains
more than 60% antifreeze or less
than 35% antifreeze, which would
reduce the effectiveness of the
solution.
The electric motor for
the cooling fan may
continue to operate
or start up when the
engine is not running
and can cause serious injury.
Keep hands, clothing and tools
away from the rotating fan
blades of the cooling fan.
WARNING
ODH073004

7-31
7
Maintenance
For mixing percentage, refer to the
following table:
✽✽
NOTICE
If in doubt about the mix ratio, a
50% water and 50% antifreeze mix
is the easiest to mix together as it
will be the same quantity of each. It
is suitable to use for most tempera-
ture ranges of -31°F and higher.
Changing engine coolant
Have coolant changed by an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer according to
the Maintenance Schedule at the
beginning of this chapter.
Ambient
Temperature
Mixture Percentage
(volume)
Antifreeze Water
5°F (-15°C) 35 65
-13°F (-25°C) 40 60
-31°F (-35°C) 50 50
-49°F (-45°C) 60 40
• Do not use engine coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
• Engine coolant can severely
obscure visibility when
sprayed on the windshield
and may cause loss of vehicle
control resulting in an acci-
dent.
• Engine coolant may also
cause damage to paint and
body trim.
WARNING
To prevent damage to engine
parts, put a thick towel around
the radiator cap before refilling
the coolant to prevent the
coolant from overflowing into
engine parts, such as the gener-
ator.
CAUTION

7-32
Maintenance
BBRRAAKKEE FFLLUUIIDD
Checking the brake fluid level
Check the fluid level in the reservoir
periodically.The fluid level should be
between MAX and MIN marks on the
side of the reservoir.
Before removing the reservoir cap
and adding brake fluid, clean the
area around the reservoir cap thor-
oughly to prevent brake fluid contam-
ination.
If the level is low, add the specified
brake fluid to the MAX level.The level
will fall with accumulated mileage.
This is a normal condition associated
with the wear of the brake linings. If
the fluid level is excessively low, have
the brake system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If the brake system requires fre-
quent additions of fluid this
could indicate a leak in the
brake system. Have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
Do not allow brake fluid to come
in contact with your eyes. If
brake fluid comes in contact
with your eyes, flush your eyes
with clean water for at least 15
minutes and get immediate
medical attention.
WARNING
ODH073006

7-33
7
Maintenance
✽✽
NOTICE
Use only the specified brake fluid
(refer to “Recommended Lubricants
and Capacities” in chapter 8).
• Do not allow brake fluid to
contact the vehicle’s body
paint, as paint damage will
result.
• Brake fluid, which has been
exposed to open air for an
extended time should NEVER
be used as its quality cannot
be guaranteed. It should be
disposed of properly.
• Do not use the wrong kind of
brake fluid. A few drops of
mineral based oil, such as
engine oil, in your brake sys-
tem can damage brake sys-
tem parts.
CAUTION

7-34
Maintenance
WWAASSHHEERR FFLLUUIIDD
Checking the washer fluid
level
Check the fluid level in the washer
fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces-
sary. Plain water may be used if
washer fluid is not available.
However, use washer solvent with
antifreeze characteristics in cold cli-
mates to prevent freezing.
Checking the parking brake
Foot type
Check whether the stroke is within
specification when the parking brake
pedal is depressed with 44 lb (20 kg,
196 N) of force. Also, the parking
brake alone should securely hold the
vehicle on a fairly steep grade. If the
stroke is more or less than specified,
have the parking brake adjusted by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Stroke : 3 notch
To prevent serious injury or
death, take the following safety
precautions when using washer
fluid:
• Do not use engine coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
Engine coolant can severely
obscure visibility when
sprayed on the windshield
and may cause loss of vehicle
control resulting in an acci-
dent or damage to paint and
body trim.
• Do not allow sparks or flame
to contact the washer fluid or
the washer fluid reservoir.
Washer fluid may contain
alcohol and can be flamma-
ble.
• Do not drink washer fluid and
avoid contact with skin.
Washer fluid is poisonous to
humans and animals.
• Keep washer fluid away from
children and animals.
CAUTION
ODH073007
ODH053142
PPAARRKKIINNGG BBRRAAKKEE

7-35
7
Maintenance
AAIIRR CCLLEEAANNEERR
Filter replacement
The air cleaner filter can be cleaned
for inspection using compressed air.
Do not attempt to wash or to rinse it,
as water will damage the filter. If
soiled, the air cleaner filter must be
replaced.
We recommend that you visit an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer to
replace air cleaner filter.
Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule
✽✽
NOTICE
If the vehicle is operated in extreme-
ly dusty or sandy areas, replace the
element more often than the usual
recommended intervals (refer to
“Maintenance Under Severe Usage
Conditions” in this chapter).
ODH073008
ODH073063L
■ Lambda engine, Tau engine
■ Tau engine
• Do not drive with the air clean-
er filter removed. This will
result in excessive engine
wear.
• When removing the air clean-
er filter, be careful that dust or
dirt does not enter the air
intake, or damage may result.
• Use HYUNDAI genuine parts,
use of non-genuine parts
could damage the air flow
sensor.
CAUTION

7-36
Maintenance
CCLLIIMMAATTEE CCOONNTTRROOLL AAIIRR FFIILLTTEERR
Filter inspection
The climate control air filter should
be replaced according to the
Maintenance Schedule.If the vehicle
is operated in severely air-polluted
cities or on dusty rough roads for a
long period, it should be inspected
more frequently and replaced earlier.
When you replace the climate control
air filter, replace it performing the fol-
lowing procedure, and be careful to
avoid damaging other components.
1.With the glove box open, remove
the stoppers on both sides to allow
the glove box to hang freely on the
hinges.
2. Remove the support rod (1).
ODH073010ODH073009

7-37
7
Maintenance
3. Remove the climate control air fil-
ter case by pulling out left sides of
the cover.
4. Replace the climate control air fil-
ter.
5. Reassemble in the reverse order
of disassembly.
✽✽
NOTICE
Install a new climate control air fil-
ter in the correct direction with the
arrow symbol (
↓↓
) facing downwards.
Otherwise, the climate control
effects may decrease, possibly with a
noise.
OVI075200KODH073011

7-38
Maintenance
WWIIPPEERR BBLLAADDEESS
Blade inspection
Contamination of either the wind-
shield or the wiper blades with for-
eign matter can reduce the effective-
ness of the windshield wipers.
Common sources of contamination
are insects, tree sap, and hot wax
treatments used by some commer-
cial car washes. If the blades are not
wiping properly, clean both the win-
dow and the blades with a clean
cloth dampened with washer fluid.
✽✽
NOTICE
Commercial hot waxes applied by
automatic car washes have been
known to make the windshield diffi-
cult to clean.
Blade replacement
When the wipers no longer clean
adequately, the blades may be worn
or cracked, and require replacement.
OLMB073019
To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, arms or other compo-
nents, do not:
• Use gasoline, kerosene, paint
thinner, or other solvents on
or near them.
• Attempt to move the wipers
manually.
• Use non-specified wiper
blades.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper
arms or other components, do
not attempt to move the wipers
manually.
CAUTION
The use of a non-specified
wiper blade could result in
wiper malfunction and failure.
CAUTION

7-39
7
Maintenance
Front windshield wiper blade
For your convenience, move the
windshield wiper blades to the serv-
ice position as follows;
After turning off the engine, move the
wiper switch to the single wiping
(MIST) position within 20 seconds
and hold the switch more than 2 sec-
onds until the wiper blade is in the
fully up position.
1. Raise the wiper arm.
2. Turn the wiper blade clip. Then lift
up the blade clip.
3. Push the clip (1) and push up the
wiper arm (2).
4. Push down the wiper arm (3) and
install the new blade assembly in
the reverse order of removal.
5. Return the wiper arm on the wind-
shield.
6. Turn ignition to the ON position
and wiper arms will return to the
normal operating position.
ODH073013
ODH073015
ODH073016
ODH073017
ODH073014
Do not allow the wiper arm to
fall against the windshield,
since it may chip or crack the
windshield.
CAUTION

7-40
Maintenance
BBAATTTTEERRYY
Jump starting can be dangerous if
done incorrectly. Follow the jump
starting procedure in this section to
avoid serious injury or damage to
your vehicle. If in doubt about how to
properly jump start your vehicle, we
strongly recommend that you have a
service technician or towing service
do it for you.
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH to you or bystanders,
always follow these precautions
when working near or handling
the battery:
Always read and follow
instructions carefully
when handling a battery.
Wear eye protection
designed to protect the
eyes from acid splashes.
Keep all flames, sparks,
or smoking materials
away from the battery.
Hydrogen is always
present in battery cells,
is highly combustible,
and may explode if ignit-
ed.
Keep batteries out of
reach of children.
(Continued)
WARNING
(Continued)
Batteries contain sulfu-
ric acid which is highly
corrosive. Do not allow
acid to contact your
eyes, skin or clothing.
If acid gets into your eyes, flush
your eyes with clean water for at
least 15 minutes and get imme-
diate medical attention. If acid
gets on your skin, thoroughly
wash the area. If you feel pain or
a burning sensation, get med-
ical attention immediately.
• When lifting a plastic-cased
battery, excessive pressure
on the case may cause battery
acid to leak. Lift with a battery
carrier or with your hands on
opposite corners.
• Do not attempt to jump start
your vehicle if your battery is
frozen.
(Continued)

7-41
7
Maintenance
For best battery service
The battery is in the trunk.
When replacing the battery, discon-
nect the negative (-) cable (1) and
remove the positive (+) battery fuse
box (2).
• When you do not use the vehi-
cle for a long time in a low
temperature area, disconnect
the battery and keep it
indoors.
• Always charge the battery
fully to prevent battery case
damage in low temperature
areas.
CAUTION
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals, and
related accessories contain
lead and lead compounds,
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer, birth
defects and reproductive harm.
Batteries also contain other
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer.
Wash hands after handling.
WARNING
(Continued)
• NEVER attempt to recharge
the battery when the vehicle’s
battery cables are connected
to the battery.
• The electrical ignition system
works with high voltage.
NEVER touch these compo-
nents with the engine running
or when the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON position.
ODH073029
ODH073030

7-42
Maintenance
• Keep the battery securely mount-
ed.
• Keep the battery top clean and dry.
• Keep the terminals and connec-
tions clean, tight, and coated with
petroleum jelly or terminal grease.
• Rinse any spilled acid from the bat-
tery immediately with a solution of
water and baking soda.
Battery recharging
By battery charger
Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,
calcium-based battery.
• If the battery becomes discharged
in a short time (because, for exam-
ple, the headlights or interior lights
were left on while the vehicle was
not in use), recharge it by slow
charging (trickle) for 10 hours.
• If the battery gradually discharges
because of high electric load while
the vehicle is being used, recharge
it at 20-30A for two hours.
AGM battery
• Absorbent Glass Matt (AGM)
batteries are maintenance-
free and we recommend that
the AGM battery be serviced
by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer. For charging your
AGM battery, use only fully
automatic battery chargers
that are specially developed
for AGM batteries.
• When replacing the AGM bat-
tery, we recommend that you
use parts for replacement
from an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
• Do not open or remove the
cap on top of the battery.This
may cause leaks of internal
electrolyte that could result in
severe injury.
CAUTION

7-43
7
Maintenance
By jump starting
After a jump start from a good bat-
tery, drive the vehicle for 20-30 min-
utes before it is shutoff. The vehicle
may not restart if you shut it off
before the battery had a chance to
adequately recharge. See “Jump
Starting” in chapter 6 for more infor-
mation on jump starting procedures.
✽✽
NOTICE
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to
the environment and human
health. Dispose the battery
according to your local
law(s) or regulation.
Always follow these instruc-
tions when recharging your
vehicle’s battery to avoid the
risk of SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH from explosions or acid
burns:
• Before performing mainte-
nance or recharging the bat-
tery, turn off all accessories
and press the Engine Start/
Stop button to the OFF posi-
tion.
• Keep all flames, sparks, or
smoking materials away from
the battery.
• Always work outdoors or in an
area with plenty of ventilation.
• Wear eye protection when
checking the battery during
charging.
• The battery must be removed
from the vehicle and placed in
a well ventilated area.
(Continued)
WARNING
(Continued)
• Watch the battery during
charging, and stop or reduce
the charging rate if the battery
cells begin boiling violently.
• The negative battery cable
must be removed first and
installed last when the battery
is disconnected. Disconnect
the battery charger in the fol-
lowing order:
(1) Turn off the battery charg-
er main switch.
(2) Unhook the negative
clamp from the negative
battery terminal.
(3) Unhook the positive clamp
from the positive battery
terminal.
• Always use a genuine
HYUNDAI approved battery
when you replace the battery.

7-44
Maintenance
Reset features
Some items need to be reset after
the battery has been discharged or
the battery has been disconnected.
See chapter 3 for:
• Auto up/down window
• Sunroof
• Trip computer
• Climate control system

7-45
7
Maintenance
TTIIRREESS AANNDD WWHHEEEELLSS
Tire care
For proper maintenance, safety, and
maximum fuel economy, you must
always maintain recommended tire
inflation pressures and stay within
the load limits and weight distribution
recommended for your vehicle.
(Continued)
• Replace tires that are worn,
show uneven wear, or are
damaged. Worn tires can
cause loss of braking effec-
tiveness, steering) control, or
traction.
• ALWAYS replace tires with the
same size as each tire that
was originally supplied with
this vehicle. Using tires and
wheels other than the recom-
mended sizes could cause
unusual handling characteris-
tics, poor vehicle control, or
negatively affect your vehi-
cle’s Anti-Lock Brake System
(ABS) resulting in a serious
accident.
Tire failure may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an
accident. To reduce risk of
SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH,
take the following precautions:
• Inspect your tires monthly for
proper inflation as well as
wear and damage.
• The recommended cold tire
pressure for your vehicle can
be found in this manual and
on the tire label located on the
driver’s side center pillar.
Always use a tire pressure
gauge to measure tire pres-
sure. Tires with too much or
too little pressure wear
unevenly causing poor han-
dling.
• Check the pressure of the
spare every time you check
the pressure of the other tires
on your vehicle.
(Continued)
WARNING

7-46
Maintenance
All specifications (sizes and pres-
sures) can be found on a label
attached to the driver’s side center
pillar
Recommended cold tire infla-
tion pressures
All tire pressures (including the
spare) should be checked when the
tires are cold. “Cold tires” means the
vehicle has not been driven for at
least three hours or driven less than
one mile (1.6 km).
Warm tires normally exceed recom-
mended cold tire pressures by 4 to 6
psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not release air
from warm tires to adjust the pres-
sure or the tires will be under-inflat-
ed. For recommended inflation pres-
sure, refer to “Tire and Wheels” in
chapter 8.
Recommended pressures must
be maintained for the best ride,
vehicle handling, and minimum
tire wear.
Over-inflation or under-inflation
can reduce tire life, adversely
affect vehicle handling, and
lead to sudden tire failure that
could result in loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
Severe under-inflation can lead
to severe heat build-up, causing
blowouts, tread separation and
other tire failures that can result
in the loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident. This
risk is much higher on hot days
and when driving for long peri-
ods at high speeds.
WARNING
ODH083005L

7-47
7
Maintenance
Check tire inflation pressure
Check your tires, including the spare
tire, once a month or more.
How to check
Use a good quality tire pressure
gauge to check tire pressure. You
can not tell if your tires are properly
inflated simply by looking at them.
Radial tires may look properly inflat-
ed when they are under-inflated.
Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve stem.Press the tire gauge firm-
ly onto the valve to get a pressure
measurement.If the cold tire inflation
pressure matches the recommended
pressure on the tire and loading
information label, no further adjust-
ment is necessary. If the pressure is
low, add air until you reach the rec-
ommended pressure. Make sure to
put the valve caps back on the valve
stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or
moisture could get into the valve
core and cause air leakage.If a valve
cap is missing, install a new one as
soon as possible.
If you overfill the tire, release air by
pushing on the metal stem in the
center of the tire valve. Recheck the
tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be
sure to put the valve caps back on
the valve stems. Without the valve
cap, dirt or moisture could get into
the valve core and cause air leakage.
If a valve cap is missing, install a new
one as soon as possible.
Under-inflation results in exces-
sive wear, poor handling and
reduced fuel economy. Wheel
deformation is also possible.
Keep your tire pressures at the
proper levels. If a tire frequently
needs refilling, have it checked
by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Over-inflation produces a harsh
ride, excessive wear at the cen-
ter of the tire tread, and a
greater possibility of damage
from road hazards.
CAUTION

7-48
Maintenance
Tire rotation
To equalize tread wear, HYUNDAI
recommends that the tires be rotated
every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or
sooner if irregular wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires for
correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for uneven
wear and damage.Abnormal wear is
usually caused by incorrect tire pres-
sure, improper wheel alignment, out-
of-balance wheels, severe braking or
severe cornering. Look for bumps or
bulges in the tread or side of tire.
Replace the tire if you find either of
these conditions. Replace the tire if
fabric or cord is visible.After rotation,
be sure to bring the front and rear tire
pressures to specification and check
lug nut tightness (proper torque is
65-79 lb.ft [9-11 kg.m]).
Disc brake pads should be inspected
for wear whenever tires are rotated.
✽✽
NOTICE
If your tire is unsymmetrical tire,
check the outside and inside marked
in tire.
If the inside tire is installed on out-
side, the vehicle driving and wear
performance may be damaged.
• Do not use the compact spare
tire for tire rotation.
• Do not mix bias ply and radial
ply tires under any circum-
stances. This may cause
unusual handling characteris-
tics that may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
WARNING
ODH073802
ODH073803
■ 18inch tire
■ 19inch tire

7-49
7
Maintenance
Wheel alignment and tire bal-
ance
The wheels on your vehicle were
aligned and balanced carefully at the
factory to give you the longest tire life
and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to
have your wheels aligned again.
However, if you notice unusual tire
wear or your vehicle pulling one way
or the other, the alignment may need
to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating
when driving on a smooth road, your
wheels may need to be rebalanced.
Tire replacement
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear
indicator will appear as a solid band
across the tread.This shows there is
less than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread
left on the tire.Replace the tire when
this happens.
Do not wait for the band to appear
across the entire tread before replac-
ing the tire.
OLMB073027
Tread wear indicator
Improper wheel weights can
damage your vehicle’s alu-
minum wheels. Use only
approved wheel weights.
CAUTION
To reduce the risk of DEATH or
SERIOUS INJURY:
Replace tires that are worn,
show uneven wear, or are dam-
aged.Worn tires can cause loss
of braking effectiveness, steer-
ing control, and traction.
Always replace tires with the
same size as each tire that was
originally supplied with this
vehicle. Using tires and wheels
other than the recommended
sizes could cause unusual han-
dling characteristics, poor vehi-
cle control, or negatively affect
your vehicle’s Anti-Lock Brake
System (ABS) resulting in a
serious accident.
Tires degrade over time, even
when they are not being used.
Regardless of the remaining
tread, HYUNDAI recommends
that tires be replaced after six
(6) years of normal service.
(Continued)
WARNING

7-50
Maintenance
Compact spare tire replacement
A compact spare tire has a shorter
tread life than a regular size tire.
Replace it when you can see the
tread wear indicator bars on the tire.
The replacement compact spare tire
should be the same size and design
tire as the one provided with your
new vehicle and should be mounted
on the same compact spare tire
wheel. The compact spare tire is not
designed to be mounted on a regular
size wheel, and the compact spare
tire wheel is not designed for mount-
ing a regular size tire.
Wheel replacement
When replacing the metal wheels for
any reason, make sure the new
wheels are equivalent to the original
factory units in diameter, rim width
and offset.
Tire traction
Tire traction can be reduced if you
drive on worn tires, tires that are
improperly inflated or on slippery
road surfaces. Tires should be
replaced when tread wear indicators
appear. To reduce the possibility of
losing control, slow down whenever
there is rain, snow or ice on the road.
(Continued)
Heat caused by hot climates or
frequent high loading condi-
tions can accelerate the aging
process. Failure to follow this
warning may cause sudden tire
failure, which could lead to a
loss of vehicle control resulting
in an accident.
The original tire should be
repaired or replaced as soon as
possible to avoid failure of the
spare and loss of vehicle con-
trol resulting in an accident.The
compact spare tire is for emer-
gency use only. Do not operate
your vehicle over 50 mph (80
km/h) when using the compact
spare tire.
WARNING

7-51
7
Maintenance
Tire maintenance
In addition to proper inflation, correct
wheel alignment helps to decrease
tire wear. If you find a tire is worn
unevenly, have your dealer check the
wheel alignment.
When you have new tires installed,
make sure they are balanced. This
will increase vehicle ride comfort and
tire life. Additionally, a tire should
always be rebalanced if it is removed
from the wheel.
Tire sidewall labeling
This information identifies and
describes the fundamental charac-
teristics of the tire and also provides
the tire identification number (TIN)
for safety standard certification. The
TIN can be used to identify the tire in
case of a recall.
1. Manufacturer or brand name
Manufacturer or brand name is
shown.
2.Tire size designation
A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire
size designation. You will need this
information when selecting replace-
ment tires for your car. The following
explains what the letters and num-
bers in the tire size designation
mean.
Example tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as an
example only; your tire size designa-
tor could vary depending on your
vehicle.)
225/55R18 105T
225 - Tire width in millimeters.
55 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section
height as a percentage of its
width.
R - Tire construction code (Radial).
18 - Rim diameter in inches.
105 - Load Index, a numerical code
associated with the maximum
load the tire can carry.
T - Speed Rating Symbol. See the
speed rating chart in this section
for additional information.
OLMB073028
1
1
2
3
4
5,6
7

7-52
Maintenance
Wheel size designation
Wheels are also marked with impor-
tant information that you need if you
ever have to replace one.The follow-
ing explains what the letters and
numbers in the wheel size designa-
tion mean.
Example wheel size designation:
6.5JX18
6.5 - Rim width in inches.
J - Rim contour designation.
18 - Rim diameter in inches.
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the dif-
ferent speed ratings currently being
used for passenger car tires. The
speed rating is part of the tire size
designation on the sidewall of the
tire.This symbol corresponds to that
tire's designed maximum safe oper-
ating speed.
3. Checking tire life (TIN :Tire
Identification Number)
Any tires that are over six years old,
based on the manufacturing date,
(including the spare tire) should be
replaced by new ones. You can find
the manufacturing date on the tire
sidewall (possibly on the inside of the
wheel), displaying the DOT Code.
The DOT Code is a series of num-
bers on a tire consisting of numbers
and English letters. The manufactur-
ing date is designated by the last four
digits (characters) of the DOT code.
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the DOT means a
plant code number, tire size and
tread pattern and the last four num-
bers indicate week and year manu-
factured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1615 represents
that the tire was produced in the 16th
week of 2015.
Speed
Rating
Symbol
Maximum Speed
S 112 mph (180 km/h)
T 118 mph (190 km/h)
H 130 mph (210 km/h)
V 149 mph (240 km/h)
Z Above 149 mph (240 km/h)

7-53
7
Maintenance
4.Tire ply composition and
material
The number of layers or plies of rub-
ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the
materials in the tire, which include
steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
The letter "R" means radial ply con-
struction; the letter "D“ means diago-
nal or bias ply construction; and the
letter "B" means belted-bias ply con-
struction.
5. Maximum permissible infla-
tion pressure
This number is the greatest amount
of air pressure that should be put in
the tire.Do not exceed the maximum
permissible inflation pressure. Refer
to the Tire and Loading Information
label for recommended inflation
pressure.
6. Maximum load rating
This number indicates the maximum
load in kilograms and pounds that
can be carried by the tire. When
replacing the tires on the vehicle,
always use a tire that has the same
load rating as the factory installed
tire.
7. Uniform tire quality grading
Quality grades can be found where
applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maxi-
mum section width.
For example:
TREAD wear 200
TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a compara-
tive rating based on the wear rate of
the tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified govern-
ment test course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one-and-a-
half times (1½) as well on the gov-
ernment course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual conditions
of their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the norm
due to variations in driving habits,
service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
These grades are molded on the
sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires.
The tires available as standard or
optional equipment on your vehicle
may vary with respect to grade.

7-54
Maintenance
Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest to
lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those
grades represent the tire’s ability to
stop on wet pavement as measured
under controlled conditions on spec-
ified government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction perform-
ance.
Temperature - A, B & C
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B and C representing the
tire’s resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled condi-
tions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can
cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. Grade C
responds to a level of performance
which all passenger car tires must
meet under the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.
Grades B and A represent higher
levels of performance on the labora-
tory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
The traction grade assigned to
this tire is based on straight-
ahead braking traction tests,
and does not include accelera-
tion, cornering, hydroplaning,
or peak traction characteristics.
WARNING
The temperature grade for this
tire is established for a tire that
is properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
under-inflation, over-inflation,
or excessive loading, either
separately or in combination,
can cause heat build-up and
possible sudden tire failure.
This may cause loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
WARNING

7-55
7
Maintenance
Tire terminology and defini-
tions
Air Pressure
The amount of air inside the tire
pressing outward on the tire. Air
pressure is expressed in pounds per
square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).
Accessory Weight
This means the combined weight of
optional accessories. Some exam-
ples of optional accessories are
automatic transmission, power
seats, and air conditioning.
Aspect Ratio
The relationship of a tire's height to
its width.
Belt
A rubber coated layer of cords that is
located between the plies and the
tread.Cords may be made from steel
or other reinforcing materials.
Bead
The tire bead contains steel wires
wrapped by steel cords that hold the
tire onto the rim.
Bias Ply Tire
A pneumatic tire in which the plies
are laid at alternate angles less than
90 degrees to the centerline of the
tread.
Cold Tire Pressure
The amount of air pressure in a tire,
measured in pounds per square inch
(psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a tire
has built up heat from driving.
Curb Weight
This means the weight of a motor
vehicle with standard and optional
equipment including the maximum
capacity of fuel, oil and coolant, but
without passengers and cargo.
DOT Markings
A code molded into the sidewall of a
tire signifying that the tire is in com-
pliance with the U.S. Department of
Transportation motor vehicle safety
standards. The DOT code includes
the Tire Identification Number (TIN),
an alphanumeric designator which
can also identify the tire manufactur-
er, production plant, brand and date
of production.

7-56
Maintenance
GVWR
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
GAWR FRT
Gross Axle Weight Rating for the
Front Axle.
GAWR RR
Gross Axle Weight Rating for the
Rear axle.
Intended Outboard Sidewall
The side of an asymmetrical tire, that
must always face outward when
mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa)
The metric unit for air pressure.
Light Truck (LT) Tire
A tire designated by its manufacturer
as primarily intended for use on light-
weight trucks or multipurpose pas-
senger vehicles.
Load Ratings
The maximum load that a tire is rated
to carry for a given inflation pressure.
Load Index
An assigned number ranging from 1
to 279 that corresponds to the load
carrying capacity of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure
The maximum air pressure to which
a cold tire may be inflated.The max-
imum air pressure is molded onto the
sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating
The load rating for a tire at the maxi-
mum permissible inflation pressure
for that tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle
Weight
The sum of curb weight; accessory
weight; vehicle capacity weight; and
production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight
The number of occupants a vehicle
is designed to seat multiplied by 150
pounds (68 kg).
Occupant Distribution
Designated seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall
An asymmetrical tire has a particular
side that faces outward when mount-
ed on a vehicle. The outward facing
sidewall bears white lettering or
bears manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is higher or
deeper than the same moldings on
the inner facing sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) tire
A tire used on passenger cars and
some light duty trucks and multipur-
pose vehicles.
Ply
A layer of rubber-coated parallel
cords

7-57
7
Maintenance
Pneumatic Tire
A mechanical device made of rubber,
chemicals, fabric and steel or other
materials, that, when mounted on an
automotive wheel, provides the trac-
tion and contains the gas or fluid that
sustains the load.
Production Options Weight
The combined weight of installed
regular production options weighing
over 5 lb.(2.3 kg) in excess of the
standard items which they replace,
not previously considered in curb
weight or accessory weight, includ-
ing heavy duty brakes, ride levelers,
roof rack, heavy duty battery, and
special trim.
Recommended Inflation
Pressure
Vehicle manufacturer's recommend-
ed tire inflation pressure as shown
on the tire placard.
Radial Ply Tire
A pneumatic tire in which the ply
cords that extend to the beads are
laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Rim
A metal support for a tire and upon
which the tire beads are seated.
Sidewall
The portion of a tire between the
tread and the bead.
Speed Rating
An alphanumeric code assigned to a
tire indicating the maximum speed at
which a tire can operate.
Traction
The friction between the tire and the
road surface.The amount of grip pro-
vided.
Tread
The portion of a tire that comes into
contact with the road.
Treadwear Indicators
Narrow bands, sometimes called
"wear bars," that show across the
tread of a tire when only 1/16 inch of
tread remains.
UTQGS
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Standards is a tire information sys-
tem that provides consumers with
ratings for a tire's traction, tempera-
ture and treadwear. Ratings are
determined by tire manufacturers
using government testing proce-
dures. The ratings are molded into
the sidewall of the tire.
Vehicle Capacity Weight
The number of designated seating
positions multiplied by 150 lbs. (68
kg) plus the rated cargo and luggage
load.

7-58
Maintenance
Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire
Load on an individual tire due to curb
and accessory weight plus maximum
occupant and cargo weight.
Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire
Load on an individual tire that is
determined by distributing to each
axle its share of the curb weight,
accessory weight, and normal occu-
pant weight and dividing by 2.
Vehicle Placard
A label permanently attached to a
vehicle showing the original equip-
ment tire size and recommended
inflation pressure.
All season tires
HYUNDAI specifies all season tires
on some models to provide good
performance for use all year round,
including snowy and icy road condi-
tions. All season tires are identified
by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud
and Snow) on the tire sidewall.Snow
tires have better snow traction than
all season tires and may be more
appropriate in some areas.
Summer tires
HYUNDAI specifies summer tires on
some models to provide superior
performance on dry roads. Summer
tire performance is substantially
reduced in snow and ice. Summer
tires do not have the tire traction rat-
ing M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire
side wall. If you plan to operate your
vehicle in snowy or icy conditions,
HYUNDAI recommends the use of
snow tires or all season tires on all
four wheels.
Snow tires
If you equip your car with snow tires,
they should be the same size and
have the same load capacity as the
original tires. Snow tires should be
installed on all four wheels; other-
wise, poor handling may result.Snow
tires should carry 4 psi (28 kPa)
more air pressure than the pressure
recommended for the standard tires
on the tire label on the driver's side of
the center pillar, or up to the maxi-
mum pressure shown on the tire
sidewall, whichever is less. Do not
drive faster than 75 mph (120 km/h)
when your vehicle is equipped with
snow tires.

7-59
7
Maintenance
Radial-ply tires
Radial-ply tires provide improved
tread life, road hazard resistance and
smoother high speed ride. The radi-
al-ply tires used on this vehicle are of
belted construction, and are selected
to complement the ride and handling
characteristics of your vehicle.
Radial-ply tires have the same load
carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias
belted tires of the same size, and use
the same recommended inflation
pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires
with bias-ply or bias belted tires is
not recommended. Any combina-
tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias
belted tires when used on the same
vehicle will seriously deteriorate
vehicle handling.The best rule to fol-
low is: Identical pairs of radial-ply
tires should always be used as a set
for the front tires and a set for the
rear tires.
Longer wearing tires can be more
susceptible to irregular tread wear. It
is very important to follow the tire
rotation interval in this chapter to
achieve the tread life potential of
these tires. Cuts and punctures in
radial-ply tires are repairable only in
the tread area, because of sidewall
flexing. Consult your tire dealer for
radial-ply tire repairs.
Low aspect ratio tires
Low aspect ratio tires, the aspect
ratio is lower than 50, are provided
for sporty looks.
Because low aspect ratio tires are
optimized for handling and braking, it
may be more uncomfortable to ride
in and there is more noise compare
with normal tires.
Do not mix bias ply and radial
ply tires under any circum-
stances.This may cause unusu-
al handling characteristics that
may cause loss of vehicle con-
trol resulting in an accident.
WARNING

7-60
Maintenance
Because the sidewall of the low
aspect ratio tire is shorter than
the normal, the wheel and tire of
the low aspect ratio tire is easi-
er to be damaged. So, follow the
instructions below.
- When driving on a rough road
or off road, drive cautiously
because tires and wheels may
be damaged. And after driving,
inspect tires and wheels.
- When passing over a pothole,
speed bump, manhole, or curb
stone, drive slowly so that the
tires and wheels are not dam-
aged.
- If the tire is impacted, we rec-
ommend that you inspect the
tire condition or contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
- To prevent damage to the tire,
inspect the tire condition and
pressure every 1,800 miles
(3,000km).
CAUTION
• It is not easy to recognize tire
damage with your own eyes.
But if there is the slightest
hint of tire damage, have the
tire checked or replaced
because the tire damage may
cause air leakage from the
tire.
• If the tire is damaged by driv-
ing on a rough road, off road,
pothole, manhole, or curb
stone, it will not be covered by
the warranty.
CAUTION

7-61
7
Maintenance
FFUUSSEESS
A vehicle’s electrical system is pro-
tected from electrical overload dam-
age by fuses.
This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels,
one located in the driver’s side panel
bolster, the other in the engine com-
partment near the battery.
If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-
sories, or controls do not work, check
the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse
has blown, the element inside the
fuse will be melted or broken.
If the electrical system does not
work, first check the driver’s side
fuse panel. Before replacing a blown
fuse, disconnect the negative battery
cable. Always replace a blown fuse
with one of the same rating.
If the replacement fuse blows, this
indicates an electrical problem.Avoid
using the system involved and imme-
diately consult an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
Three kinds of fuses are used: blade
type for lower amperage rating, car-
tridge type, and fusible link for
higher amperage ratings.
NEVER replace a fuse with any-
thing but another fuse of the
same rating.
• A higher capacity fuse could
cause damage and possibly
cause a fire.
• Do not install a wire or alu-
minum foil instead of the
proper fuse - even as a tem-
porary repair. It may cause
extensive wiring damage and
possibly a fire.
WARNING
Normal
Normal
■ Blade type
■ Cartridge type
■ Multi fuse
Blown
Blown
Normal Blown
■ Fusible link
Normal
Blown
OLMB073029/OBH072060

7-62
Maintenance
Instrument panel fuse replace-
ment
1.Turn the engine off.
2.Turn all other switches OFF.
3. Open the fuse panel cover.
4. Refer to the label on the inside of
the fuse panel cover to locate the
suspected fuse location.
5. Pull the suspected fuse straight
out. Use the removal tool provided
in the engine compartment fuses
panel.
6. Remove and check the suspected
fuse; replace it if it is blown. Spare
fuses are provided in the instru-
ment panel fuse panels (or in the
engine compartment fuse panel).
7. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Do not use a screwdriver or any
other metal object to remove
fuses because it may cause a
short circuit and damage the
system.
CAUTION
ODH073054
ODH073031

7-63
7
Maintenance
In an emergency, if you do not have
a spare fuse, use a fuse of the same
rating from a circuit you may not
need for operating the vehicle, such
as the cigarette lighter fuse.
If the headlamps or other electrical
components do not work and the
fuses are OK, check the fuse panel
in the engine compartment. If a fuse
is blown, it must be replaced with the
same rating.
Fuse switch
Always, place the fuse switch to the
ON position.
If you move the switch to the OFF
position, some items such as audio
and digital clock must be reset and
the smart key may not work properly.
ODH073032
• Always place the fuse switch
in the ON position while driv-
ing the vehicle.
• Do not move the transporta-
tion fuse switch repeatedly.
The fuse switch may be dam-
aged.
CAUTION

7-64
Maintenance
Engine compartment panel
fuse replacement
1.Turn the engine off.
2.Turn all other switches OFF.
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tap and pulling up.
4. Remove and check the suspected
fuse; replace it if it is blown. To
remove or insert the fuse, use the
fuse puller in the engine compart-
ment fuse panel.
5. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Main fuse
If the main fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1.Turn off the engine.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling it up.
4. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-
ture above.
5. Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating.
6. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
ODH073054
ODH073056
ODH073057A

7-65
7
Maintenance
✽✽
NOTICE
If the main fuse is blown, consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Multi fuse
If the multi fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1.Turn off the engine.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling up.
4. Remove the bolts shown in the
picture above.
5. Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating.
6. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
✽✽
NOTICE
If the multi fuse is blown, consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
ODH073055

7-66
Maintenance
Fuse/Relay panel description
Instrument panel fuse panel
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you
can find the fuse/relay label describ-
ing fuse/relay name and capacity.
✽✽
NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in
this manual may be applicable to
your vehicle; the information is
accurate at the time of printing.
When you inspect the fuse box on
your vehicle, refer to the fuse box
label.
ODH073035
ODH074051N

7-67
7
Maintenance
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
P/HANDLE 15A Steering Tilt & Telescopic Module
3
MEMORY 10A Passenger Power Outside Mirror
CLUSTER 10A Instrument Cluster, Head-Up Display
GATEWAY 10A Gateway (IG1 (MCU))
A/BAG IND 10A Instrument Cluster, A/C Control Module
3
SMART KEY 10A Smart Key Control Module
3
MODULE 10A BCM, Sport Mode Switch, Stop Lamp Switch, Driver/Passenger Door Module, Rear Door Module LH/RH
S/HEATER PASS 20A Passenger CCS Module, Passenger Seat Warmer Control Module
2
MEMORY 10A Driver Power Outside Mirror
1
MULTI MEDIA 20A Fuse - MULTIMEDIA 2, A/V & Navigation Head Unit
B/A HORN 10A Burglar Alarm Horn Relay
9
MODULE 10A Multifunction Switch
4
MODULE 10A
Steering Tilt & Telescopic Module, Blind Spot Detection Radar LH/RH Crash Pad Switch,
Tire Pressure Monitoring Module, Console Switch LH/RH, Front Parking Assist Sensor LH/RH,
Front Parking Assist Sensor (Center), ECS Unit, Electric Parking Brake Switch,
Rear Parking Assist Sensor LH/RH, Rear Parking Assist Sensor (Center), LKAS Module
5
MODULE 10A
Multipurpose Check Connector, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Electro Chromic Mirror, A/C Control Module,
I-Box, AMP, Driver/Passenger CCS Module, Driver Power Seat Switch, Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer
Control Module, Rear Seat Warmer Control Module LH/RH, Driver IMS Control Module

7-68
Maintenance
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
10
MODULE 10A BCM
2
MULTI MEDIA 10A Keyboard, I-Box, Front Monitor
1
MEMORY 10A
Steering Tilt & Telescopic Module, External Buzzer, BCM, Analog Clock, A/C Control Module,
Tire Pressure Monitoring Module, Security Indicator, Head-Up Display, Instrument Cluster,
Driver/Passenger Door Module, Rear Door Module LH/RH, Power Trunk Lid Control Module
1
SMART KEY 10A Start/Stop Button Switch
8
MODULE 10A BCM, Smart Key Control Module
A/CON 10A Metal Core Block (PCB #1 - Blower Relay), Ionizer Co2 Sensor, A/C Control Module
P/DOOR PASS 15A Passenger Door Latch
DOOR LAMP 10A Driver/Passenger Door Module, Rear Door Module LH/RH
7
MODULE 10A
Parking Guide Unit, Head-Up Display Sunroof, Passenger Lumbar Support Unit,
Clock Spring (Steering Wheel Remote Control Switch)
PRESAFETY
SEAT BELT
10A Pre-Safe Seat Belt Module
3
POWER OUTLET 20A Not Used
STOP LAMP 15A Stop Signal Electronic Module
1
MODULE 10A Gateway (B+ (MCU)), Rain Sensor, Hazard Switch Trunk Lid Main Switch, Electric Parking Brake Switch
A/BAG 15A SRS Control Module
1
P/SEAT PASS 30A Passenger Power Seat Relay Box
INTERIOR LAMP 10A
Room Lamp, Room Lamp LH/RH, Overhead Console Lamp, Glove Box, Front Vanity Lamp LH/RH,
Driver/Passenger Foot Lamp, Trunk Room Lamp LH/RH

7-69
7
Maintenance
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
2
SMART KEY 15A Smart Key Control Module
1
POWER OUTLET 20A Front Power Outlet & Cigarette Lighter
6
MODULE 15A
Head Lamp LH/RH, Auto Hold & Drive Mode Switch, Auto Head Lamp Leveling Device Module, A/T Shift
Lever IND.
P/WDW LH 30A Driver Power Window Module, Rear Door Module LH, Rear Power Window Module LH
SUNROOF 25A Sunroof Motor
BRAKE SWITCH 10A Stop Lamp Switch, Smart Key Control Module
2
POWER OUTLET 20A Front Power Outlet & Cigarette Lighter
HTD STRG 15A Clock Spring (Steering Wheel Heated Module)
1
P/SEAT DRV 30A Driver IMS Control Module, Driver Power Seat Relay Box
P/DOOR DRV 15A Driver Door Latch
2
MODULE 10A
BCM, Smart Key Control Module, Overhead Console Lamp, Analog Clock, A/V & Navigation Head Unit,
Keyboard, I-Box, Front Monitor, Parking Guide Unit

7-70
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you
can find the fuse/relay label describ-
ing fuse/relay name and capacity.
✽✽
NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in
this manual may be applicable to
your vehicle; the information is
accurate at the time of printing.
When you inspect the fuse panel in
your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel
label.
ODH073033
ODH073034

7-71
7
Maintenance
Engine compartment main fuse panel
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
ALT 200A
Alternator, Multifuse (BATT) - B+2/ B+5/ MDPS 1/ C/FAN, Fuse - P/SEAT DRV 2/ P/SEAT RR/ SEAT
LUMBAR/ ESC 1/ ESC 2
1
B+ 60A
IGPM (Fuse - BRAKE SWITCH, Leak Current Autocut Device (Fuse - INTERIOR LAMP/ MULTI MEDIA 1/
MEMORY 1/ MEMORY 2/ MEMORY 3), IPS 1)
3
B+ 60A IGPM (Fuse - SMART KEY 1/ SMART KEY 2/ MODULE 1/ B/A HORN, IPS 2/IPS 3/IPS 5/IPS 7)
4
B+ 60A IGPM (Fuse - DOOR LAMP/ STOP LAMP, IPS 4/IPS 6)
6
B+ 60A Metal Core Block (PCB #1 Fuse - ECU 3/ IG2/ MODULE 1)
7
B+ 80A Metal Core Block (PCB #2 Fuse - HORN/ ACC/ EPB 1/ EPB 2)
2
B+ 60A
IGPM (Fuse - P/HANDLE/ P/WDW LH/ P/SEAT PASS 1/ S/HEATER PASS/ MODULE 10/ SUNROOF/
P/DOOR DRV/ P/DOOR PASS)
C/FAN 70A RLY. 1 (C/Fan Relay)
5
B+ 80A Metal Core Block (PCB #1 Fuse - BLOWER/ DEICER/ H/LAMP WASHER)
MDPS 1 125A MDPS Unit
B/UP LAMP 10A
TCM, Transmission Range Switch, Rear Combination Lamp (IN) LH/RH, Electro Chromic Mirror, A/V &
Navigation Head Unit
P/SEAT RR 30A Not Used
1
ESC 40A ESC Module, Multipurpose Check Connector
2
ESC 40A ESC Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

7-72
Maintenance
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
SEAT LUMBAR 10A Driver/Passenger Power Seat Relay Box, Driver/Passenger Lumbar Support Unit
2
P/SEAT DRV 25A Driver IMS Control Module, Driver Power Seat Switch, Driver Power Seat Relay Box
ACTIVE
HOOD LH
30A Not Used
ACTIVE
HOOD RH
30A Not Used
WIPER 30A Wiper Motor
S/HEATER DRV 25A Driver CCS Module, Driver Seat Warmer Control Module
4WD 30A 4WD ECM
1
PRESAFETY
SEAT BELT
30A Pre-Safe Seat Belt Module
2
PRESAFETY
SEAT BELT
30A Pre-Safe Seat Belt Module
H/LAMP HI SOL 10A Metal Core Block (PCB #2 - Head Lamp High Solenoid Relay)

7-73
7
Maintenance
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
IG2 30A IG2 Relay
3
ECU 30A Engine Control Relay
1
MODULE 10A 4WD ECM, Smart Cruise Control Radar, Active Air Flap
2
WIPER 10A Metal Core Block (PCB #2 - Wiper Relay)
WASHER 20A Washer Relay
2
SENSOR 10A ECM, Oxygen Sensor #1/#2/#3/#4
1
SENSOR 10A
ECM, Oil Control Valve #1/#2/#3/#4, Canister Close Valve, Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Variable Intake
Solenoid Valve #1/#2
3
SENSOR 10A ECM, Rear Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay)
4
SENSOR 10A C/Fan Relay, Camshaft Position Valve (G8BE)
INJECTOR 15A Injector Drive Box
IGN COIL 20A
G6DJ : Condenser, Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4/#5/#6, G8BE : Condenser #1/#2, Ignition Coil
#1/#2/#3/#4/#5/#6/#7/#8
DEICER 20A Metal Core Block (PCB #2 - Front Deicer Relay)
H/LAMP WASHER 25A Head Lamp Washer Relay
2
A/CON 10A A/C Control Module
BLOWER 40A Blower Relay

7-74
Maintenance
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
IG1 40A IG1 Relay
START 30A E/R Junction Block (RLY. 2 - Start Relay)
1
ECU 15A ECM, Injector Drive Box
1
TCU 20A TCM
3
ESC 10A ESC Module, Steering Angle Sensor
3
MODULE 10A Smart Cruise Control Radar, Active Air Flap
2
MDPS 10A MDPS Unit
5
SENSOR 10A G6DJ : Oil Pressure Solenoid Velve
HORN 20A Horn Relay
2
ECU 10A ECM, Injector Drive Box, Alternator (G8BE)
2
TCU 15A TCM, Transmission Range Switch, 4WD ECM
2
EPB 15A Electric Parking Brake Module
1
EPB 15A Electric Parking Brake Module
ACC 40A ACC Relay

7-75
7
Maintenance
Trunk fuse panel
(Rear fuse box panel)
Inside the fuse/relay box covers, you
can find the fuse/relay label describ-
ing fuse/relay name and capacity.
✽✽
NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in
this manual may be applicable to
your vehicle. It is accurate at the
time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to
the fuse box label.
ODH074052N
ODH073036

7-76
Maintenance
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
P/TRUNK 30A Power Trunk Lid Control Module
P/DOOR RR RH 15A Rear Door Latch RH
2
DR LOCK 15A Passenger Door Module
P/DOOR RR LH 15A Rear Door Latch LH
3
SPARE 15A Spare Fuse
1
SPARE 10A Spare Fuse
2
P/SEAT PASS 25A Passenger Power Seat Relay Box
F/LID 10A Fuel Lid Open Relay, Crash Pad Switch
ECS 15A ECS Unit
1
DR LOCK 10A Driver Door Module
5
SPARE 15A Spare Fuse
TRUNK 10A Trunk Lid Relay, Power Trunk Module Buzzer
S/HEATER RR RH 20A Rear Seat Warmer Control Module RH
FOG LAMP RR 10A Not Used
AMP 25A AMP
S/HEATER RR LH 20A Rear Seat Warmer Control Module LH
P/WDW RH 30A Passenger Power Window Module, Rear Power Window Module RH
F/PUMP 20A Fuel Pump Relay
RR HTD 40A Rear Defogger Relay

7-77
7
Maintenance
Trunk fuse panel
(Battery box fuse panel)
Inside the fuse/relay box covers, you
can find the fuse/relay label describ-
ing fuse/relay name and capacity.
✽✽
NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in
this manual may be applicable to
your vehicle. It is accurate at the
time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to
the fuse box label.
ODH073037
ODH074038N
• Battery box fuse panel

7-78
Maintenance
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
9
B+ 100A
Rear Junction Block (Fuse - RR HTD/ P/TRUNK/ ECS/ F/LID/ P/DOOR RR RH/ DR LOCK 2/ P/DOOR
RR LH/ AMP/ P/SEAT PASS 2/ DR LOCK 1/ TRUNK/ S/HEATER RR RH/ S/HEATER RR LH/ P/WDW RH/
F/PUMP)
8
B+ 80A Metal Core Block (PCB #2 Fuse - TCU/ ECU 1/ START/ IG 1)
AMS 10A Battery Sensor

7-79
7
Maintenance
LLIIGGHHTT BBUULLBBSS
Consult an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer to replace most vehicle light
bulbs. It is difficult to replace vehicle
light bulbs because other parts of the
vehicle must be removed before you
can get to the bulb.This is especially
true for removing the headlamp
assembly to get to the bulb(s).
Removing/installing the headlamp
assembly can result in damage to
the vehicle.
✽✽
NOTICE
After heavy driving, rain or wash-
ing, headlamp and trunk lenses
could appear frosty. This condition
is caused by the temperature differ-
ence between the lamp inside and
the outside temperature. This is sim-
ilar to the condensation on your win-
dows inside your vehicle during the
rain and doesn’t indicate a problem
with your vehicle. If the water leaks
into the lamp bulb circuitry, have
your vehicle checked by an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer.
Headlamp, position lamp, turn
signal lamp, side marker and
front fog lamp bulb replace-
ment
Type A
(1) Turn signal lamp/Position lamp
(2) Headlamp (High)/
Daytime running lights
(3) Headlamp (Low)
(4) Side marker
(5) Fog lamp
• Prior to replacing a lamp,
depress the foot brake, move
the shift lever into P (Park)
apply the parking brake, press
the Engine Start/Stop button
to the OFF position, and take
the key with you when leaving
the vehicle to avoid sudden
movement of the vehicle and
to prevent possible electric
shock.
• Be aware the bulbs may be
hot and may burn your fin-
gers.
WARNING
ODH073039
■ Type A

7-80
Maintenance
Type B
(1) Turn signal lamp/
Daytime running lights
(2) Headlamp (High/Low)
(3) Side marker
(4) Position lamp
(5) Fog lamp
Headlight (HID type)
If the light bulb does not operate,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
HID lamps have superior perform-
ance vs. halogen bulbs.
HID lamps are estimated by the
manufacturer to last twice as long or
longer than halogen bulbs depend-
ing on their frequency of use. They
will probably require replacement
at some point in the life of the vehi-
cle. Cycling the headlamps on and
off more than typical use will short-
en HID lamps life. HID lamps do not
fail in the same manner as halogen
incandescent lamps. If a headlamp
goes out after a period of operation
but will immediately relight when
the headlamp switch is cycled it is
likely the HID lamp needs to be
replaced. HID lighting components
are more complex than conventional
halogen bulbs thus have higher
replacement cost.
ODH073039
■ Type B
HID Headlamp low beam
Do not attempt to replace or
inspect the low beam (XENON
bulb) due to electric shock dan-
ger. If the low beam (XENON
bulb) is not working, have your
vehicle checked by an author-
ized HYUNDAI Dealer.
WARNING
If your vehicle is equipped with
High Intensity Discharge (HID)
headlights, these headlights
contain mercury. So if you need
to have your vehicle disposed,
you should remove the HID
Headlights before disposal.The
removed HID headlights should
be recycled, re-used or dis-
posed as hazardous waste.
CAUTION

7-81
7
Maintenance
✽✽
NOTICE
We recommend that the headlamp
aiming be adjusted after an accident
or after the headlamp assembly is
reinstalled at an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Headlamp
1.Turn off the engine.
2.Open the hood.
3.Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
4.Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket. (Bulb type)
Remove the connector (A) and pull
the BI-FUNCTION lamp. (BI-
FUNCTION type)
5.Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket and rotating it until it
locks into place. (Bulb type)
Connect the BI-FUNCTION lamp
to the cable and install the connec-
tor (A). (BI-FUNCTION type)
6.Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
ODH074065N
ODH074064N
ODH073064L
■ Low beam
■ High beam
■ Headlamp (BI-FUNCTION)
A
A

7-82
Maintenance
Turn signal light
1.Turn off the engine.
2.Open the hood.
3.Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
4.Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket.
5.Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket and rotating it until it
locks into place.
6.Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
7.Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
If the turn signal light (LED) does not
operate, have the vehicle checked by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Position and front fog lamp/
bulbs
If the LED lamp does not operate,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
ODH073066L
■ Bulb type

7-83
7
Maintenance
Side repeater lamp replace-
ment
If the LED lamp does not operate,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Rear combination light bulb
replacement
Type A
(1) Stop/tail light
(2) Turn signal light
(3) Back-up light
(4) Side marker
Type B
(1) Stop/tail light
(2) Turn signal light
(3) Back-up light
(4) Side marker
ODH073040
ODH073041
■ Type A
ODH073041
■ Type B

7-84
Maintenance
Rear turn signal lamp
Type A
1.Open the trunk lid.
2.Open the service cover.
3.Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
4.Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket.
5.Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket and rotating it until it
locks into place.
6.Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
7.Install the service cover by putting
it into the service hole.
Type B
If the LED lamp does not operate,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Back up lamp
Type A
1.Open the trunk.
2.Loosen the retaining screw of the
trunk lid cover and then remove the
cover.
3.Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counter clockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
4.Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
5.Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket and rotating it until it
locks into place.
ODH073067L ODH073068L

7-85
7
Maintenance
6.Install the socket into the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
7.Reinstall the trunk lid cover by
pushing in the screw.
Type B
If the LED lamp does not operate,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Stop and tail lamp
If the lamp does not operate, have
the vehicle checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
High mounted stop lamp
If the LED lamp does not operate,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
ODH073042

7-86
Maintenance
License plate light bulb
replacement
If the LED lamp does not operate,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Interior light bulb replacement
If the interior lamp does not operate,
we recommend that you contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
ODH073043
■ Luggage room lamp
■ Glove box lamp
ODH073044/ODH073045

7-87
7
Maintenance
AAPPPPEEAARRAANNCCEE CCAARREE
Exterior care
Exterior general caution
It is very important to follow the label
directions when using any chemical
cleaner or polish. Read all warning
and caution statements that appear
on the label.
High-pressure washing
• When using high-pressure wash-
ers, make sure to maintain suffi-
cient distance from the vehicle.
Insufficient clearance or excessive
pressure can lead to component
damage or water penetration.
• Do not spray the camera, sensors
or its surrounding area directly with
a high pressure washer. Shock
applied from high pressure water
may cause the device to not oper-
ate normally.
• Do not bring the nozzle tip close to
boots (rubber or plastic covers) or
connectors as they may be dam-
aged if they come into contact with
high pressure water.
Finish maintenance
Washing
To help protect your vehicle’s finish
from rust and deterioration, wash it
thoroughly and frequently at least
once a month with lukewarm or cold
water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road
driving, you should wash it after each
off-road trip. Pay special attention to
the removal of any accumulation of
salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign
materials. Make sure the drain holes
in the lower edges of the doors and
rocker panels are kept clear and
clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar
deposits can damage your vehicle’s
finish if not removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain
water may not completely remove all
these deposits. A mild soap, safe for
use on painted surfaces, should be
used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-
oughly with lukewarm or cold water.
Do not allow soap to dry on the fin-
ish.
After washing the vehicle, test
the brakes while driving slowly
to see if they have been affected
by water before getting on the
road. If braking performance is
impaired, dry the brakes by
applying them lightly while
maintaining a slow forward
speed.
WARNING

7-88
Maintenance
Waxing
A good coat of wax is a barrier
between your paint and contaminate.
Keeping a good coat of wax on your
vehicle will help protect it.
Wax the vehicle when water will no
longer bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle
before waxing. Use a good quality
liquid or paste wax, and follow the
manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all
metal trim to protect it and to main-
tain its luster.
Removing oil, tar, and similar materi-
als with a spot remover will usually
strip the wax from the finish. Be sure
to re-wax these areas even if the rest
of the vehicle does not yet need wax-
ing.
OLMB073082
• Water washing in the engine
compartment including high
pressure water washing may
cause the failure of electrical
circuits located in the engine
compartment.
• Never allow water or other liq-
uids to come in contact with
electrical/electronic compo-
nents inside the vehicle as
this may damage them.
CAUTION
• Do not use strong soap,
chemical detergents or hot
water, and do not wash the
vehicle in direct sunlight or
when the body of the vehicle
is warm.
• Be careful when washing the
side windows of your vehicle.
Especially, with high-pressure
water, water may leak through
the windows and wet the inte-
rior.
• To prevent damage to the
plastic parts, do not clean
with chemical solvents or
strong detergents.
CAUTION

7-89
7
Maintenance
Finish damage repair
Deep scratches or stone chips in the
painted surface must be repaired
promptly. Exposed metal will quickly
rust and may develop into a major
repair expense.
✽✽
NOTICE
If your vehicle is damaged and
requires any metal repair or
replacement, be sure the body shop
applies anti-corrosion materials to
the parts repaired or replaced.
Bright-metal maintenance
• To remove road tar and insects,
use a tar remover, not a scraper or
other sharp object.
• To protect the surfaces of bright-
metal parts from corrosion, apply a
coating of wax or chrome preser-
vative and rub to a high luster.
• During winter weather or in coastal
areas, cover the bright metal parts
with a heavier coating of wax or
preservative. If necessary, coat the
parts with non-corrosive petroleum
jelly or other protective compound.
Underbody maintenance
Corrosive materials used for ice and
snow removal and dust control may
collect on the underbody. If these
materials are not removed, acceler-
ated rusting can occur on underbody
parts such as the fuel lines, frame,
floor pan and exhaust system, even
though they have been treated with
rust protection.
Thoroughly flush the vehicle under-
body and wheel openings with luke-
warm or cold water once a month,
after off-road driving and at the end
of each winter. Pay special attention
to these areas because it is difficult
to see all the mud and dirt. It will do
more harm than good to wet down
the road grime without removing it.
The lower edges of doors, rocker
panels, and frame members have
drain holes that should not be
allowed to clog with dirt; trapped
water in these areas can cause rust-
ing.
• Wiping dust or dirt off the
body with a dry cloth will
scratch the finish.
• Do not use steel wool, abra-
sive cleaners, or strong deter-
gents containing highly alka-
line or caustic agents on
chrome-plated or anodized
aluminum parts. This may
result in damage to the pro-
tective coating and cause dis-
coloration or paint deteriora-
tion.
CAUTION

7-90
Maintenance
Aluminum wheel maintenance
The aluminum wheels are coated
with a clear protective finish.
Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from corro-
sion
By using the most advanced design
and construction practices to combat
corrosion, HYUNDAI produces cars
of the highest quality.However, this is
only part of the job. To achieve the
long-term corrosion resistance your
vehicle can deliver, the owner's
cooperation and assistance is also
required.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corro-
sion on your vehicle are:
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is
allowed to accumulate underneath
the vehicle.
• Removal of paint or protective
coatings by stones, gravel, abra-
sion or minor scrapes and dents
which leave unprotected metal
exposed to corrosion.
After washing the vehicle, test
the brakes while driving slowly
to see if they have been affected
by water.If braking performance
is impaired, dry the brakes by
applying them lightly while
maintaining a slow forward
speed.
WARNING
• Do not use abrasive cleaner,
polishing compound, solvent,
or wire brushes on aluminum
wheels.
• Clean the wheel when it has
cooled.
• Use only a mild soap or neu-
tral detergent, and rinse thor-
oughly with water. Also, clean
the wheels after driving on
salted roads.
• Do not wash the wheels with
high-speed car wash brushes.
• Do not use any cleaners con-
taining acid or alkaline deter-
gents.
CAUTION

7-91
7
Maintenance
High-corrosion areas
If you live in an area where your vehi-
cle is regularly exposed to corrosive
materials, corrosion protection is
particularly important. Some of the
common causes of accelerated cor-
rosion are road salts, dust control
chemicals, ocean air and industrial
pollution.
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in
which corrosion is most likely to
occur. For example, corrosion is
accelerated by high humidity, partic-
ularly when temperatures are just
above freezing. In such conditions,
the corrosive material is kept in con-
tact with the car surfaces by moisture
that is slow to evaporate.
Mud is particularly corrosive
because it is slow to dry and holds
moisture in contact with the vehicle.
Although the mud appears to be dry,
it can still retain the moisture and
promote corrosion.
High temperatures can also acceler-
ate corrosion of parts that are not
properly ventilated so the moisture
can be dispersed. For all these rea-
sons, it is particularly important to
keep your vehicle clean and free of
mud or accumulations of other mate-
rials.This applies not only to the vis-
ible surfaces but particularly to the
underside of the vehicle.
To help prevent corrosion
Keep your car clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is
to keep your vehicle clean and free
of corrosive materials. Attention to
the underside of the vehicle is partic-
ularly important.
• If you live in a high-corrosion area
— where road salts are used, near
the ocean, areas with industrial
pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you
should take extra care to prevent
corrosion. In winter, hose off the
underside of your vehicle at least
once a month and be sure to clean
the underside thoroughly when
winter is over.

7-92
Maintenance
• When cleaning underneath the
vehicle, pay particular attention to
the components under the fenders
and other areas that are hidden
from view. Do a thorough job; just
dampening the accumulated mud
rather than washing it away will
accelerate corrosion rather than
prevent it. Water under high pres-
sure and steam are particularly
effective in removing accumulated
mud and corrosive materials.
• When cleaning lower door panels,
rocker panels and frame members,
be sure that drain holes are kept
open so that moisture can escape
and not be trapped inside to accel-
erate corrosion.
Keep your garage dry
Don't park your car in a damp, poor-
ly ventilated garage. This creates a
favorable environment for corrosion.
This is particularly true if you wash
your vehicle in the garage or drive it
into the garage when it is still wet or
covered with snow, ice or mud. Even
a heated garage can contribute to
corrosion unless it is well ventilated
so moisture is dispersed.
Keep paint and trim in good condition
Scratches or chips in the finish
should be covered with "touch-up"
paint as soon as possible to reduce
the possibility of corrosion. If bare
metal is showing through, the atten-
tion of a qualified body and paint
shop is recommended.
Bird droppings are highly corrosive
and may damage painted surfaces in
just a few hours. Always remove bird
droppings as soon as possible.
Interior care
Interior general precautions
Prevent caustic solutions such as
perfume and cosmetic oil, from con-
tacting the interior parts because
they may cause damage or discol-
oration. If they do contact the interior
parts, wipe them off immediately.
See the instructions for the proper
way to clean vinyl.
• Never allow water or other liq-
uids to come in contact with
electrical/electronic compo-
nents inside the vehicle as
this may damage them.
• When cleaning leather prod-
ucts (steering wheel, seats
etc.), use neutral detergents
or low alcohol content solu-
tions. If you use high alcohol
content solutions or
acid/alkaline detergents, the
color of the leather may fade
or the surface may get
stripped off.
CAUTION

7-93
7
Maintenance
Cleaning the upholstery and
interior trim
Vinyl
Remove dust and loose dirt from
vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a
vinyl cleaner.
Fabric
Remove dust and loose dirt from fab-
ric with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu-
tion recommended for upholstery or
carpets. Remove fresh spots imme-
diately with a fabric spot cleaner. If
fresh spots do not receive immediate
attention, the fabric can be stained
and its color can be affected.Also, its
fire-resistant properties can be
reduced if the material is not proper-
ly maintained.
Cleaning the seat belt webbing
Clean the belt webbing with any mild
soap solution recommended for
cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow
the instructions provided with the
soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the
webbing because this may weaken
the seat belt.
Cleaning the interior window
glass
If the interior glass surfaces of the
vehicle become fogged (that is, cov-
ered with an oily, greasy or waxy
film), they should be cleaned with
glass cleaner. Follow the directions
on the glass cleaner container.
Using anything but recom-
mended cleaners and proce-
dures may affect the fabric's
appearance and fire-resistant
properties.
CAUTION
Do not scrape or scratch the
inside of the rear window. This
may result in damage to the rear
window defroster grid.
CAUTION

7-94
Maintenance
EEMMIISSSSIIOONN CCOONNTTRROOLL SSYYSSTTEEMM
The emission control system of your
vehicle is covered by a written limited
warranty. Please see the warranty
information contained in the Owner’s
Handbook & Warranty Information
booklet in your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an
emission control system to meet all
applicable emission regulations.
There are three emission control
systems, as follows.
(1) Crankcase emission control sys-
tem
(2) Evaporative emission control sys-
tem
(3) Exhaust emission control system
In order to assure the proper function
of the emission control systems, it is
recommended that you have your
vehicle inspected and maintained by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer in
accordance with the maintenance
schedule in this manual.
1. Crankcase emission control
system
The positive crankcase ventilation
system is employed to prevent air
pollution caused by blow-by gases
being emitted from the crankcase.
This system supplies fresh filtered air
to the crankcase through the air
intake hose. Inside the crankcase,
the fresh air mixes with blow-by
gases, which then pass through the
PCV valve into the induction system.
2. Evaporative emission con-
trol system including
Onboard Refueling Vapor
Recovery (ORVR)
The Evaporative Emission Control
System is designed to prevent fuel
vapors from escaping into the atmos-
phere. The ORVR system is
designed to allow the vapors from
the fuel tank to be loaded into a can-
ister while refueling at the gas sta-
tion, preventing the escape of fuel
vapors into the atmosphere.
For the Inspection and
Maintenance Test (With Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) system)
• To prevent the vehicle from
misfiring during dynamome-
ter testing, turn the Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) sys-
tem off by pressing the ESC
switch (ESC OFF light illumi-
nated).
• After dynamometer testing is
completed, turn the ESC sys-
tem back on by pressing the
ESC switch again.
CAUTION

7-95
7
Maintenance
Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel
tank are absorbed and stored in the
onboard canister.When the engine is
running, the fuel vapors absorbed in
the canister are drawn into the surge
tank through the purge control sole-
noid valve.
Purge Control Solenoid Valve
(PCSV)
The purge control solenoid valve is
controlled by the Engine Control
Module (ECM); when the engine
coolant temperature is low during
idling, the PCSV closes so that evap-
orated fuel is not taken into the
engine. After the engine warms-up
during ordinary driving, the PCSV
opens to introduce evaporated fuel to
the engine.
3. Exhaust emission control
system
The Exhaust Emission Control
System is a highly effective system
which controls exhaust emissions
while maintaining good vehicle per-
formance.
When the engine starts or fails to
start, excessive attempts to restart
the engine may cause damage to the
emission system.
Vehicle modifications
• This vehicle should not be modi-
fied. Modification of your vehicle
could affect its performance, safety
or durability and may even violate
governmental safety and emis-
sions regulations.
In addition, damage or performance
problems resulting from any modifi-
cation may not be covered under
warranty.
• If you use unauthorized electronic
devices, it may cause the vehicle to
operate abnormally, wire damage,
battery discharge and fire.For your
safety, do not use unauthorized
electronic devices.
Engine exhaust (carbon monox-
ide) precautions
• Carbon monoxide can be present
with other exhaust fumes. If you
smell exhaust fumes of any kind in
your vehicle, drive with all the win-
dows fully open. Have your vehicle
checked and repaired immediately.
Engine exhaust gases contain
carbon monoxide (CO). Though
colorless and odorless, it is
dangerous and could be lethal if
inhaled. Follow the instructions
on this page to avoid CO poi-
soning.
WARNING

7-96
Maintenance
• Do not operate the engine in con-
fined or closed areas (such as
garages) any more than what is
necessary to move the vehicle in or
out of the area.
• When the vehicle is stopped in an
open area for more than a short
time with the engine running,
adjust the ventilation system (as
needed) to draw outside air into the
vehicle.
• Never sit in a parked or stopped
vehicle for any extended time with
the engine running.
• When the engine stalls or fails to
start, excessive attempts to restart
the engine may cause damage to
the emission control system.
Operating precautions for cat-
alytic converters (if equipped)
The exhaust system and cat-
alytic converter are very hot
during and immediately after
the engine has been running.To
avoid SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH:
• Do not park, idle, or drive the
vehicle over or near flamma-
ble objects, such as grass,
vegetation, paper, leaves, etc.
A hot exhaust system can
ignite flammable items under
your vehicle.
(Continued)
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Engine exhaust and a wide vari-
ety of automobile components
and parts, including compo-
nents found in the interior fur-
nishings in a vehicle, contain or
emit chemicals known to the
State of California to cause can-
cer and birth defects and repro-
ductive harm. In addition, cer-
tain fluids contained in vehicles
and certain products of compo-
nent wear contain or emit chem-
icals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and
birth defects or other reproduc-
tive harm.
WARNING

7-97
7
Maintenance
Your vehicle is equipped with a cat-
alytic converter emission control
device.
To prevent damage to the catalytic
converter and to your vehicle, take
the following precautions:
• Use only UNLEADED FUEL
for gasoline engines.
• Do not operate the vehicle
when there are signs of
engine malfunction, such as
misfire or a noticeable loss of
performance.
• Do not misuse or abuse the
engine. Examples of misuse
are coasting with the engine
off and descending steep
grades in gear with the engine
off.
• Do not operate the engine at
high idle speed for extended
periods (5 minutes or more).
(Continued)
CAUTION
(Continued)
• Keep away from the exhaust
system and catalytic convert-
er or you may get burned.
Also, Do not remove the heat
sink around the exhaust sys-
tem, do not seal the bottom of
the vehicle, and do not coat
the vehicle for corrosion con-
trol. It may present a fire risk
under certain conditions.
(Continued)
• Do not modify or tamper with
any part of the engine or
emission control system. All
inspections and adjustments
must be made by an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Avoid driving with extremely
low fuel level. If you run out of
gasoline, it could cause the
engine to misfire and result in
excessive loading of the cat-
alytic converter.

7-98
Maintenance
CCAALLIIFFOORRNNIIAA PPEERRCCHHLLOORRAATTEE NNOOTTIICCEE
Perchlorate Material-special handling may apply, See: www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:
Perchlorate containing materials, such as air bag inflators, seatbelt pretensioners and keyless remote entry batteries,
must be disposed of according to Title 22 California Code of Regulations Section 67384.10 (a).

888
Specifications & Consumer information
8
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
8
Dimensions..............................................................8-2
Engine......................................................................8-2
Bulb wattage...........................................................8-3
Tires and wheels....................................................8-4
Luggage volume .....................................................8-5
Air conditioning system ........................................8-5
Gross vehicle weight .............................................8-5
Recommended lubricants and capacities ...........8-6
Recommended SAE viscosity number .........................8-7
Vehicle identification number (VIN)....................8-8
Vehicle certification label.....................................8-8
Tire specification and pressure label .................8-9
Engine number .......................................................8-9
Refrigerant label....................................................8-9
Consumer information.........................................8-10
Reporting safety defects....................................8-11

DDIIMMEENNSSIIOONNSS
8-2
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Item in (mm)
Overall length 196.5 (4,990)
Overall width 74.4 (1,890)
Overall height 58.3 (1,480)
Front tread 64.09 (1,628)*
1
/ 63.78 (1,620)*
2
Rear tread 65.31 (1,659)*
1
/ 64.29 (1,633)*
2
Wheelbase 118.5 (3,010)
*
1
: with R18 tire
*
2
: with R19 tire
EENNGGIINNEE
Item Lambda 3.8 Tau 5.0
Displacement
cu. in (cc)
230.54 (3,778) 307.3 (5,038)
Bore x Stroke
in. (mm)
3.78x3.42 (96x87) 3.78x3.42 (96x87)
Firing order
1-2-3-4-5-6 1-2-7-8-4-5-6-3
No. of cylinders
6, V-type 8, V-type

BBUULLBB WWAATTTTAAGGEE
8-3
88
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Light Bulb Wattage Bulb type (W)
Front
Headlamp
Low H11 / D1S 55 / 35
High HB3 / BI-FCN 60 / -
Turn signal lamp LED / PY28W LED / 28
Position lamp LED LED
Daytime running lights LED LED
Fog lamp LED LED
Side repeater lamps (Outside mirror) LED LED
Rear
High mounted stop light LED LED
Rear combination lamp
Turn signal light 28/8W NA / LED 28 / LED
Stop and tail lights (Outside) LED LED
Stop and tail lights (Inside) LED LED
Back up light W16W / LED 16 / LED
License plate lights LED LED
Interior
Luggage lamp LED LED
Map lamp LED LED
Room lamp LED LED
Vanity mirror lamp LED LED

8-4
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
TTIIRREESS AANNDD WWHHEEEELLSS
When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.
Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or not work properly.
CAUTION
✽✽
NOTICE
It is permissible to add 3psi (21 kPa) to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expect-
ed. Tires typically loose 1psi for every 12°F (-11°C) temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expect-
ed, re-check your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.
Item Tire size Wheel size
Inflation pressure kPa (psi)
Wheel lug nut
torque kg.m
(lb.ft, N.m)
Normal load Maximum load
Front Rear Front Rear
Full size tire (2WD)
245/45R18 8.0JX18 230 (33) 230 (33) 230 (33) 230 (33)
9~11
(65~79, 88~107)
245/40R19 8.5JX19 230 (33) - 230 (33) -
275/35R19 9.0JX19 - 240 (35) - 240 (35)
Full size tire (AWD)
245/45R18 8.0JX18 230 (33) 230 (33) 230 (33) 230 (33)
245/40R19 8.5JX19 240 (35) - 240 (35) -
275/35R19 9.0JX19 - 240 (35) - 240 (35)
Compact spare tire
(if equipped)
T135/80R18 4.0TX18 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60)
T135/70R19 4.0TX19 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60)

LLUUGGGGAAGGEE VVOOLLUUMMEE
8-5
88
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
ltem Lambda 3.8 Tau 5.0
SAE
15.3 cu ft (433 l)
AAIIRR CCOONNDDIITTIIOONNIINNGG SSYYSSTTEEMM
Item Weight of volume Classification
Refrigerant
700±25g R-134a
Compressor lubricant
120±10g PAG (FD46XG)
We recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for more details.
GGRROOSSSS VVEEHHIICCLLEE WWEEIIGGHHTT
Lambda 3.8 Tau 5.0
2WD AWD 2WD
AWD
5,379 (2,440) 5,511 (2,500) 5,556 (2,520)
-
lbs (kg)

8-6
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.
The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
RREECCOOMMMMEENNDDEEDD LLUUBBRRIICCAANNTTSS AANNDD CCAAPPAACCIITTIIEESS
*
1
Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.
*
2
Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel econ-
omy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure
in everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.
*
3
If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL.
Lubricant
Volume Classification
Engine oil *
1
*
2
(drain and refill)
Recommends
Lambda 3.8
7.29 US qt. (6.9 l)
API Service SM*
3
& ILSAC GF-4 (or above),
ACEA A5 or above
Tau 5.0
8.45 US qt. (8.0 l)
API Service SM*
3
& ILSAC GF-4 (or above)
Automatic transmission fluid
Lambda 3.8
11.09 US qt. (10.5 l)
GS ATF SP-IV-RR,
HYUNDAI genuine ATF SP-IV-RR
Tau 5.0
10.46 US qt. (9.9 l)
Coolant
Lambda 3.8
8.88 US qt. (8.4 l)
Mixture of antifreeze and water (Ethylene glycol
base coolant for aluminum radiator)
Tau 5.0
12.16 US qt. (11.5 l)
Brake fluid
0.74~0.85 US qt. (0.7~0.8 l)
FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4
Front (AWD)/rear differential oil
Front (AWD)
0.74 US qt. (0.7 l)
Hypoid gear oil API GL-5, SAE 75W/90
(SHELL HD AXLE OIL 75W/90 or equivalent)
Rear
1.48 US qt. (1.4 l)
Transfer case oil (AWD)
0.65 US qt. (0.62 l)
SHELL TF0870
Fuel
20.34 US gal. (77 l)
Unleaded gasoline

8-7
88
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Recommended SAE viscosity
number
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has
an effect on fuel economy and cold
weather operating (engine start and
engine oil flowability). Lower viscosi-
ty engine oils can provide better fuel
economy and cold weather perform-
ance, however, higher viscosity
engine oils are required for satisfac-
tory lubrication in hot weather. Using
oils of any viscosity other than those
recommended could result in engine
damage.
Always be sure to clean the area
around any filler plug, drain
plug, or dipstick before check-
ing or draining any lubricant.
This is especially important in
dusty or sandy areas and when
the vehicle is used on unpaved
roads. Cleaning the plug and
dipstick areas will prevent dirt
and grit from entering the
engine and other mechanisms
that could be damaged.
CAUTION
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
Temperature
Engine Oil *
1
°C
°F
-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
10W-30
5W-20, 5W-30
*
1
: For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of
a viscosity grade SAE 5W-20 (API Service SM / ILSAC GF-4).
However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select the
proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.
When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be
operated in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended
oil viscosity from the chart.
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
Temperature
Engine Oil *
1
°C
(°F)
-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
*
1
: For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of
a viscosity grade SAE 5W-30 (API Service SM / ILSAC GF-4).
However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select the
proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.
10W-30
5W-30
■■
Lambda 3.8
■■
Tau 5.0

8-8
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
VVEEHHIICCLLEE CCEERRTTIIFFIICCAATTIIOONN
LLAABBEELL
The vehicle identification number
(VIN) is the number used in register-
ing your car and in all legal matters
pertaining to its ownership, etc.
The number is punched on the floor
under the passenger seat. To check
the number, open the cover.
The VIN is also on a plate attached
to the top of the dashboard. The
number on the plate can easily be
seen through the windshield from
outside.
The vehicle certification label
attached on the driver’s side center
pillar gives the Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
VVEEHHIICCLLEE IIDDEENNTTIIFFIICCAATTIIOONN NNUUMMBBEERR ((VVIINN))
ODH083004L
■ VIN label (if equipped)
ODH083001
■ Frame number
ODH083002

8-9
88
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
The tires supplied on your new vehi-
cle are chosen to provide the best
performance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver's
side center pillar gives the tire pres-
sures recommended for your car.
The engine number is stamped on
the engine block as shown in the
drawing.
The refrigerant label provides infor-
mation such as refrigerant type and
amount.
The label is located on the underside
of the hood.
EENNGGIINNEE NNUUMMBBEERR RREEFFRRIIGGEERRAANNTT LLAABBEELL
((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
TTIIRREE SSPPEECCIIFFIICCAATTIIOONN AANNDD
PPRREESSSSUURREE LLAABBEELL
ODH083005L
ODH083003
ODH083007L
■ Lambda Engine
■ Tau Engine
ODH083006L

8-10
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Eastern Region:
Connecticut, Delaware,
Maine, Massachusetts, New
Hampshire, New Jersey, New York,
Pennsylvania, Rhode Island,
Vermont.
Eastern Region
1122 Cranbury South River Road
Jamesburg, NJ 08831
(800) 633-5151
Southern Region:
Florida, Georgia, Maryland, North
Carolina, South Carolina, Virginia,
West Virginia.
Southern Region
3025 Chastain Meadows Parkway
Suite 100 Marietta, GA 30066
(800) 633-5151
South Central Region:
Alabama, Arkansas, Louisiana,
Mississippi, New Mexico, Oklahoma,
Tennessee, Texas.
South Central Region
1421 South Beltline Road, Suite 400
Coppell, TX 75019
(800) 633-5151
Central Region:
Illinois, Indiana, lowa, Kentucky,
Michigan, Minnesota, Nebraska,
North Dakota, South Dakota, Ohio,
Wisconsin, Kansas, Missouri.
Central Region
1705 Sequoia Drive Aurora, Illinois
60506
(800) 633-5151
Western Region:
Alaska, Hawaii, Arizona, California,
Colorado, Idaho, Montana, Nevada,
Oregon, Utah, Washington,
Wyoming.
Western Region
10550 Talbert Avenue P.O.Box
20850 Fountain Valley, California
92728-0850
(800) 633-5151
CCOONNSSUUMMEERR IINNFFOORRMMAATTIIOONN
This consumer information has been prepared in accordance with regulations issued by the National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration of the U.S.Department of Transportation.Your HYUNDAI dealer will help answer any questions you
may have as you read this information.
HYUNDAI motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all applicable safety standards.
For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions in this Owner's Manual, particularly the
information under the headings "NOTICE", "CAUTION" and "WARNING".
If, after reading this manual, you have any questions regarding the operation of your vehicle, please contact your nearest
HYUNDAI Motor America Regional Office as listed in the following:

8-11
88
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should
immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying HYUNDAI
MOTOR AMERICA.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group
of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual prob-
lems between you, your dealer, or HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888- 327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153);
go to http://www.safercar.gov;
or write to: Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Ave, SE,
West Building Washington, D.C. 20590.
You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.
RREEPPOORRTTIINNGG SSAAFFEETTYY DDEEFFEECCTTSS

I
Index
I

I-2
Advanced smart cruise control system ...........................5-54
Air bags...........................................................................2-46
Driver’s and passenger’s front air bags......................2-48
Side air bags ...............................................................2-49
Curtain air bags ..........................................................2-50
Air bag warning light .................................................2-52
Occupant classification system ..................................2-57
Air bag warning labels ...............................................2-68
Air cleaner.......................................................................7-34
Air conditioning system................................................3-134
Alarm system ..................................................................3-15
All wheel drive (AWD) ..................................................5-19
Antenna .............................................................................4-3
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) .......................................5-35
Appearance care..............................................................7-87
Exterior care ...............................................................7-87
Interior care ................................................................7-92
Auto Hold .......................................................................5-31
Automatic climate control system ................................3-134
Automatic heating and air conditioning...................3-135
Manual heating and air conditioning .......................3-136
Automatic transmission ..................................................5-11
Sports mode................................................................5-14
Paddle shifter..............................................................5-15
Shift lock system ........................................................5-16
Autonomous Emergency Braking (AEB).......................5-45
Bag hanger ....................................................................3-159
Battery.............................................................................7-40
Battery saver function...................................................3-115
Before driving ...................................................................5-4
Blind Spot Detection System (BSD) ..............................5-78
Blind Spot Detection/Lane Change Assist .................5-79
Rear Cross Traffic Alert .............................................5-82
Brake fluid ......................................................................7-32
Brake system...................................................................5-23
Foot parking brake .....................................................5-24
Electric parking brake (EPB) .....................................5-26
Auto Hold...................................................................5-31
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)...................................5-35
Electronic Stability Control (ESC).............................5-38
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC).................................5-41
Good braking practices ..............................................5-41
Bulb replacement ............................................................7-79
Bulb wattage .....................................................................8-3
Button start/stop, see engine start/stop button..................5-6
Index
A B

I-3
California perchlorate notice ..........................................7-98
Capacities (Lubricants) .....................................................8-6
Care
Tire care......................................................................7-45
Exterior care ...............................................................7-87
Interior care ................................................................7-92
Center console storage..................................................3-153
Central door lock switch.................................................3-13
Chains
Tire chains ..................................................................5-90
Changing tires .................................................................6-16
Checking tire inflation pressure......................................7-41
Child restraint system (CRS)..........................................2-35
Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS).................2-36
Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) ................2-38
Child-protector rear door lock ........................................3-14
Climate control additional features...............................3-151
Cluster ionizer ..........................................................3-151
Smart ventilation ......................................................3-151
Rear climate system ON/OFF ..................................3-152
CO2 control auto air conditioner .............................3-152
Climate control air filter......................................3-146, 7-36
Climate control system (Automatic).............................3-134
Automatic heating and air conditioning...................3-135
Manual heating and air conditioning ......................3-136
Clock .............................................................................3-158
Clothes hanger ..............................................................3-158
Cluster ionizer...............................................................3-151
Combined instrument, see instrument cluster ................3-62
Compact spare tire replacement .....................................7-50
Consumer information ....................................................8-10
Coolant ...........................................................................7-29
Cooling fluid, see engine coolant ...................................7-29
Crankcase emission control system................................7-94
Cruise control system .....................................................5-50
Cup holder.....................................................................3-155
Curtain air bags...............................................................2-50
Dashboard illumination, see instrument panel
illumination..................................................................3-63
Dashboard, see instrument cluster ..................................3-62
Daytime running lights (DRL)......................................3-116
Defogging (Windshield) ...............................................3-148
Defroster (Rear window) ..............................................3-132
Defrosting (Windshield) ...............................................3-148
Dimensions .......................................................................8-2
Display illumination, see instrument panel
illumination..................................................................3-63
Displays, see instrument cluster .....................................3-62
Door locks.......................................................................3-12
Central door lock switch ............................................3-13
Child-protector rear door lock....................................3-14
I
Index
C
D

I-4
Drinks holders, see cup holders....................................3-155
Drive mode integrated control system............................5-42
Driver assist system ......................................................3-126
Rear view camera.....................................................3-126
Parking guide system ...............................................3-127
Parking assist system................................................3-128
Driver position memory system .....................................3-16
Driver’s air bag ...............................................................2-48
Driving at night...............................................................5-87
Driving in flooded areas .................................................5-88
Driving in the rain...........................................................5-88
Electric chromic mirror...................................................3-22
Electric chromic mirror (ECM) with
HomeLink
®
system......................................................3-22
Electric parking brake (EPB)..........................................5-26
Electric power steering ...................................................3-19
Electronic control suspension (ECS)..............................5-44
Electronic stability control (ESC)...................................5-38
Emergency starting
Jump starting ................................................................6-4
Push starting .................................................................6-6
Emergency towing ..........................................................6-24
Emergency while driving..................................................6-2
Emission control system .................................................7-94
Crankcase emission control system ...........................7-94
Evaporative emission control system.........................7-94
Exhaust emission control system ...............................7-95
Engine compartment..................................................1-7, 7-3
Engine coolant ................................................................7-29
Engine coolant temperature gauge .................................3-65
Engine number..................................................................8-9
Engine oil........................................................................7-27
Engine overheats...............................................................6-7
Engine start/stop button ....................................................5-6
Engine start/stop button positions.....................................5-7
Engine will not start..........................................................6-3
Evaporative emission control system .............................7-94
Exhaust emission control system....................................7-95
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items.................7-24
Exterior care....................................................................7-87
Exterior overview ......................................................1-2, 1-3
Flat tire............................................................................6-15
Jack and tools .............................................................6-15
Changing tires ............................................................6-16
Jack label ....................................................................6-21
Floor mat anchor(s).......................................................3-159
Fluid
Brake fluid..................................................................7-32
Washer fluid ...............................................................7-34
Index
E
F

I-5
Fog light ........................................................................3-115
Front seats .........................................................................2-6
Fuel filler door ................................................................3-59
Fuel gauge.......................................................................3-65
Fuel requirements .............................................................F-6
Fuses ...............................................................................7-61
Fuse switch.................................................................7-63
Main fuse....................................................................7-64
Multi fuse ...................................................................7-65
Fuse/relay panel description.......................................7-66
Gauge
Engine coolant temperature gauge .............................3-65
Fuel gauge ..................................................................3-65
Outside Temperature Gauge.......................................3-67
Glassroof, see sunroof ....................................................3-44
Glove box......................................................................3-154
Hazard warning flasher.....................................................6-2
Hazardous driving conditions .........................................5-86
Head up display (HUD)................................................3-107
Headlamp delay functionn ............................................3-116
Headrest ..........................................................................2-14
Heated steering wheel.....................................................3-20
Heater system................................................................3-134
Hill-start assist control (HAC)........................................5-41
Hood................................................................................3-48
Horn ................................................................................3-21
Immobilizer system.........................................................3-10
Indicators and warnings..................................................3-95
Inside rearview mirror ....................................................3-22
Instrument cluster ...........................................................3-62
Instrument panel illumination ....................................3-63
LCD display control...................................................3-63
Speedometer ...............................................................3-64
Tachometer .................................................................3-64
Engine coolant temperature gauge .............................3-65
Fuel gauge ..................................................................3-65
Odometer ....................................................................3-66
Outside temperature gauge.........................................3-67
Automatic transmission shift indicator ......................3-67
Trip computer .............................................................3-90
Warning and indicators...............................................3-95
Instrument panel illumination.........................................3-63
Instrument panel overview ........................................1-5, 1-6
Interior care.....................................................................7-92
Interior features.............................................................3-155
Cup holder ................................................................3-155
Sunvisor....................................................................3-156
I
Index
H
I
G

I-6
Power outlet..............................................................3-156
Clock ........................................................................3-158
Bag hanger................................................................3-159
Clothes hanger..........................................................3-158
Floor mat anchor(s) ..................................................3-159
Rear curtain ..............................................................3-160
Side curtain...............................................................3-161
Luggage net holder...................................................3-162
Interior light ..................................................................3-118
Interior overview...............................................................1-4
Jack and tools..................................................................6-15
Jack label.........................................................................6-21
Jump starting.....................................................................6-4
Label
Air bag warning label.................................................2-68
Tire loading information label....................................5-94
Certification label.......................................................5-97
Jack label ....................................................................6-21
Vehicle certification label.............................................8-8
Tire specification and pressure label............................8-9
Refrigerant label...........................................................8-9
Lane keeping assist system (LKAS)...............................5-69
LCD display....................................................................3-68
LCD modes ................................................................3-68
Information modes .....................................................3-71
User settings mode .....................................................3-73
Warning messages ......................................................3-80
Light ..............................................................................3-110
Exterior lights ...........................................................3-110
Smart high beam.......................................................3-112
Battery saver function ..............................................3-115
Headlamp delay function..........................................3-115
Daytime running light ..............................................3-116
Headlamp leveling device ........................................3-117
Headlamp washer .....................................................3-117
Welcome system.......................................................3-117
Interior lights ............................................................3-118
Light bulbs ......................................................................7-79
Lubricants and capacities..................................................8-6
Luggage net (holder).....................................................3-162
Lumbar support...............................................................2-10
Main fuse ........................................................................7-64
Maintenance
Maintenance services ...................................................7-5
Owner maintenance......................................................7-6
Scheduled maintenance service....................................7-8
Normal maintenance schedule .....................................7-9
Index
M
J
L

I-7
Maintenance under severe usage conditions..............7-22
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ............7-24
Tire maintenance ........................................................7-51
Maintenance schedule
Normal maintenance schedule .....................................7-9
Maintenance under severe usage conditions..............7-22
Maintenance services........................................................7-5
Manual heating and air conditioning............................3-136
Mirrors ............................................................................3-22
Inside rearview mirror................................................3-22
Electric chromic mirror (ECM) with HomeLink
®
system......................................................................3-22
Outside rearview mirror .............................................3-36
Moonroof, see sunroof....................................................3-44
Multi fuse........................................................................7-65
Multimedia system............................................................4-2
AUX, USB and iPod
®
port ..........................................4-2
Antenna ........................................................................4-3
Steering wheel audio control........................................4-4
Audio / Video / Navigation system (AVN) ..................4-5
Bluetooth
®
Wireless Technology hands-free................4-5
Neck restraints, see headrest...........................................2-14
Odometer.........................................................................3-66
Oil (Engine) ....................................................................7-27
Outside rearview mirror..................................................3-36
Overheats ..........................................................................6-7
Owner maintenance ..........................................................7-6
Panorama sunroof ...........................................................3-44
Parking assist system ....................................................3-128
Parking brake.........................................................5-24, 5-26
Parking brake inspect......................................................7-34
Passenger's front air bag .................................................2-48
Power brakes...................................................................5-23
Power outlet ..................................................................3-156
Power window lock button .............................................3-43
Push starting......................................................................6-6
Rear seat..........................................................................2-11
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ...................7-46
Recommended lubricants and capacities..........................8-6
Recommended SAE viscosity number.........................8-7
Refrigerant label ...............................................................8-9
Reporting safety defects..................................................8-11
I
Index
O
P
R
N

I-8
Road warning....................................................................6-2
Rocking the vehicle ........................................................5-86
Rotation (Tire) ................................................................7-48
Scheduled maintenance service ........................................7-8
Normal maintenance schedule .....................................7-9
Maintenance under severe usage conditions..............7-22
Seat belts .........................................................................2-22
Seat belt safety precautions........................................2-22
Seat belt warning light ...............................................2-23
Seat belt restraint system............................................2-25
Pre-tensioner seat belt ................................................2-28
Pre-safe seat belt (PSB)..............................................2-30
Additional seat belt safety precautions ......................2-31
Care of seat belts ........................................................2-34
Seat warmers and coolers ...............................................2-18
Seat warmers ..............................................................2-18
Seat warmers and coolers...........................................2-20
Seatback pocket ..............................................................2-11
Seats ..................................................................................2-4
Front seats ....................................................................2-6
Seatback angle..............................................................2-8
Seat cushion height ......................................................2-9
Lumbar support ..........................................................2-10
Rear seats....................................................................2-11
Shift lock system.............................................................5-16
Side air bag .....................................................................2-49
Smart high beam ...........................................................3-112
Smart key ..........................................................................3-4
Smart trunk .....................................................................3-55
Smooth cornering............................................................5-87
Snow tires .......................................................................5-89
Spare tire
Compact spare tire replacement .................................7-50
Special driving conditions ..............................................5-86
Hazardous driving conditions ....................................5-86
Rocking the vehicle....................................................5-86
Smooth cornering .......................................................5-87
Driving at night ..........................................................5-87
Driving in the rain ......................................................5-88
Driving in flooded areas.............................................5-88
Speedometer....................................................................3-64
Sports mode ....................................................................5-14
Starting difficulties, see engine will not start ...................6-4
Starting the engine ............................................................5-9
Steering wheel.................................................................3-19
Electric power steering (EPS) ....................................3-19
Tilt steering / Telescope steering................................3-19
Heated steering wheel ................................................3-20
Horn............................................................................3-21
Steering wheel audio control ............................................4-4
Index
S

I-9
Storage compartment ....................................................3-153
Center console storage .............................................3-153
Glove box .................................................................3-154
Sunglass holder ........................................................3-154
Sunglass holder .............................................................3-154
Sunroof............................................................................3-44
Sunvisor ........................................................................3-156
Tachometer......................................................................3-64
Theft-alarm system .........................................................3-16
Tilt steering / Telescope steering ....................................3-19
Tire pressure....................................................................7-46
Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) ........................6-9
Changing a tire with TPMS .......................................6-14
Tire rotation ....................................................................7-48
Tire specification and pressure label ................................8-9
Tires and wheels......................................................7-45, 8-4
Tire care......................................................................7-45
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ...............7-46
Check tire inflation pressure ......................................7-47
Tire rotation................................................................7-48
Wheel alignment and tire balance..............................7-49
Tire replacement.........................................................7-49
Compact spare tire replacement .................................7-50
Wheel replacement.....................................................7-50
Tire traction ................................................................7-50
Tire maintenance ........................................................7-51
Tire sidewall labeling .................................................7-51
Tire terminology and definitions................................7-55
All season tires ...........................................................7-58
Summer tires ..............................................................7-58
Snow tires...................................................................7-58
Radial-ply tires ...........................................................7-59
Low aspect ratio tires .................................................7-59
Towing ............................................................................6-22
Emergency towing......................................................6-24
Transmission
Automatic transmission..............................................5-11
Trip computer..................................................................3-90
Trunk...............................................................................3-49
Non-powered trunk ....................................................3-49
Power trunk ................................................................3-50
Emergency trunk safety release .................................3-54
Smart trunk.................................................................3-55
Vehicle break-in process...................................................F-9
Vehicle certification label .................................................8-8
Vehicle data collection and event data recorders ...........F-10
Vehicle identification number (VIN)................................8-8
I
Index
T
V

I-10
Vehicle load limit............................................................5-93
Base curb weight ........................................................5-93
Vehicle curb weight....................................................5-93
Cargo weight ..............................................................5-93
GAW (Gross axle weight) ..........................................5-93
GAWR (Gross axle weight rating).............................5-93
GVW (Gross vehicle weight).....................................5-93
GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)........................5-93
Tire loading information label....................................5-94
Warnings and indicators..................................................3-95
Washer fluid....................................................................7-34
Wheel alignment and tire balance ..................................7-49
Wheel replacement .........................................................7-50
Windows .........................................................................3-40
Auto up/down window...............................................3-42
Power window lock switch ........................................3-43
Windshield defrosting and defogging...........................3-148
Winter driving .................................................................5-89
Snow tires...................................................................5-89
Tire chains ..................................................................5-90
Wiper blades ...................................................................7-38
Wipers and washers ......................................................3-123
Index
W
